# pali

volume: 2
item: 9
title: ^^paṭhamajjhānakathā^^
content:
  [03]Idāni ‘‘vivicceva kāmehī’’tiādinayappavattāya pāḷiyā jhānavibhaṅge (vibha. 508) vuttampi atthaṃ aṭṭhakathānayeneva saṃvaṇṇetukāmo vibhaṅgapāḷiyaṃ vuttanayena avacane kāraṇaṃ ^a^V1.0311^ea^ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kiñcāpi tattha katame kāmā’’^eb^tiādimāha ^a^M1.0355^ea^. Tattha patthanākārena pavatto dubbalo lobho chandanaṭṭhena ^b^chando,^eb^ tato balavā rañjanaṭṭhena ^b^rāgo,^eb^ tatopi balavataro bahalarāgo ^b^chandarāgo^eb^. Nimittānubyañjanāni saṅkappeti etenāti ^b^saṅkappo,^eb^ tathāpavatto lobho. Tattha ^b^nimittasaṅkappanā^eb^ nāma avayave samodhānetvā ‘‘itthī puriso’’tiādinā ekajjhaṃ katvā uparūpari kilesuppattiyā nimittassa kappanā. ^b^Anubyañjanasaṅkappanā^eb^ pana ‘‘hatthā sobhanā, pādā sobhanā’’ti evaṃ anubyañjanavasena vibhajitvā kappanāti. Kilesānañhi anu anu byañjanato paribyañjanato paribyattivasena uppattiyā paccayabhāvato anubyañjanaṃ hatthapādādiavayavā vuccanti. Tato balavā rañjanaṭṭhena ^b^rāgo,^eb^ saṅkappavaseneva pavatto tatopi balavataro ^b^saṅkapparāgo^eb^. Svāyaṃ pabhedo ekasseva lobhassa pavattiākāravasena avatthābhedavasena ca veditabbo yathā ‘‘vaccho dammo balībaddo’’ti. ^b^Kāmā^eb^ti kilesakāmā, kāmentīti kāmā, kāmenti etehīti vā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Seyyathida^eb^nti imassa taṃ katamaṃ, taṃ kathanti vā attho. ^b^Viviccitvā^eb^ti visuṃ hutvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vinā hutvā apasakkitvā’’^eb^ti, pajahanavasena apakkamitvāti attho. ^b^Vivicceva kāmehī^eb^ti ettha ^b^viviccā^eb^ti iminā vivecanaṃ jhānakkhaṇe kāmānaṃ abhāvamattaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Viviccevā^eb^ti pana iminā ekaṃsato kāmānaṃ vivecetabbatādīpanena tappaṭipakkhatā jhānassa kāmavivekappahānassa ca jhānādhigamūpāyatā dassitā hotīti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘paṭhamajjhāna’’^eb^ntiādiṃ vatvā tamevatthaṃ pākaṭataraṃ kātuṃ ^b^‘‘katha’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Andhakāre sati padīpo viyā^eb^ti etena yathā padīpābhāvena rattiyaṃ andhakārābhibhavo, evaṃ jhānābhāvena cittasantatiyaṃ kāmābhibhavoti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Eta^eb^nti pubbapadeyeva avadhāraṇavacanaṃ, na kho pana evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ ‘‘kāmehi evā’’ti avadhāraṇassa akatattā. ^b^Tannissaraṇato^eb^ti nissaranti niggacchanti etena, ettha vāti nissaraṇaṃ. Ke niggacchanti? Kāmā. Tesaṃ kāmānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ pahānaṃ ^b^tannissaraṇaṃ,^eb^ tato kāmanissaraṇatoti attho. Kathaṃ pana samāne vikkhambhane kāmānamevetaṃ nissaraṇaṃ, na byāpādādīnanti codanaṃ yuttito āgamato ca sādhetuṃ ^b^‘‘kāmadhātū’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^kāmadhātusamatikkamanato^eb^ti sakalassapi kāmabhavassa samatikkamapaṭipadābhāvato. Tena imassa jhānassa kāmapariññābhāvamāha ^a^M1.0356^ea^. ^b^Kāmarāgapaṭipakkhato^eb^ti ‘‘chando kāmo’’tiādinā (mahāni. 1) vuttavibhāgassa kilesakāmassa paccatthikabhāvato. Tena yathā mettā byāpādassa, karuṇā vihiṃsāya, evamidaṃ jhānaṃ kāmarāgassa ujuvipaccanīkabhūtanti dasseti. Vipākena cettha kāmadhātusamatikkamo ^a^V1.0312^ea^ attano pavattikkhaṇe kāmarāgapaṭipakkhatā ca veditabbā. Evamattano pavattiyā vipākappavattiyā ca kāmarāgato kāmadhātuto ca vinivattasabhāvattā idaṃ jhānaṃ visesato kāmānameva nissaraṇaṃ, svāyamattho pāṭhāgato evāti āha ^b^‘‘yathāhā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Nekkhamma^eb^nti paṭhamajjhānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmañcettha tamatthaṃ dīpetuṃ purimapadeyeva avadhāraṇaṃ gahitaṃ, uttarapadepi pana taṃ gahetabbameva tathā atthasambhavatoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘uttarapadepī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ito^eb^ti kāmacchandato. ^b^Esa daṭṭhabbo^eb^ti esa niyamo daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Sādhāraṇavacanenā^eb^ti sabbavivekasādhāraṇavacanena. Tadaṅgavikkhambhanasamucchedapaṭippassaddhinissaraṇavivekā ^b^tadaṅgavivekādayo^eb^. Kāyacittaupadhivivekā ^b^kāyavivekādayo. Tayo eva idha daṭṭhabbā^eb^ti tayo eva idha jhānakathāyaṃ daṭṭhabbā samucchedavivekādīnaṃ asambhavato. ^b^Niddese^eb^ti mahāniddese (mahāni. 1). Tattha hi ‘‘uddānato dve kāmā vatthukāmā kilesakāmā cā’’ti uddisitvā tattha ‘‘katame vatthukāmā manāpiyā rūpā…pe… manāpiyā phoṭṭhabbā’’tiādinā vatthukāmā niddiṭṭhā. Te pana kāmīyantīti kāmāti veditabbā. ^b^Tatthevā^eb^ti niddeseyeva. ^b^Vibhaṅge^eb^ti jhānavibhaṅge. ^b^Evañhi satī^eb^ti evaṃ ubhayesampi kāmānaṃ saṅgahe sati. ^b^Vatthukāmehipī^eb^ti vatthukāmehi viviccevātipi attho yujjatīti evaṃ yujjamānatthantarasamuccayattho ^b^pi^eb^-saddo, na kilesakāmasamuccayattho. Kasmā? Imasmiṃ atthe kilesakāmehi vivekassa dutiyapadena vuttattā. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti vatthukāmavivekena. ^b^Kāyaviveko vutto hotī^eb^ti puttadārādipariggahavivekadīpanato kāyaviveko vutto hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Purimenā^eb^ti kāyavivekena. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ‘‘vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehī’’ti etasmiṃ padadvaye. Ito vā niddhārite vivekadvaye, akusalasaddena yadi kilesakāmā, sabbākusalāpi vā ^a^M1.0357^ea^ gahitā, sabbathā kilesakāmehi viveko vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘dutiyena kilesakāmehi vivekavacanato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dutiyenā^eb^ti ca cittavivekenāti attho. ^b^Etesa^eb^nti yathāvuttānaṃ dvinnaṃ padānaṃ. Niddhāraṇe cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Taṇhādisaṃkilesānaṃ vatthuno pahānaṃ ^b^saṃkilesavatthuppahānaṃ^eb^. ^b^Lolabhāvo^eb^ nāma tattha tattha rūpādīsu taṇhuppādo, tassa hetū vatthukāmā eva veditabbā. Bālabhāvassa hetupariccāgoti sambandho. ^b^Bālabhāvo^eb^ nāma avijjā, ducintitacintitādi vā, tassa ayonisomanasikāro, sabbepi vā akusalā dhammā hetū. Kāmaguṇādhigamahetu pāṇātipātādiasuddhappayogo hotīti tabbivekena ^b^payogasuddhi^eb^ vibhāvitā. Taṇhāsaṃkilesasodhanena vivaṭṭūpanissayasaṃvaḍḍhanena ca ajjhāsayavisodhanaṃ ^b^āsayaposanaṃ. Āsayaposana^eb^nti ca jhānabhāvanāya paccayabhūtā pubbayogādivasena siddhā ajjhāsayasampadā ^a^V1.0313^ea^, sā pana taṇhupatāpavigamena hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘taṇhāsaṃkilesavisodhanenā’’ti. ^b^Kāmesū^eb^ti niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anekabhedo^eb^ti kāmāsavakāmarāgasaṃyojanādivasena rūpataṇhādivasena ca anekappabhedo. ^b^Kāmacchandoyevā^eb^ti kāmasabhāvoyeva chando, na kattukamyatāchando napi kusalacchandoti adhippāyo. ^b^Akusalapariyāpannopī^eb^ti ‘‘vivicca akusalehī’’ti ettha vuttākusalesu antogadhopi. ^b^Jhānapaṭipakkhato^eb^ti jhānassa paṭipakkhabhāvato taṃhetu taṃnimittaṃ visuṃ vutto, akusalabhāvasāmaññena aggahetvā visuṃ sarūpena gahito. Yadi kilesakāmova purimapade vutto, taṃ kathaṃ bahuvacananti āha ^b^‘‘anekabhedato’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Aññesampī^eb^ti diṭṭhimānāhirikānottappādīnaṃ taṃsahitaphassādīnañca. ^b^Uparijhānaṅgapaccanīkapaṭipakkhabhāvadassanato^eb^ti ‘‘savitakkaṃ savicāra’’ntiādinā upari vuccamānāni jhānaṅgāni uparijhānaṅgāni, tesaṃ attano paccanīkānaṃ paṭipakkhabhāvadassanato tappaccanīkanīvaraṇavacanaṃ. ‘‘Uparijhānaṅgānaṃ paccanīkapaṭipakkhabhāvadassanato’’tipi pāṭho. Tattha ^b^paccanīkapaṭipakkhabhāvadassanato^eb^ti upari vuccamānajhānaṅgānaṃ ujuvipaccanīkavasena paṭipakkhabhāvadassanatoti atthaṃ vadanti. ^b^Jhānaṅgapaccanīkānī^eb^ti jhānaṅgānaṃ pavattinivāraṇato jhānaṅgapaccanīkāni. ^b^Viddhaṃsakānī^eb^ti vighātakāni. ^b^Samādhi kāmacchandassa^eb^^a^M1.0358^ea^^b^paṭipakkho^eb^ti rāgapaṇidhiyā ujuvipaccanīkabhāvato nānārammaṇehi palobhitassa paribbhamantassa cittassa samādhānato kāmacchandassa samādhi paṭipakkho. ^b^Pīti byāpādassā^eb^ti pāmojjena samānayogakkhemattā byāpādassa pīti paṭipakkhā. ^b^Vitakko thinamiddhassā^eb^ti yoniso saṅkappanavasena savipphārappavattito vitakko thinamiddhassa paṭipakkho. ^b^Sukhaṃ uddhaccakukkuccassā^eb^ti sukhaṃ vūpasantasītalasabhāvattā avūpasamānutāpasabhāvassa uddhaccakukkuccassa paṭipakkhaṃ. ^b^Vicāro vicikicchāyā^eb^ti vicāro ārammaṇe anumajjanavasena paññāpatirūpasabhāvattā vicikicchāya paṭipakkho. Mahākaccānattherena desitā piṭakānaṃ saṃvaṇṇanā peṭakaṃ, tasmiṃ ^b^peṭake^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pañcakāmaguṇabhedavisayassā^eb^ti rūpādipañcakāmaguṇavisesavisayassa. ^b^Āghātavatthubhedādivisayāna^eb^nti byāpādavivekavacanena ‘‘anatthaṃ me acarī’’tiādiāghātavatthubhedavisayassa dosassa, mohādhikehi thinamiddhādīhi vivekavacanena paṭicchādanavasena dukkhādipubbantādibhedavisayassa mohassa vikkhambhanaviveko vutto. Kāmarāgabyāpādatadekaṭṭhathinamiddhādivikkhambhakañcetaṃ sabbākusalapaṭipakkhasabhāvattā sabbakusalānaṃ, tena sabhāvena sabbākusalappahāyakaṃ ^a^V1.0314^ea^ hontampi kāmarāgādivikkhambhanasabhāvameva hoti taṃsabhāvattāti avisesetvā nīvaraṇākusalamūlādīnaṃ vikkhambhanaviveko vutto hotīti āha.<br/><br/>[03]Yathāpaccayaṃ pavattamānānaṃ sabhāvadhammānaṃ natthi kāci vasavattitāti vasavattibhāvanivāraṇatthaṃ ^b^‘‘vitakkanaṃ vitakko’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Vitakkana^eb^nti hi vitakkanakiriyā, sā ca vitakkassa attano paccayehi pavattimattamevāti bhāvaniddeso vasavattibhāvanivāraṇāya hoti. Tayidaṃ vitakkanaṃ ‘‘īdisamida’’nti ārammaṇaparikappananti āha ^b^‘‘ūhananti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. Yasmā cittaṃ vitakkabalena ārammaṇaṃ abhiniruḷhaṃ viya hoti, tasmā so ārammaṇābhiniropanalakkhaṇo vutto. Yathā hi koci rājavallabhaṃ ñātiṃ vā mittaṃ vā nissāya rājagehaṃ ārohati anupavisati, evaṃ vitakkaṃ nissāya cittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārohati. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ avitakkaṃ cittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārohatīti? Vitakkabaleneva. Yathā hi so puriso paricayena tena vināpi nirāsaṅko rājagehaṃ pavisati, evaṃ paricayena vitakkena vināpi avitakkaṃ cittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārohati. ^b^Paricayenā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0359^ea^ ca santāne pavattavitakkabhāvanāsaṅkhātena paricayena. Vitakkassa hi santāne abhiṇhaṃ pavattassa vasena cittassa ārammaṇābhiruhanaṃ ciraparicitaṃ, tena taṃ kadāci vitakkena vināpi tattha pavattateva. Yathā taṃ ñāṇasahitaṃ hutvā sammasanavasena ciraparicitaṃ kadāci ñāṇarahitampi sammasanavasena pavattati, yathā vā kilesasahitaṃ hutvā pavattaṃ sabbaso kilesarahitampi paricayena kilesavāsanāvasena pavattati, evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āhananapariyāhananaraso^eb^ti ādito, abhimukhaṃ vā hananaṃ ^b^āhananaṃ^eb^. Parito, parivattitvā vā āhananaṃ ^b^pariyāhananaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Rūpaṃ rūpaṃ, pathavī pathavī’’ti ākoṭentassa viya pavatti āhananaṃ pariyāhanananti ca veditabbaṃ. Yasmiñhi ārammaṇe cittaṃ abhiniropeti, taṃ tassa gahaṇayogyaṃ karonto vitakko ākoṭento viya hoti. Yadi evaṃ nāgasenattherena ‘‘ākoṭanalakkhaṇo vitakko. Yathā, mahārāja, bherī ākoṭitā atha pacchā anuravati anusaddāyati, evameva kho, mahārāja, yathā ākoṭanā, evaṃ vitakko daṭṭhabbo. Atha pacchā anuravanā anusaddanā, evaṃ vicāro daṭṭhabbo’’ti ākoṭanalakkhaṇatā vitakkassa kasmā vuttā? Nāyaṃ virodho. Therena hi kiccasannissitaṃ katvā lakkhaṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Dhammānañhi sabhāvavinimuttā kāci kiriyā nāma natthi tathā gahetabbākāro ca. Bodhaneyyajanānurodhena pana paramatthato ekībhāvopi sabhāvadhammo pariyāyavacanehi viya samāropitarūpehi bahūhi pakārehi ^a^V1.0315^ea^ pakāsīyati. Evañhi so suṭṭhu pakāsito hoti. ^b^Ānayanapaccupaṭṭhāno^eb^ti ettha ^b^ānayanaṃ^eb^ citte ārammaṇassa upanayanaṃ, ākaḍḍhanaṃ vā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anusañcaraṇaṃ^eb^ anuparibbhamanaṃ. Svāyaṃ viseso santānamhi labbhamāno eva santāne pākaṭo hotīti daṭṭhabbo. Sesesupi eseva nayo. ^b^Anumajjana^eb^nti ārammaṇe cittassa anumasanaṃ, parimajjananti attho. Tathā hi ‘‘vicāro parimajjanahattho viya sañcaraṇahattho viyā’’ti ca vutto. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti ārammaṇe. Sahajātānaṃ anuyojanaṃ ārammaṇe anuvicaraṇasaṅkhātānumajjanavaseneva veditabbaṃ. Anuppabandhanaṃ ārammaṇe cittassa avicchinnassa viya pavatti. Tathā hi so ‘‘anuppabandhanatā’’ti niddiṭṭho. Teneva ca ‘‘ghaṇṭānuravo viya, paribbhamanaṃ viyā’’ti ca vutto. ^b^Katthacī^eb^ti paṭhamajjhāne ^a^M1.0360^ea^ parittacittuppādesu ca. ^b^Oḷārikaṭṭhenā^eb^ti vicārato oḷārikaṭṭhena. Yathā ghaṇṭābhighātasaddo paṭhamābhinipāto hoti, evaṃ ārammaṇābhimukhaniropanaṭṭhena vitakko cetaso paṭhamābhinipāto viya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ghaṇṭābhighātasaddo viyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vipphāravā^eb^ti ettha ^b^vipphāro^eb^ nāma vitakkassa thinamiddhapaṭipakkho ārammaṇe anolīnatā asaṅkoco, so pana abhiniropanabhāvena calanaṃ viya hotīti adhippāyenāha ^b^‘‘paripphandanabhāvo cittassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paribbhamanaṃ viyā^eb^ti ettha parissayābhāvavīmaṃsanatthaṃ paribbhamananti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Dukanipātaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Ākāse gacchato mahāsakuṇassa ubhohi pakkhehi vātaṃ gahetvā pakkhe sannisīdāpetvā gamanaṃ viya ārammaṇe cetaso abhiniropanabhāvena pavatto vitakko, vātaggahaṇatthaṃ pakkhe phandāpayamānassa gamanaṃ viya anumajjanabhāvena pavatto vicāro’’ti –<br/><br/>[07]Vuttaṃ, taṃ anuppabandhanena pavattiyaṃ yujjati. Tathā hi upacāre vā appanāyaṃ vā santānena pavattiyaṃ vitakko niccalo hutvā ārammaṇaṃ anupavisitvā viya pavattati, na paṭhamābhinipāte pākaṭo hoti. Yathā hi apubbārammaṇe paṭhamābhinipātabhūto vitakko vipphāravā hoti, na tathā ekasmiṃyeva ārammaṇe nirantaraṃ anuppabandhavasena pavattiyaṃ, nātivipphāravā pana tattha hoti sannisinnabhāvato. ^b^Paṭhamadutiyajjhānesu pākaṭo hotī^eb^ti vitakkassa viseso abhiniropanākāro oḷārikattā paṭhamajjhāne pākaṭo hoti, tadabhāvato pañcakanaye dutiyajjhāne vicārassa viseso anumajjanākāro pākaṭo hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Ayaṃ ^a^V1.0316^ea^ panettha aparo nayo – malaggahitaṃ kaṃsabhājanaṃ ekena hatthena daḷhaṃ gahetvā itarena hatthena cuṇṇatelaeḷakalomādikatacumbaṭakena parimajjantassa daḷhaṃ gahaṇahattho viya vitakko, parimajjanahattho viya vicāro. Tathā kumbhakārassa daṇḍappahārena cakkaṃ bhamayitvā bhājanaṃ karontassa piṇḍassa uppīḷanahattho viya vitakko, tasseva ito cito ca sañcaraṇahattho viya vicāro. Tathā kaṃsabhājanādīsu kiñci maṇḍalaṃ vaṭṭalekhaṃ karontassa majjhe sannirumbhitvā ṭhitakaṇṭako viya ^a^M1.0361^ea^ abhiniropano vitakko, bahi paribbhamanakaṇṭako viya anumajjano vicāroti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yathā pupphaphalasākhādiavayavavinimutto avijjamānopi rukkho ‘‘sapuppho saphalo’’ti voharīyati, evaṃ vitakkādiaṅgavinimuttaṃ avijjamānampi jhānaṃ ‘‘savitakkaṃ savicāra’’nti voharīyatīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘rukkho viyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Vibhaṅge panā^eb^tiādīsu jhānabhāvanāya puggalavasena desetabbattā ‘‘idha bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehī’’tiādinā (vibha. 508) puggalādhiṭṭhānena jhānāni uddiṭṭhānīti. Yadipi vibhaṅge puggalādhiṭṭhānā desanā katā, attho pana tatrāpi vibhaṅgepi yathā idha ‘‘iminā ca vitakkenā’’tiādinā dhammavasena vutto, evameva daṭṭhabbo, paramatthato puggalasseva abhāvatoti adhippāyo. Atha vā jhānasamaṅgino vitakkavicārasamaṅgitādassanena jhānasseva savitakkasavicāratā vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘attho pana tatrāpi evameva daṭṭhabbo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Viveka^eb^saddassa bhāvasādhanataṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘tasmā vivekā’’^eb^ti. Hetuatthe cetaṃ nissakkavacanaṃ, tasmā vivekā hetubhūtāti attho. ^b^Viveka^eb^saddassa kattusādhanataṃ kammasādhanataṃ vā sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘tasmiṃ vā viveke’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Vivitto’’ti hi iminā nīvaraṇehi vinābhūto tehi vivecitoti ca sādhanadvayampi saṅgahitamevāti. ^b^Pinayatī^eb^ti tappeti vaḍḍheti vā. ^b^Sampiyāyanalakkhaṇā^eb^ti paritussanalakkhaṇā. ^b^Pīnanarasā^eb^ti paribrūhanarasā. ^b^Pharaṇarasā^eb^ti paṇītarūpehi kāyassa byāpanarasā. Udaggabhāvo ^b^odagyaṃ^eb^. Sukhayatīti ^b^sukhaṃ,^eb^ attanā sampayuttadhamme laddhassāde karotīti attho. Svāyaṃ kattuniddeso pariyāyaladdho dhammato aññassa kattunivattanattho, nippariyāyena pana bhāvasādhanameva labbhatīti ^b^‘‘sukhanaṃ sukha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Sātalakkhaṇa^eb^nti iṭṭhasabhāvattā taṃsamaṅgīpuggalaṃ, sampayuttadhamme vā attani sādayatīti sātaṃ da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā. Sātaṃ madhuranti vadanti, sātaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ etassāti sātalakkhaṇaṃ. ^b^Upabrūhanarasa^eb^ntiādīsu ^b^upabrūhanaṃ^eb^ sampayuttadhammānaṃ saṃvaddhanaṃ, dukkhaṃ viya avissajjetvā adukkhamasukhā viya anajjhupekkhitvā anu anu gaṇhanaṃ upakāritā vā anuggaho. ^b^Katthacī^eb^ti ^a^V1.0317^ea^ paṭhamajjhānādike. ^b^Paṭilābhatuṭṭhī^eb^ti paṭilābhavasena uppajjanakatuṭṭhi. ^b^Paṭiladdharasānubhavana^eb^nti ^a^M1.0362^ea^ paṭiladdhassa ārammaṇarasassa anubhavanaṃ. Etena pītisukhāni sabhāvato vibhajitvā dassitāni. ^b^Yattha pīti, tattha sukha^eb^nti vitakkassa viya vicārena pītiyā sukhena accantasaṃyogamāha. ^b^Yattha sukhaṃ, tattha na niyamato pītī^eb^ti vicārassa viya vitakkena, sukhassa pītiyā anaccantasaṃyogaṃ. Tena accantānaccantasaṃyogitāya pītisukhānaṃ visesaṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Kaṃ udakaṃ tārenti etthāti ^b^kantāraṃ,^eb^ nirudakamaruṭṭhānaṃ. Vanameva ^b^vanantaṃ^eb^. ^b^Vanacchāyappavesanaudakaparibhogesu viya sukha^eb^nti yathā hi puriso mahākantāramaggaṃ paṭipanno ghammapareto tasito pipāsito paṭipathe purisaṃ disvā ‘‘kattha pānīyaṃ atthī’’ti puccheyya, so ‘‘aṭaviṃ uttaritvāva jātassaravanasaṇḍo atthi, tattha gantvā labhissasī’’ti vadeyya, so tassa kathaṃ sutvāva haṭṭhapahaṭṭho bhaveyya, tato gacchanto bhūmiyaṃ patitāni uppaladalanāḷapattādīni disvā suṭṭhutaraṃ haṭṭhapahaṭṭho hutvā gacchanto allavatthe allakese purise passeyya, vanakukkuṭavanamorādīnaṃ saddaṃ suṇeyya, jātassarapariyante jātamaṇijālasadisaṃ nīlavanasaṇḍaṃ passeyya, sare jātāni uppalapadumakumudāni passeyya, acchaṃ vippasannaṃ udakampi passeyya, so bhiyyo bhiyyo haṭṭhapahaṭṭho hutvā jātassaraṃ otaritvā yathāruci nhatvā ca pivitvā ca passaddhadaratho bhisamuḷālapokkharādīni khāditvā nīluppalādīni piḷandhitvā mandālavamūlāni khandhe khipitvā uttaritvā sāṭakaṃ nivāsetvā udakasāṭakaṃ ātape katvā sītacchāyāya mandamande vāte paharante nipannova ‘‘aho sukhaṃ aho sukha’’nti vadeyya, evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tassa hi purisassa jātassaravanasaṇḍasavanato paṭṭhāya yāva udakadassanā haṭṭhapahaṭṭhakālo viya pubbabhāgārammaṇe haṭṭhapahaṭṭhākārā pīti, nhāyitvā ca pivitvā ca sītacchāyāya mandamande vāte paharante ‘‘aho sukhaṃ aho sukha’’nti vadanto nipannakālo viya balappattaṃ ārammaṇarasānubhavanākārasaṇṭhitaṃ sukhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmiṃ tasmiṃ samaye^eb^ti iṭṭhārammaṇassa paṭilābhasamaye paṭiladdhassa rasānubhavanasamaye vanacchāyādīnaṃ savanadassanasamaye paribhogasamaye ca. ^b^Pākaṭabhāvato^eb^ti yathākkamaṃ pītisukhānaṃ vibhūtabhāvato. ^b^Vivekajaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0363^ea^^b^pītisukha^eb^nti ettha purimasmiṃ atthe vivekajanti jhānaṃ vuttaṃ. Pītisukhasaddato ca atthiatthavisesavato ^b^assa jhānassa, asmiṃ vā jhāne^eb^ti ettha akāro daṭṭhabbo yathā arisasoti. Dutiye pītisukhameva vivekajaṃ, vivekajaṃpītisukhanti ca aññapadatthasamāso ^a^V1.0318^ea^ paccattaniddesassa ca alopo kato, lope vā sati ‘‘vivekajapītisukha’’nti pāṭhoti ayaṃ viseso.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gaṇanānupubbato paṭhama^eb^nti iminā desanākkamaṃ ulliṅgeti. ‘‘Gaṇanānupubbatā paṭhama’’ntipi pāṭho, tatthāpi gaṇanānupubbatāyāti attho, gaṇanānupubbatāmattaṃ vā paṭhamanti idaṃ vacananti attho. ^b^Paṭhamaṃ samāpajjatīti paṭhama^eb^nti idaṃ pana na ekantalakkhaṇaṃ. Ciṇṇavasībhāvo hi aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī ādito paṭṭhāya matthakaṃ pāpentopi samāpajjituṃ sakkoti, matthakato paṭṭhāya ādiṃ pāpentopi samāpajjituṃ sakkoti, antarantarā okkamantopi sakkoti. Evaṃ pubbuppattiyaṭṭhena pana paṭhamaṃ uppannantipi paṭhamaṃ. Teneva ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 1.75) ‘‘gaṇanānupubbatā paṭhamaṃ, paṭhamaṃ uppannantipi paṭhama’’nti ettakameva vuttaṃ. ^b^Paccanīkadhamme jhāpetī^eb^ti nīvaraṇādipaccanīkadhamme dahati, vikkhambhanavasena pajahatīti attho. ^b^Gocara^eb^nti kasiṇādiālambanaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti taṃ gocaraṃ. ^b^Upanijjhāyatī^eb^ti passati. ^b^Saha upacārenā^eb^ti saddhiṃ upacārajjhānena. ^b^Kasiṇārammaṇūpanijjhāyanato^eb^ti pathavīkasiṇādino attano ārammaṇassa rūpaṃ viya cakkhunā upanijjhāyanato. ^b^Lakkhaṇūpanijjhāyanato^eb^ti yathāsambhavaṃ aniccādilakkhaṇattayassa nibbānadhātuyā tathalakkhaṇassa ca upanijjhāyanato. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘ettha hī’’^eb^tiādi. Niccādivipallāsappahānena maggo asammohato aniccādilakkhaṇāni upanijjhāyatīti lakkhaṇūpanijjhānanti āha ^b^‘‘vipassanāya upanijjhāyanakicca’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Tathalakkhaṇa^eb^nti avināsadhammassa nibbānassa anaññathābhāvato aviparītasabhāvo tathalakkhaṇaṃ, maggassapi vā nibbānārammaṇato tathalakkhaṇūpanijjhānatā yojetabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Visadisodāharaṇaṃ tāva dassento āha ^b^‘‘yathā sadhano’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Añño apadesāraho hotī^eb^ti dhanato parijanato ca añño dhanavā parijanavā ca puriso saha dhanena vattati parijanena cāti sadhano saparijanoti apadesaṃ arahatīti apadesāraho hoti ^a^M1.0364^ea^, apadisitabbo hotīti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Senaṅgesu eva senāsammutī^eb^ti rathādisenaṅgavinimuttāya senāya abhāvepi rathehi pattīhi ca saha vattanato sarathā sapatti senāti rathādisenaṅgesuyeva senāvohāroti attho. Kasmā panettha jhānapāṭhe aggahitā cittekaggatā gahitāti anuyogaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘avuttattā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Evaṃ vuttāyevā^eb^ti evaṃ sarūpato vibhaṅge vuttāyeva. ^b^Sacittekaggatanti idha avuttepī^eb^ti ‘‘sacittekaggata’’nti evaṃ sarūpato imasmiṃ jhānapāṭhe avuttepīti attho, sāmaññato pana jhānaggahaṇena gahitā eva. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘yena hī’’^eb^tiādi ^a^V1.0319^ea^. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yena vitakkādīhi saha vattabbaṃ, taṃ dhammaṃ dīpetuṃ tassa pakāsanādhippāyena ‘‘savitakkaṃ savicāra’’ntiādinā uddeso kato, so eva adhippāyo tena bhagavatā vibhaṅge (vibha. 569) ‘‘cittassekaggatā’’ti niddisantena pakāsito, tasmā sā jhānapāṭhe aggahitāti na cintetabbanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upasampajjā^eb^ti ettha ^b^upa-saṃ^eb^saddā ‘‘upalabbhatī’’tiādīsu viya niratthakāti dassetuṃ ‘‘upagantvā’’tiādiṃ vatvā puna tesaṃ sātthakabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘upasampādayitvā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ, tasmā ^b^upasampajjā^eb^ti ettha patvā sādhetvāti vā attho. ^b^Iriya^eb^nti kiriyaṃ. ^b^Vutti^eb^ntiādīni tasseva vevacanāni. Ekaṃ iriyāpathabādhanaṃ iriyāpathantarehi rakkhaṇaṃ ^b^pālanaṃ^eb^. Sabbabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇattā ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānameva vuttaṃ. Tañhi sabbabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇanti vadanti.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamajjhānakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 10
title: ^paṭhamajjhānakathā^dutiyajjhānakathā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Vūpasamā^eb^ti vūpasamahetu. Vūpasamoti cettha pahānaṃ adhippetaṃ, tañca vitakkavicārānaṃ atikkamo atthato dutiyajjhānakkhaṇe anuppādoti āha ^b^‘‘samatikkamā’’^eb^tiādi. Katamesaṃ panettha vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamo adhippeto, kiṃ paṭhamajjhānikānaṃ, udāhu dutiyajjhānikānanti, kiñcettha – yadi paṭhamajjhānikānaṃ, natthi tesaṃ vūpasamo. Na hi kadāci paṭhamajjhānaṃ ^a^M1.0365^ea^ vitakkavicārarahitaṃ atthi. Atha dutiyajjhānikānaṃ, evampi nattheva vūpasamo sabbena sabbaṃ tesaṃ tattha abhāvatoti imaṃ anuyogaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘tattha kiñcāpī’’^eb^tiādi. Yasmā diṭṭhādīnavassa taṃtaṃjhānakkhaṇe anuppattidhammatāpādanaṃ vūpasamanaṃ adhippetaṃ, vitakkādayo eva ca jhānaṅgabhūtā tathā karīyanti, na taṃsampayuttā phassādayo, tasmā vitakkādīnaṃyeva vūpasamādhivacanaṃ jhāne āgataṃ. Yasmā pana vitakkādīnaṃ viya taṃsampayuttadhammānampi ‘‘etena etaṃ oḷārika’’nti ādīnavadassanaṃ sutte āgataṃ, tasmā avisesena vitakkādīnaṃ taṃsahagatānañca vūpasamādike vattabbe vitakkādīnaṃyeva vūpasamo vuccamāno adhikavacanaṃ aññamatthaṃ bodhetīti katvā kañci visesaṃ dīpetīti dassento ^b^‘‘oḷārikassa panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Ayañhettha adhippāyo – yehi vitakkavicārehi paṭhamajjhānassa oḷārikatā, tesaṃ samatikkamā dutiyajjhānassa samadhigamo, na sabhāvato anoḷārikānaṃ phassādīnaṃ samatikkamāti ayamattho ‘‘vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā’’ti etena dīpito ^a^V1.0320^ea^, tasmā ‘‘kiṃ paṭhamajjhānikānaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamo idhādhippeto, udāhu dutiyajjhānikāna’’nti edisī codanā anokāsāva. ‘‘Pītiyā ca virāgā’’tiādīsupi eseva nayo. Tasmā vitakkavicārapītisukhasamatikkamavacanāni oḷārikoḷārikaṅgasamatikkamā dutiyādiadhigamadīpakānīti tesaṃ ekadesabhūtaṃ vitakkavicārasamatikkamavacanaṃ avayavena samudāyopalakkhaṇanayena taṃ dīpakaṃ vuttaṃ. Visuṃ visuṃ ṭhitepi hi vitakkavicārasamatikkamavacanādike paheyyaṅganiddesatāsāmaññena cittena samūhato gahite vitakkavicāravūpasamavacanassa tadekadesatā hotīti. Atha vā vitakkavicāravūpasamavacaneneva taṃsamatikkamā dutiyādiadhigamadīpakena pītivirāgādivacanānaṃ pītiādisamatikkamā tatiyādiadhigamadīpakatā dīpitā hotīti tassa taṃdīpakatā vuttā. Evañhi avayavena samudāyopalakkhaṇaṃ vinā vitakkavicāravūpasamavacanena pītivirāgādivacanānaṃ savisaye samānabyāpāratā dassitā hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Ajjhattanti niyakajjhattaṃ adhippetaṃ, na ajjhattajjhattādīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘ajjhattanti niyakajjhattaṃ adhippeta’’^eb^nti. Tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘vibhaṅge^eb^^a^M1.0366^ea^^b^panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Pana^eb^-saddopi apisaddattho, vibhaṅgepīti attho. Ayameva vā pāṭho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nīlavaṇṇayogato nīlavatthaṃ viyā^eb^ti nīlayogato vatthaṃ nīlaṃ viyāti adhippāyo. ^b^Imasmiñca atthavikappe^eb^ti ‘‘ceto sampasādayatī’’ti etasmiṃ pakkhe. ^b^Cetaso^eb^ti ca upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Purimasmi^eb^nti ‘‘sampasādanayogato jhānampi sampasādana’’nti vuttapakkhe. ^b^Cetaso^eb^ti sambandhe sāmivacanaṃ. ‘‘Yāva na pare ekagate karomī’’tiādīsu seṭṭhavacanopi ekasaddo loke dissatīti āha ^b^‘‘seṭṭhopi hi loke ekoti vuccatī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Ekākīhi khuddakehi jita’’ntiādīsu asahāyatthopi ekasaddo diṭṭhoti āha ^b^‘‘eko asahāyo hutvā’’^eb^ti. Saddhādayopi kāmaṃ sampayuttadhammānaṃ sādhāraṇato ca asādhāraṇato ca paccayā hontiyeva, samādhi pana jhānakkhaṇe sampayuttadhammānaṃ avikkhepalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhakaraṇena sātisayaṃ paccayo hotīti dassento ^b^‘‘sampayuttadhamme…pe… adhivacana’’^eb^nti āha.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāva’’nti visesanadvayaṃ jhānassa atisayavacanicchāvasena gahitaṃ. Svāyamatisayo yathā imasmiṃ jhāne labbhati, na tathā paṭhamajjhāneti imaṃ visesaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘nanu cā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Ārammaṇe āhananapariyāhananavasena anumajjanānuyujjanavasena ca pavattamānā dhammā satipi nīvaraṇappahānena kilesakālussiyāpagame sampayuttānaṃ ^a^V1.0321^ea^ kiñci khobhaṃ karontā viya tehi ca te na sannisinnā hontīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vitakkavicārakkhobhena…pe… na suppasanna’’^eb^nti. Tattha khuddikā ūmiyo ^b^vīciyo,^eb^ mahatiyo ^b^taraṅgā. Samādhipi na suṭṭhu pākaṭo^eb^ti satipi indriyasamatte vīriyasamatāya ca teneva khotena sampasādābhāvena ca bahale viya jale maccho samādhipi na suṭṭhu pākaṭo. ^b^Vitakkavicārapalibodhābhāvenā^eb^ti ettha yathāvuttakhobho eva palibodho. ^b^Evaṃ vuttenā^eb^ti yassā saddhāya vasena sampasādanaṃ, yassā ca cittekaggatāya vasena ekodibhāvanti ca jhānaṃ vuttaṃ, tāsaṃ eva ‘‘saddahanā’’tiādinā (vibha. 574) pavattiākāravisesavibhāvanavasena vuttena tena vibhaṅgapāṭhena. ^b^Ayaṃ atthavaṇṇanā^eb^ti ‘‘sampasādanayogato, sampasādanato ^a^M1.0367^ea^ vā sampasādanaṃ. Ekodiṃ bhāvetīti ekodibhāvanti jhānaṃ vutta’’nti evaṃ pavattā ayaṃ atthavaṇṇanā. ^b^Aññadatthu saṃsandati ceva sameti ca, evaṃ veditabbā^eb^ti kathaṃ panāyaṃ atthavaṇṇanā tena vibhaṅgapāṭhena saddhiṃ saṃsandati sameti, nanu jhānavibhaṅge ‘‘sampasādana’’nti padaṃ uddharitvā ‘‘yā saddhā saddahanā’’tiādinā (vibha. 574) saddhāyeva vuttā, ‘‘cetaso ekodibhāva’’nti ca padaṃ uddharitvā ‘‘yā cittassa ṭhiti saṇṭhiti avaṭṭhitī’’tiādinā samādhisseva niddeso kato, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘sampasādanaṃ ekodibhāva’’nti jhānameva vuttanti aṭṭhakathāya vibhaṅgapāṭhena saddhiṃ virodho āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati vibhaṅgepi imināva adhippāyena niddesassa katattā. Tathā hi yena sampasādanena yogā jhānaṃ ‘‘sampasādana’’nti vuccati, tasmiṃ ‘‘yā saddhā saddahanā’’tiādinā dassite sampasādanaṃ jhānanti samānādhikaraṇaniddeseneva taṃyogā jhāne taṃsaddappavatti dassitā hoti. ‘‘Ekodibhāva’’nti ca padaṃ uddharitvā ekodimhi dassite ekodibhāvaṃ jhānanti samānādhikaraṇaniddeseneva jhānassa ekodivaḍḍhanatā vuttāva hotīti iminā adhippāyena byañjanavicāraṃ akatvā dhammamattameva niddiṭṭhanti avirodho yutto.<br/><br/>[03]Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ṭīkākārehi ācariyadhammapālattherādīhi ‘‘yadi ekodīti samādhissa gahaṇaṃ adhippetaṃ, tadā ‘ekodibhāva’nti padaṃ uddharitvā samādhissa niddeso na kattabbo siyā. Tasmā ekodibhāvasaddo eva samādhimhi pavatto sampasādanasaddo viya jhāne pavattatīti yutta’’nti, taṃ aṭṭhakathāya virujjhati. Tasmā so aṭṭhakathānirapekkho visuṃyeveko atthavikappoti gahetabbaṃ. Ayañhi nesaṃ adhippāyo – vitakkavicārehi anajjhāruḷhattā ekaṃ udetīti ekodīti tathāvidhasamādhiyuttaṃ jhānacittameva gahetvā ekodissa bhāvo ekodibhāvoti samādhissa gahaṇaṃ sakkā vattunti. Yo panāyaṃ tesamabhiniveso ‘‘ekodīti samādhissa gahaṇe sati ‘ekodibhāva’nti padaṃ uddharitvā samādhissa niddeso na kattabbo siyā’’ti ^a^V1.0322^ea^, so anekantikattā ayutto. Aññatthapi hi byañjanavicāraṃ akatvā atthamattasseva bāhullena vibhaṅge niddeso dissati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Santā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0368^ea^ samaṃ nirodhaṃ gatā. ^b^Samitā^eb^ti bhāvanāya samaṃ gamitā nirodhitā. ^b^Vūpasantā^eb^ti tato eva suṭṭhu upasantā. ^b^Atthaṅgatā^eb^ti atthaṃ vināsaṃ gatā. ^b^Abbhatthaṅgatā^eb^ti upasaggena padaṃ vaḍḍhetvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Appitā^eb^ti gamitā vināsaṃ gatā. ^b^Sositā^eb^ti pavattisaṅkhātassa santānassa abhāvena sosaṃ sukkhabhāvaṃ gatā. ^b^Byantīkatā^eb^ti vigatantā katā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ayamattho^eb^ti bhāvanāya pahīnattā vitakkavicārānaṃ abhāvasaṅkhāto attho. Codakena vuttamatthaṃ sampaṭicchitvā pariharituṃ ^b^‘‘evametaṃ siddhovāyamattho’’^eb^ti vatvā ^b^‘‘na paneta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^eta^eb^nti ‘‘vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā’’ti etaṃ vacanaṃ. ^b^Tadatthadīpaka^eb^nti tassa vitakkavicārābhāvamattasaṅkhātassa atthassa dīpakaṃ. ^b^Na kilesakālussiyassā^eb^ti upacārakkhaṇe viya nīvaraṇasaṅkhātassa kilesasaṅkhobhassa vūpasamā na sampasādananti attho. Nanu ca ^b^‘‘purimaṃ vatvāpi vattabbamevā’’^eb^ti idaṃ kasmā vuttaṃ. Tathā hi dutiyajjhānādiadhigamūpāyadīpakena ajjhattaṃ sampasādanatāya cetaso ekodibhāvatāya ca hetudīpakena avitakkāvicārabhāvahetudīpakena ca vitakkavicāravūpasamavacaneneva vitakkavicārābhāvo dīpitoti, kiṃ puna avitakkāvicāravacanena katenāti? Na, adīpitattā. Na hi vitakkavicāravūpasamavacanena vitakkavicārānaṃ appavatti vuttā hoti. Vitakkavicāresu hi taṇhāppahānaṃ etesaṃ vūpasamanaṃ. Oḷārikaṅgamukhena hi taṃtaṃjhānanikantiyā vikkhambhanaṃ vitakkavicāravūpasamavacanādīhi pakāsitaṃ. Yato vitakkavicāresu virattabhāvadīpakaṃ vitakkavicāravūpasamavacanaṃ, ye ca saṅkhāresu taṇhāppahānaṃ karonti, tesu maggesu pahīnataṇhesu ca phalesu saṅkhārappavatti hoti, evamidhāpi vikkhambhitavitakkavicārataṇhassa dutiyajjhānassa vitakkavicārasampayogo purimena na nivārito siyāti tannivāraṇatthaṃ āvajjitukāmatādiatikkamo ca tesaṃ vūpasamoti dassanatthañca ^b^‘‘avitakkaṃ avicāra’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Paṭhamajjhānaṃ dutiyajjhānassa upanissayapaccayena paccayo hotīti āha ^b^‘‘paṭhamajjhānasamādhito’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭhamampī^eb^ti paṭhamajjhānampi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gaṇanānupubbato^eb^tiādi heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Etthāpi ‘‘dutiyaṃ uppannantipi dutiya’’nti vattuṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Vuttamevatthaṃ vibhaṅgapāṭhena sādhento āha ^b^‘‘yathāhā’’^eb^tiādi. Yaṃ pana ^b^vibhaṅge^eb^ (vibha. 580) ‘‘jhānanti sampasādo ^a^M1.0369^ea^ pīti sukhaṃ cittassekaggatā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ ^a^V1.0323^ea^ saparikkhāraṃ jhānaṃ dassetuṃ pariyāyena vuttaṃ. Rathassa paṇḍukambalaṃ viya hi sampasādo jhānassa parikkhāro, na jhānaṅganti āha ^b^‘‘pariyāyoyeva ceso’’^eb^ti. Nippariyāyato pana upanijjhānalakkhaṇappattānaṃ aṅgānaṃ vasena tivaṅgikamevetaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sampasādanaṃ pana ṭhapetvā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyajjhānakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 11
title: paṭhamajjhānakathā^dutiyajjhānakathā^tatiyajjhānakathā^^
content:
  [03]Virajjanaṃ virāgo. Taṃ pana virajjanaṃ nibbindanamukhena hīḷanaṃ vā tappaṭibaddharāgappahānaṃ vāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tassā pītiyā jigucchanaṃ vā samatikkamo vā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ubhinnamantarā^eb^ti pītiyā virāgāti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ padānaṃ antarā, majjheti attho. ^b^Sampiṇḍanaṃ^eb^ samuccayo. ^b^Maggo^eb^ti upāyo. Dutiyajjhānassa hi paṭilābhaṃ vinā tatiyajjhānassa adhigamo na hotīti vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamo tatiyajjhānādhigamassa upāyo. ^b^Tadadhigamāyā^eb^ti tatiyamaggādhigamāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upapattito^eb^ti samavāhitabhāvena patirūpato jhānupekkhāpi samavāhitameva antonītaṃ katvā pavattatīti āha ^b^‘‘samaṃ passatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Visadāyā^eb^ti saṃkilesavigamena paribyattāya. ^b^Vipulāyā^eb^ti sātisayaṃ mahaggatabhāvappattito mahatiyā. ^b^Thāmagatāyā^eb^ti pītivigamena thirabhāvappattāya. Nanu cettha upekkhāvedanāva na sambhavati, tasmā kathamayaṃ tatiyajjhānasamaṅgī upekkhāya samannāgatattā ‘‘upekkhako’’ti vuccatīti ce? Na kevalaṃ vedanupekkhāva upekkhāti vuccati, atha kho aññāpi upekkhā vijjantīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘upekkhā pana dasavidhā hotī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 163; visuddhi. 1.84) ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno’’ti (a. ni. 6.1) evamāgatā khīṇāsavassa chasu dvāresu iṭṭhāniṭṭhachaḷārammaṇāpāthe parisuddhapakatibhāvāvijahanākārabhūtā upekkhā ^b^chaḷaṅgupekkhā^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]Yā ^a^M1.0370^ea^ pana ‘‘upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.308) evamāgatā sattesu majjhattākārabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ^b^brahmavihārupekkhā^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]Yā ^a^V1.0324^ea^ ‘‘upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissita’’nti (ma. ni. 1.27; saṃ. ni. 5.182, 190-191) evamāgatā sahajātadhammānaṃ majjhattākārabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ^b^bojjhaṅgupekkhā^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]Yā pana ‘‘kālena kālaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasi karotī’’ti (a. ni. 3.103) evamāgatā anaccāraddhanātisithilavīriyasaṅkhātā upekkhā, ayaṃ ^b^vīriyupekkhā^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]Yā –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Kati saṅkhārupekkhā samathavasena uppajjanti, kati saṅkhārupekkhā vipassanāvasena uppajjanti? Aṭṭha saṅkhārupekkhā samathavasena uppajjanti, dasa saṅkhārupekkhā vipassanāvasena uppajjanti.<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Katamā aṭṭha saṅkhārupekkhā samathavasena uppajjanti? Paṭhamajjhānapaṭilābhatthāya nīvaraṇe paṭisaṅkhā santiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ, dutiyajjhānapaṭilābhatthāya vitakkavicāre paṭisaṅkhā santiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ, tatiyajjhānapaṭilābhatthāya pītiṃ paṭisaṅkhā santiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ, catutthajjhānapaṭilābhatthāya sukhadukkhe paṭisaṅkhā santiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattipaṭilābhatthāya rūpasaññaṃ paṭighasaññaṃ nānattasaññaṃ paṭisaṅkhā santiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattipaṭilābhatthāya ākāsānañcāyatanasaññaṃ paṭisaṅkhā santiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattipaṭilābhatthāya viññāṇañcāyatanasaññaṃ paṭisaṅkhā santiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattipaṭilābhatthāya ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṃ paṭisaṅkhā santiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ, imā aṭṭha saṅkhārupekkhā samathavasena uppajjanti.<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Katamā ^a^M1.0371^ea^ dasa saṅkhārupekkhā vipassanāvasena uppajjanti? Sotāpattimaggapaṭilābhatthāya uppādaṃ pavattaṃ nimittaṃ āyūhanaṃ paṭisandhiṃ gatiṃ nibbattiṃ upapattiṃ jātiṃ jaraṃ byādhiṃ maraṇaṃ sokaṃ paridevaṃ upāyāsaṃ paṭisaṅkhā santiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ, sotāpattiphalasamāpattatthāya uppādaṃ pavattaṃ nimittaṃ āyūhanaṃ paṭisandhiṃ ^a^V1.0325^ea^ paṭisaṅkhā santiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ, sakadāgāmimaggapālābhatthāya…pe… sakadāgāmiphalasamāpattatthāya…pe… anāgāmimaggapaṭilābhatthāya…pe… anāgāmiphalasamāpattatthāya…pe… arahattamaggapaṭilābhatthāya uppādaṃ pavattaṃ nimittaṃ āyūhanaṃ paṭisandhiṃ gatiṃ nibbattiṃ upapattiṃ jātiṃ jaraṃ byādhiṃ maraṇaṃ sokaṃ paridevaṃ upāyāsaṃ paṭisaṅkhā santiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ, arahattaphalasamāpattatthāya…pe… suññatavihārasamāpattatthāya…pe… animittavihārasamāapattatthāya uppādaṃ pavattaṃ nimittaṃ āyūhanaṃ paṭisandhiṃ paṭisaṅkhā santiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ, imā dasa saṅkhārupekkhā vipassanāvasena uppajjantī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.57) –<br/><br/>[07]Evamāgatā nīvaraṇādipaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanākārabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ^b^saṅkhārupekkhā^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^b^nīvaraṇe paṭisaṅkhā^eb^ti pañca nīvaraṇāni pahātabbabhāvena paṭisaṅkhāya, pariggahetvāti attho. ^b^Santiṭṭhanā^eb^ti nīvaraṇānaṃ pahānābhimukhībhūtattā tesaṃ pahānepi abyāpārabhāvūpagamanena majjhattatāya santiṭṭhanā. ^b^Saṅkhārupekkhāsū^eb^ti nīvaraṇappahāne byāpārākaraṇena nīvaraṇasaṅkhātānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ upekkhanāsūti attho. Esa nayo ^b^vitakkavicārā^eb^dīsu ^b^uppādā^eb^dīsu ca. Tattha ^b^uppāda^eb^nti purimakammapaccayā khandhānaṃ idha uppattimāha. ^b^Pavatta^eb^nti tathāuppannassa pavattiṃ. ^b^Nimitta^eb^nti sabbampi tebhūmakaṃ saṅkhāragataṃ nimittabhāvena upaṭṭhānato. ^b^Āyūhana^eb^nti āyatiṃ paṭisandhihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ. ^b^Paṭisandhi^eb^nti āyatiṃ upapattiṃ. ^b^Gati^eb^nti yāya gatiyā sā paṭisandhi hoti. ^b^Nibbatti^eb^nti khandhānaṃ nibbattanaṃ. ^b^Upapatti^eb^nti vipākappavattiṃ. ^b^Jāti^eb^nti jarādīnaṃ paccayabhūtaṃ bhavapaccayā jātiṃ. ^b^Jarāmaraṇā^eb^dayo pākaṭā eva.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ^a^M1.0372^ea^ ca uppādādayo pañceva saṅkhārupekkhāñāṇassa visayavasena vuttā, sesā tesaṃ vevacanavasena. Nibbatti jātīti idañhi dvayaṃ uppādassa ceva paṭisandhiyā ca vevacanaṃ. Gati upapatti cāti idaṃ dvayaṃ pavattassa, jarādayo nimittassāti veditabbaṃ. Nanu cettha catūsu maggavāresu ‘‘uppāda’’ntiādīni pañca mūlapadāni, ‘‘gatī’’tiādīni dasa vevacanapadānīti pannarasa padāni vuttāni, chasu pana phalasamāpattivāresu pañca mūlapadāneva vuttāni, taṃ kasmāti ce? Saṅkhārupekkhāya tikkhabhāve sati kilesappahānasamatthassa maggassa sabbhāvato tassā tikkhabhāvadassanatthaṃ vevacanapadehi saha daḷhaṃ katvā mūlapadāni vuttāni, phalassa ^a^V1.0326^ea^ nirussāhabhāvena santasabhāvattā maggāyattattā ca mandabhūtāpi saṅkhārupekkhā phalassa paccayo hotīti dassanatthaṃ mūlapadāneva vuttānīti veditabbāni.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ‘‘sotāpattimaggapaṭilābhatthāyā’’tiādīsu catūsu maggavāresu suññatānimittappaṇihitamaggānaṃ aññataro vutto. ‘‘Sotāpattiphalasamāpattatthāyā’’tiādīsu catūsu phalavāresu pana appaṇihitaphalasamāpatti veditabbā. Kasmā? Suññatavihārasamāpattatthāya animittavihārasamāpattatthāyāti itarāsaṃ dvinnaṃ phalasamāpattīnaṃ visuṃ vuttattā. Aniccānupassanāvuṭṭhānavasena hi animittamaggo, tatheva phalasamāpattikāle animittaphalasamāpatti, dukkhānupassanāvuṭṭhānavasena appaṇihitamaggaphalasamāpattiyo, anattānupassanāvuṭṭhānavasaena suññatamaggaphalasamāpattiyo suttantanayena veditabbā. Evañca katvā suññatādivimokkhavasena magguppattihetubhūtā catasso, tathā appaṇihitaphalasamāpattiyā catasso, suññatavihārānimittavihāravasena dveti dasa saṅkhārupekkhāvipassanāpaññā vuttā, samathasaṅkhārupekkhā pana appanāvīthiyā āsannapubbabhāge balappattaṃ bhāvanāmayañāṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yā pana ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti upekkhāsahagata’’nti (dha. sa. 150) evamāgatā adukkhamasukhasaññitā upekkhā, ayaṃ ^b^vedanupekkhā^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]Yā ‘‘yadatthi yaṃ bhūtaṃ, taṃ pajahati, upekkhaṃ paṭilabhatī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.71; a. ni. 7.55) evamāgatā vicinane majjhattabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ^b^vipassanupekkhā^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^a^M1.0373^ea^^b^yadatthi yaṃ bhūta^eb^nti khandhapañcakaṃ, taṃ muñcitukamyatāñāṇena pajahati. ^b^Upekkhaṃ paṭilabhatī^eb^ti diṭṭhasovattikattayassa sappassa lakkhaṇavicinane viya diṭṭhalakkhaṇattayassa khandhapañcakassa saṅkhāralakkhaṇavicinane upekkhaṃ paṭilabhatīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Yā pana chandādīsu yevāpanakesu āgatā sahajātānaṃ samappavattihetubhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ^b^tatramajjhattupekkhā^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]Yā ‘‘upekkhako ca viharatī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.230; dha. sa. 163) evamāgatā aggasukhepi tasmiṃ apakkhapātajananī upekkhā, ayaṃ ^b^jhānupekkhā^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]Yā ^a^V1.0327^ea^ pana ‘‘upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhāna’’nti (dī. ni. 1.232; dha. sa. 165) evamāgatā sabbapaccanīkaparisuddhā paccanīkavūpasamanepi abyāpārabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ^b^pārisuddhupekkhā^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha chaḷaṅgupekkhā ca brahmavihārupekkhā ca bojjhaṅgupekkhā ca tatramajjhattupekkhā ca jhānupekkhā ca pārisuddhupekkhā ca atthato ekā tatramajjhattupekkhāva hoti. Tena tena avatthābhedena panassā ayaṃ bhedo ekassapi sato sattassa kumārayuvatherasenāpatirājādivasena bhedo viya. Tasmā tāsu yattha chaḷaṅgupekkhā, na tattha bojjhaṅgupekkhādayo. Yattha vā pana bojjhaṅgupekkhā, na tattha chaḷaṅgupekkhādayo hontīti veditabbā. Yathā cetāsaṃ atthato ekībhāvo, evaṃ saṅkhārupekkhāvipassanupekkhānampi. Paññā eva hi sā kiccavasena dvidhā bhinnā. Yathā hi purisassa sāyaṃ gehaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ sappaṃ ajapadadaṇḍaṃ gahetvā pariyesamānassa taṃ thusakoṭṭhake nipannaṃ disvā ‘‘sappo nu kho, no’’ti avalokentassa sovattikattayaṃ disvā nibbematikassa ‘‘sappo, na sappo’’ti vicinane majjhattatā hoti, evameva yā āraddhavipassakassa vipassanāñāṇena lakkhaṇattaye diṭṭhe saṅkhārānaṃ aniccabhāvādivicinane majjhattatā uppajjati, ayaṃ ^b^vipassanupekkhā^eb^. Yathā pana tassa purisassa ajapadena daṇḍena gāḷhaṃ sappaṃ gahetvā ‘‘kintāhaṃ imaṃ sappaṃ aviheṭhento attānañca iminā aḍaṃsāpento muñceyya’’nti muñcanākārameva pariyesato gahaṇe majjhattatā hoti, evameva yā lakkhaṇattayassa diṭṭhattā āditte viya tayo bhave passato saṅkhāraggahaṇe ^a^M1.0374^ea^ majjhattatā, ayaṃ ^b^saṅkhārupekkhā^eb^. Iti vipassanupekkhāya siddhāya saṅkhārupekkhāpi siddhāva hoti. Iminā panesā vicinanagahaṇesu majjhattasaṅkhātena kiccena dvidhā bhinnā. Vīriyupekkhā pana vedanupekkhā ca aññamaññañca avasesāhi ca atthato bhinnā evāti.<br/><br/>[03]Imāsaṃ pana dasannampi upekkhānaṃ bhūmipuggalādivasena vibhāgo tattha tattha vuttanayeneva veditabboti dassento āha ^b^‘‘evamayaṃ dasavidhāpī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^bhūmipuggalacittārammaṇato^eb^ti ‘‘chaḷaṅgupekkhā kāmāvacarā, brahmavihārupekkhā rūpāvacarā’’ti evamādinā ^b^bhūmito^eb^. ‘‘Chaḷaṅgupekkhā khīṇāsavasseva, brahmavihārupekkhā tiṇṇampi puthujjanasekkhāsekkhāna’’nti evamādinā ^b^puggalato^eb^. ‘‘Chaḷaṅgupekkhā somanassupekkhāsahagatacittasampayuttā’’tiādinā ^b^cittato^eb^. ‘‘Chaḷaṅgupekkhā chaḷārammaṇā, brahmavihārupekkhā dhammārammaṇā’’tiādinā ^b^ārammaṇato^eb^. ^b^Khandhasaṅgahaekakkhaṇakusalattikasaṅkhepavasenā^eb^ti ‘‘vedanupekkhā vedanākkhandhena saṅgahitā, itarā nava saṅkhārakkhandhenā’’ti ^b^khandhasaṅgahavasena^eb^. Chaḷaṅgupekkhā brahmavihārabojjhaṅgajhānapārisuddhitatramajjhattupekkhā ^a^V1.0328^ea^ ca atthato ekā, tasmā ekakkhaṇe tāsu ekāya sati na itarā, tathā saṅkhārupekkhāvipassanupekkhāpi veditabbā, vedanāvīriyupekkhānaṃ ekakkhaṇe siyā uppattīti evaṃ ^b^ekakkhaṇavasena^eb^. Chaḷaṅgupekkhā abyākatā, brahmavihārupekkhā kusalābyākatā, tathā sesā, vedanupekkhā pana siyā akusalāpīti evaṃ ^b^kusalattikavasena^eb^. Dasapetā saṅkhepato cattārova dhammā vīriyavedanātatramajjhattatāñāṇavasenāti evaṃ ^b^saṅkhepavasena^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni idhādhippetāya jhānupekkhāya lakkhaṇādiṃ niddhāretvā dassento āha ^b^‘‘lakkhaṇādito panā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^anābhogarasā^eb^ti paṇītasukhepi tasmiṃ avanatipaṭipakkhakiccāti attho. ^b^Abyāpārapaccupaṭṭhānā^eb^ti satipi sukhapāramippattiyaṃ tasmiṃ sukhe abyāvaṭā hutvā paccupatiṭṭhati, sampayuttānaṃ vā tattha abyāpāraṃ paccupaṭṭhapetīti attho. Sampayuttadhammānaṃ khobhaṃ uppilavañca āvahantehi vitakkādīhi abhibhūtattā aparibyattaṃ tattha tatramajjhattatāya kiccaṃ, tadabhāvato idha paribyattanti āha ^b^‘‘aparibyattakiccato’’^eb^ti. Tenevāha ‘‘aparibyattaṃ hī’’tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idāni^eb^^a^M1.0375^ea^^b^sato ca sampajāno^eb^ti ettha ‘‘vuccatī’’ti ajjhāharitabbaṃ. ^b^Saratī^eb^ti iminā ‘‘sato’’ti padassa kattusādhanatamāha. ^b^Sampajānātī^eb^ti sammadeva pajānāti. ^b^Puggalenā^eb^ti puggalādhiṭṭhānena. Saraṇaṃ cintanaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ lakkhaṇametissāti ^b^saraṇalakkhaṇā^eb^. Sammussanapaṭipakkho asammussanaṃ kiccaṃ etissāti ^b^asammussanarasā^eb^. Kilesehi ārakkhā hutvā paccupatiṭṭhati, tato vā ārakkhaṃ paccupaṭṭhapetīti ^b^ārakkhapaccupaṭṭhānā^eb^. Asammuyhanaṃ sammadeva pajānanaṃ, sammohapaṭipakkho vā asammoho lakkhaṇametassāti ^b^asammohalakkhaṇaṃ. Tīraṇaṃ^eb^ kiccassa pāragamanaṃ. ^b^Pavicayo^eb^ vīmaṃsā. Kāmaṃ upacārajjhānādiṃ upādāya paṭhamadutiyajjhānānipi sukhumāneva, imaṃ pana uparimajjhānaṃ upādāya ^b^‘‘oḷārikattā pana tesaṃ jhānāna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ, sā ca oḷārikatā vitakkādithūlaṅgatāya veditabbā. Keci ‘‘bahucetasikatāyā’’ti ca vadanti. ^b^Bhūmiyaṃ viya purisassā^eb^ti purisassa bhūmiyaṃ gati viyāti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Gati sukhā hotī^eb^ti tesu jhānesu gati sukhā hoti. ^b^Abyattaṃ tattha satisampajaññakicca^eb^nti ‘‘idaṃ nāma dukkaraṃ karīyatī’’ti vattabbassa abhāvato vuttaṃ. ^b^Oḷārikaṅgappahānena pana sukhumattā^eb^ti ayamattho kāmaṃ dutiyajjhānepi sambhavati, tathāpi yebhuyyena avippayogībhāvena vattamānesu pītisukhesu pītisaṅkhātassa oḷārikaṅgassa pahānena sukhumatāya idha sātisayo satipaññābyāpāroti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘purisassā’’^eb^tiādi. Dhenuṃ pivatīti ^b^dhenupago,^eb^ dhenuyā khīraṃ pivantoti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Punadeva pītiṃ upagaccheyyā^eb^ti hānabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ siyā ^a^V1.0329^ea^, dutiyajjhānameva sampajjeyyāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pītisampayuttameva siyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Idañca atimadhuraṃ sukha^eb^nti tatiyajjhāne sukhaṃ sandhāyāha, atimadhuratā cassa pahāsodagyasabhāvāya pītiyā abhāveneva veditabbā. ^b^Ida^eb^nti ‘‘sato sampajāno’’ti padadvayaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedesi^eb^nti ettha kathamābhogena vinā sukhapaṭisaṃvedanāti āha ^b^‘‘kiñcāpī’’^eb^tiādi. Yasmā tassa nāmakāyena sampayuttaṃ sukhaṃ, tasmā etamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedesi’’nti āhāti yojetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepattho – ‘‘sukhaṃ vedayāmī’’ti evamābhoge asatipi nāmakāyena cetasikasukhaṃ, kāyikasukhaheturūpasamuṭṭhāpanena ^a^M1.0376^ea^ kāyikasukhañca jhānasamaṅgī paṭisaṃvedetīti vuccatīti. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti jhānasamaṅgino. ^b^Yaṃ vā ta^eb^nti yaṃ vā taṃ yathāvuttaṃ nāmakāyasampayuttaṃ sukhaṃ. ^b^Taṃsamuṭṭhānenā^eb^ti tato samuṭṭhitena atipaṇītena rūpena assa jhānasamaṅgino rūpakāyo yasmā phuṭo, tasmā etamatthaṃ dassentoti sambandhitabbaṃ. ^b^Yassā^eb^ti rūpakāyassa. ^b^Phuṭattā^eb^ti byāpitattāti attho. Yathā hi udakena phuṭṭhasarīrassa tādise phoṭṭhabbe phuṭṭhe sukhaṃ uppajjati, evaṃ etehi jhānacittasamuṭṭhitehi rūpehi phuṭṭhasarīrassa. ^b^Jhānā vuṭṭhitopī^eb^ti jhānamhā vuṭṭhitopi. ^b^Sukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeyyā^eb^ti cittasamuṭṭhitarūpehi avasesatisamuṭṭhitarūpasaṅghaṭṭanena uppannakāyaviññāṇena kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeyya. ^b^Etamattha^eb^nti vuttanayena cetasikakāyikasukhapaṭisaṃvedanasaṅkhātaṃ atthaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ya^eb^nti hetuatthe nipāto, yasmāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yaṃjhānahetū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ācikkhantī^eb^tiādīni padāni kittanatthānīti adhippāyenāha ^b^‘‘pasaṃsantīti adhippāyo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kintī^eb^ti pasaṃsanākārapucchā. ^b^Sukhapāramippatte^eb^ti sukhassa paramaṃ pariyantaṃ patte. ^b^Sukhābhisaṅgenā^eb^ti sukhasmiṃ ālayena. Edisesu ṭhānesu satiggahaṇeneva sampajaññampi gahitaṃ hotīti idha pāḷiyaṃ satiyā eva gahitattā evaṃ upaṭṭhitassatitāya satimā icceva vuttaṃ, sampajānoti heṭṭhā vuttattā vā. ^b^Asaṃkiliṭṭha^eb^nti kilesehi asammissattā asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ. Jhānakkhaṇe nippariyāyato cetasikasukhameva labbhatīti ^b^‘‘sukhaṃ nāmakāyena paṭisaṃvedetī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tatiyanti gaṇanānupubbato tatiya^eb^ntiādi heṭṭhā vuttanayānusārena veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Tatiyajjhānakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 12
title: dutiyajjhānakathā^tatiyajjhānakathā^catutthajjhānakathā^^
content:
  [03]^b^‘‘Pubbevā’’^eb^ti ^a^V1.0330^ea^ vuttattā ^b^‘‘kadā pana nesaṃ pahānaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti codanaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā āha ^b^‘‘catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ upacārakkhaṇe’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ veditabbanti sambandho. ^b^Pahānakkamena avuttāna^eb^nti ettha ^b^pahānakkamo^eb^ nāma pahāyakadhammānaṃ uppattipaṭipāṭi. Tena pana vuccamāne ‘‘dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ sukhaṃ somanassa’’nti vattabbaṃ siyā, kasmā ito aññathā vacananti āha ^b^‘‘indriyavibhaṅge’’^eb^tiādi ^a^M1.0377^ea^. ^b^Uddesakkamenā^eb^ti ‘‘sukhindriyaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ somanassindriyaṃ domanassindriya’’nti evaṃ pavattauddesakkamena.<br/><br/>[03]Atha kasmā jhānesveva nirodho vuttoti sambandho. ^b^Kattha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriya^eb^nti attano paccayehi uppannaṃ avikkhambhitaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ. ^b^Kattha ca aparisesaṃ nirujjhatī^eb^ti nirodhaṭṭhānaṃ nirodhakāraṇaṃ pucchati. Tena ^b^katthā^eb^ti pucchāya ^b^etthā^eb^ti vissajjanepi hetumhi bhummavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Jhānānubhāvanimittañhi anuppajjantaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhatīti vuttaṃ. ^b^Atisayanirodho^eb^ suṭṭhu pahānaṃ ujupaṭipakkhena vūpasamo. ^b^Nirodho^eb^ pahānamattaṃ. ^b^Nānāvajjane^eb^ti yena āvajjanena appanāvīthi, tato bhinnāvajjane anekāvajjane vā. Appanāvīthiyañhi upacāro ekāvajjano, itaro anekāvajjano anekakkhattuṃ pavattanato. Visamanisajjāya uppannakilamatho ^b^visamāsanupatāpo. Pītipharaṇenā^eb^ti pītiyā pharaṇarasattā pītisamuṭṭhānānaṃ vā paṇītarūpānaṃ kāyassa byāpanato vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbo kāyo sukhokkanto hotī’’^eb^ti. Paṇītarūpaphuṭṭhasarīrassa sukhokkantakāyattā kuto dukkhuppatti visamāsanupatāpādināti āha ^b^‘‘paṭipakkhena avihatattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vitakkavicārapaccayepī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddo aṭṭhānappayutto, so ‘‘pahīnassā’’ti ettha ānetvā sambandhitabbo. ^b^Pahīnassapi domanassindriyassā^eb^ti idañca ‘‘siyā uppattī’’ti iminā sambandhitabbaṃ. ^b^Eta^eb^nti domanassindriyaṃ. ‘‘Uppajjatī’’ti iminā sambandho. ‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ aticiraṃ vitakkayato vicārayato kāyopi kilami, cittampi ūhaññī’’ti vacanato kāyacittakhedānaṃ vitakkavicārapaccayatā veditabbā. ^b^Vitakkavicārabhāve^eb^ti ettha ‘‘uppajjati domanassindriya’’nti ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. ^b^Tatthassa siyā uppattī^eb^ti tattha dutiyajjhānūpacāre assa pahīnassapi domanassindriyassa uppatti bhaveyya.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca yadeke vadanti ‘‘tatthassa siyā uppattīti vadantena jhānalābhīnampi domanassuppatti atthīti dassitaṃ hoti, tena ca anīvaraṇasabhāvo lobho viya dosopi atthīti ^a^V1.0331^ea^ dīpeti. Na hi dosena vinā domanassaṃ pavattati, na cettha paṭṭhānapāḷiyā virodho cintetabbo. Yasmā tattha parihīnajjhānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattamānaṃ domanassaṃ dassitaṃ, aparihīnajjhānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppajjamānassa domanassassa asambhavato jhānalābhīnaṃ sabbaso domanassaṃ nuppajjatīti ca na sakkā ^a^M1.0378^ea^ vattuṃ aṭṭhasamāpattilābhino api tassa uppannattā, na heva kho so parihīnajjhāno ahosī’’ti, taṃ ayuttaṃ anīvaraṇasabhāvassa domanassassa abhāvato. Yadi siyā, rūpārūpāvacarasattānampi uppajjeyya, na ca uppajjati. Tathā hi āruppe kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ paṭicca thinamiddhanīvaraṇaṃ uddhaccanīvaraṇaṃ avijjānīvaraṇantiādīsu byāpādakukkuccanīvaraṇāni anuddhaṭāni, na cettha anīvaraṇatāpariyāyo kāmacchandādīnampi anīvaraṇānaṃyeva nīvaraṇasadisatāya nīvaraṇapariyāyassa vuttattā. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘aṭṭhasamāpattilābhino api tassa uppannattā’’ti, tampi akāraṇaṃ uppajjamānena ca domanassena jhānato parihāyanato. Lahukena pana paccayena parihīnaṃ tādisā naṃ appakasireneva paṭipākatikaṃ karontīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Tatthassa siyā uppattī’’ti idaṃ pana parikappanavacanaṃ upacārakkhaṇe domanassassa appahīnabhāvadassanatthaṃ. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘na tveva antoappanāya’’^eb^nti. Yadi pana tadā domanassaṃ uppajjeyya, paṭhamajjhānampissa parihīnamevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Pahīnampi somanassindriyaṃ pīti viya na dūreti katvā ^b^‘‘āsannattā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Nānāvajjanūpacāre pahīnampi pahānaṅgaṃ paṭipakkhena avihatattā antarantarā uppajjeyya vāti imamatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘appanāppattāyā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tādisāya āsevanāya icchitabbattā yathā maggavīthito pubbe dve tayo javanavārā sadisānupassanāva pavattanti, evamidhāpi appanāvārato pubbe dve tayo javanavārā upekkhāsahagatāva pavattantīti vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samāharī^eb^ti samānesi, saṅgahetvā abhāsīti attho. ^b^Sukhumā^eb^ti sukhadukkhāni viya anoḷārikattā avibhūtatāya sukhumā, tato eva anuminitabbasabhāvattā ^b^dubbiññeyyā. Duṭṭhassā^eb^ti duṭṭhapayogassa, duddamassāti attho. ^b^Sakkā hoti esā gāhayitu^eb^nti aññāpohananayena sakkā gāhayitunti adhippāyo. ^b^Adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā^eb^ti idameva catutthaṃ jhānaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Paccayadassanattha^eb^nti adhigamassa upāyabhūtapaccayadassanatthaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dukkhappahānādayo hi tassā paccayā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dukkhappahānādayo^eb^ti ca sopacārā paṭhamajjhānādayovettha adhippetā. ^b^Pahīnāti vuttā^eb^ti ‘‘pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.147; saṃ. ni. 5.1021) vuttattā. ^b^Etā^eb^ti sukhādayo vedanā. ^b^Sukhaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0379^ea^^b^somanassassa paccayo^eb^ti vasanagandhālepanapupphābharaṇasamālepanādinibbattaṃ kāyikasukhaṃ ^a^V1.0332^ea^ somanassassa paccayo. ‘‘Sukhāya kho, āvuso visākha vedanāya, rāgānusayo anusetī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.465) vacanato āha ^b^‘‘somanassaṃ rāgassa paccayo’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Dukkhāya kho, āvuso visākha, vedanāya paṭighānusayo anusetī’’ti vacanato vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘domanassaṃ dosassa paccayo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sukhādighātenā^eb^ti sukhādīnaṃ pahānena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adukkhamasukha^eb^nti ettha na dukkhanti adukkhaṃ, dukkhavidūraṃ. Yasmā tattha dukkhaṃ natthi, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dukkhābhāvenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Asukha^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Etenā^eb^ti dukkhasukhapaṭikkhepavacanena. ^b^Paṭipakkhabhūta^eb^nti idaṃ idha tatiyavedanāya dukkhādīnaṃ samatikkamavasena pattabbattā vuttaṃ, na kusalākusalānaṃ viya ujuvipaccanīkatāya. ^b^Iṭṭhāniṭṭhaviparītānubhavanalakkhaṇā^eb^ti iṭṭhāniṭṭhaviparītassa majjhattārammaṇassa, iṭṭhāniṭṭhaviparītaṃ vā majjhattākārena anubhavanalakkhaṇā. Tato eva ^b^majjhattarasā. Avibhūtapaccupaṭṭhānā^eb^ti sukhadukkhāni viya na vibhūtākārā piṭṭhipāsāṇe migagatamaggo viya tehi anumātabbāvibhūtākāropaṭṭhānā. Sukhanirodho nāma idha catutthajjhānūpacāro, so padaṭṭhānaṃ etissāti ^b^sukhanirodhapadaṭṭhānā. Upekkhāsatipārisuddhi^eb^nti purimapade uttarapadalopenetaṃ samāsapadanti āha ^b^‘‘upekkhāya janitasatipārisuddhi’’^eb^nti. Sabbapaccanīkadhammaparisuddhāya paccanīkasamanepi abyāvaṭāya pārisuddhupekkhāya vattamānāya catutthajjhāne sati sampahaṃsanapaññā viya suparisuddhā suvisadā ca hotīti āha ^b^‘‘satiyā pārisuddhi, sā upekkhāya katā na aññenā’’^eb^ti. Yadi tatramajjhattatā idha ‘‘upekkhā’’ti adhippetā, kathaṃ satiyeva pārisuddhāti vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘na kevala’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Satisīsenā^eb^ti satiṃ uttamaṅgaṃ katvā, padhānaṃ katvāti vuttaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Evamapi kasmā idheva sati ‘‘upekkhāsatipārisuddhī’’ti vuttāti anuyogaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘tattha kiñcāpī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha heṭṭhā tīsu jhānesu vijjamānāyapi tatramajjhattatāya paccanīkābhibhavanato sahāyapaccayavekallato ca apārisuddhi, tathā taṃsampayuttānaṃ tadabhāvato idha pārisuddhīti imamatthaṃ upamāvasena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sūriyappabhābhibhavā^eb^ti sūriyappabhāya abhibhuyyamānattā. Atikkhatāya candalekhā ^a^M1.0380^ea^ viya rattipi sommasabhāvā sabhāgāya rattiyameva ca candalekhā samujjalatīti sā tassā saṅgayhatīti dassento ^b^‘‘sommabhāvena ca attano upakārakattena vā sabhāgāya rattiyā’’^eb^ti āha. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.<br/><br/>[06]Catutthajjhānakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 13
title: tatiyajjhānakathā^catutthajjhānakathā^pubbenivāsakathā^^
content:
  [03]^b^12^eb^^b^.^eb^ Rūpavirāgabhāvanāvasena ^a^V1.0333^ea^ pavattaṃ catubbidhampi arūpajjhānaṃ catutthajjhānasaṅgahamevāti āha ^b^‘‘cattāri jhānānī’’^eb^ti. Yuttaṃ tāva cittekaggatā bhavokkamanatthatā viya vipassanāpādakatāpi catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ sādhāraṇāti tesaṃ vasena ‘‘cattāri jhānānī’’ti vacanaṃ, abhiññāpādakatā pana nirodhapādakatā ca catutthasseva jhānassa āveṇikā, sā kathaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ sādhāraṇā vuttāti? Paramparādhiṭṭhānabhāvato. Padaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānampi hi padaṭṭhānantveva vuccati, kāraṇakāraṇampi kāraṇanti yathā ‘‘tiṇehi bhattaṃ siddha’’nti. Evañca katvā payojananiddese aṭṭhasamāpattiggahaṇaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti. ^b^Cittekaggatatthānī^eb^ti ittasamādhatthāni, diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāratthānīti attho. Cittekaggatāsīsena hi diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro vutto, sukkhavipassakakhīṇāsavavasena cetaṃ vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekaggacittā sukhaṃ divasaṃ viharissāmā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhavokkamanatthānī^eb^ti bhavesu nibbattiatthāni. Sattāhaṃ nirodhasamāpattiyā samāpajjanato āha ^b^‘‘sattāhaṃ acittakā hutvā’’^eb^ti. Kasmā pana sattāhameva nirodhaṃ samāpajjantīti? Tathākālaparicchedakaraṇato, tañca yebhuyyena āhārūpajīvīnaṃ sattānaṃ upādinnakappavattassa ekadivasaṃ bhuttāhārassa sattāhameva yāpanato.<br/><br/>[03]Kā (visuddhi. 2.867-868) panāyaṃ nirodhasamāpatti nāma, ke taṃ samāpajjanti, ke na samāpajjanti, kattha samāpajjanti, kasmā samāpajjanti, kathañcassā samāpajjanaṃ hotīti? Vuccate – tattha ^b^kā panāyaṃ nirodhasamāpatti nāmā^eb^ti yā anupubbanirodhavasena cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ appavatti. ^b^Ke taṃ samāpajjanti^eb^^a^M1.0381^ea^, ^b^ke na samāpajjantī^eb^ti sabbepi puthujjanasotāpannasakadāgāmino sukkhavipassakā ca anāgāmiarahanto na samāpajjanti, aṭṭhasamāpattilābhino pana anāgāmino khīṇāsavā ca samāpajjanti. ^b^Kattha samāpajjantī^eb^ti pañcavokārabhave. Kasmā? Anupubbasamāpattisabbhāvato. Catuvokārabhave pana paṭhamajjhānādīnaṃ uppattiyeva natthi, tasmā na sakkā tattha samāpajjituṃ. ^b^Kasmā samāpajjantī^eb^ti saṅkhārānaṃ pavattibhede ukkaṇṭhitvā ‘‘diṭṭhadhamme acittakā hutvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ patvā sukhaṃ viharissāmā’’ti. ^b^Kathañcassā samāpajjanaṃ hotī^eb^ti samathavipassanāvasena ussakkitvā katapubbakiccassa nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ nirodhayato evamassā samāpajjanaṃ hoti. Yo hi samathavaseneva ussakkati, so nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ patvā tiṭṭhati. Yopi vipassanāvaseneva ussakkati, so phalasamāpattiṃ patvā tiṭṭhati. Yo pana ubhayavaseneva ussakkitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ nirodheti, so taṃ samāpajjatīti ayamettha saṅkhepo.<br/><br/>[03]Ayaṃ ^a^V1.0334^ea^ pana vitthāro – idha bhikkhu nirodhaṃ samāpajjitukāmo paṭhamajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya tattha saṅkhāre aniccato dukkhato anattato vipassati. Vipassanā ca panesā tividhā saṅkhārapariggaṇhanakavipassanā phalasamāpattivipassanā nirodhasamāpattivipassanāti. Tattha ^b^saṅkhārapariggaṇhanakavipassanā^eb^ mandā vā tikkhā vā maggassa padaṭṭhānaṃ hotiyeva. ^b^Phalasamāpattivipassanā^eb^ tikkhāva vaṭṭati maggabhāvanāsadisā. ^b^Nirodhasamāpattivipassanā^eb^ pana nātimandanātitikkhā vaṭṭati, tasmā esa nātimandāya nātitikkhāya vipassanāya te saṅkhāre vipassati. Tato dutiyajjhānaṃ…pe… tato viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya tattha saṅkhāre tatheva vipassati. Atha ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya catubbidhaṃ pubbakiccaṃ karoti nānābaddhāvikopanaṃ saṅghapatimānanaṃ satthupakkosanaṃ addhānaparicchedanti.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^b^nānābaddhāvikopana^eb^nti yaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ ekābaddhaṃ na hoti, nānābaddhaṃ hutvā ṭhitaṃ pattacīvaraṃ vā mañcapīṭhaṃ vā nivāsagehaṃ vā aññaṃ vā pana yaṃ kiñci parikkhārajātaṃ, taṃ yathā na vikuppati, aggiudakavātacoraundūrādīnaṃ vasena na vinassati, evaṃ adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Tatridaṃ adhiṭṭhānavidhānaṃ ^a^M1.0382^ea^ ‘‘idañcidañca imasmiṃ sattāhabbhantare mā agginā jhāyatu, mā udakena vuyhatu, mā vātena viddhaṃsatu, mā corehi harīyatu, mā undūrādīhi khajjatū’’ti. Evaṃ adhiṭṭhite taṃ sattāhaṃ tassa na koci parissayo hoti, anadhiṭṭhahato pana aggiādīhi nassati, idaṃ nānābaddhāvikopanaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana ekābaddhaṃ hoti nivāsanapārupanaṃ vā nisinnāsanaṃ vā, tattha visuṃ adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthi, samāpattiyeva naṃ rakkhati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṅghapatimānana^eb^nti bhikkhusaṅghassa patimānanaṃ udikkhanaṃ, yāva so bhikkhu āgacchati, tāva saṅghakammassa akaraṇanti attho. Ettha ca patimānanaṃ etassa na pubbakiccaṃ, patimānanāvajjanaṃ pana pubbakiccaṃ. Tasmā evaṃ āvajjitabbaṃ ‘‘sace mayi sattāhaṃ nirodhaṃ samāpajjitvā nisinne saṅgho apalokanakammādīsu kiñcideva kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti, yāva maṃ koci bhikkhu āgantvā na pakkosati, tāvadeva vuṭṭhahissāmī’’ti. Evaṃ katvā samāpanno hi tasmiṃ samaye vuṭṭhahatiyeva. Yo pana evaṃ na karoti, saṅgho ce sannipatitvā taṃ apassanto ‘‘asuko bhikkhu kuhi’’nti pucchitvā ‘‘nirodhaṃ samāpanno’’ti vutte kañci bhikkhuṃ peseti ‘‘taṃ pakkosāhī’’ti, athassa tena bhikkhunā savanūpacāre ṭhatvā ‘‘saṅgho taṃ āvuso patimānetī’’ti vuttamatteyeva vuṭṭhānaṃ hoti. Evaṃ garukā hi saṅghassa āṇā nāma, tasmā taṃ āvajjitvā yathā paṭhamameva vuṭṭhāti, evaṃ samāpajjitabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Satthupakkosana^eb^nti ^a^V1.0335^ea^ idhāpi satthupakkosanāvajjanameva imassa pubbakiccaṃ, tasmā tampi evaṃ āvajjitabbaṃ. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Addhānaparicchedo^eb^ti jīvitaddhānassa paricchedo. Iminā bhikkhunā addhānaparicchedesu kusalena bhavitabbaṃ, ‘‘attano āyusaṅkhārā sattāhaṃ pavattissanti na pavattissantī’’ti āvajjitvāva samāpajjitabbaṃ. Sace hi sattāhabbhantare nirujjhanake āyusaṅkhāre anāvajjitvāva samāpajjati, tassa nirodhasamāpatti maraṇaṃ paṭibāhituṃ na sakkoti, antonirodhe maraṇassa natthitāya antarāva samāpattito vuṭṭhāti, tasmā etaṃ āvajjitvāva samāpajjitabbaṃ. Avasesañhi anāvajjitumpi vaṭṭati, idaṃ pana āvajjitabbamevāti vuttaṃ. So evaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya idaṃ pubbakiccaṃ katvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajjati, athekaṃ vā dve vā cittavāre atikkamitvā acittako hoti, nirodhaṃ phusati ^a^M1.0383^ea^. Kasmā panassa dvinnaṃ cittānaṃ upari cittāni na pavattantīti? Nirodhassa payogattā. Idañhi imassa bhikkhuno dve samathavipassanādhamme yuganaddhe katvā aṭṭhasamāpattiārohanaṃ anupubbanirodhassa payogo, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyāti nirodhassa payogattā dvinnaṃ cittānaṃ upari cittāni na pavattantīti.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā bodhisattena bodhimaṇḍupasaṅkamanato pubbepi carimabhave catutthajjhānaṃ nibbattitapubbaṃ, tadā pana taṃ nibbattitamattameva ahosi, na vipassanādipādakaṃ. Tasmā ‘‘bodhirukkhamūle nibbattita’’nti tato visesetvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Vipassanāpādaka^eb^nti vipassanārambhe vipassanāya pādakaṃ. ^b^Abhiññāpādaka^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. Buddhānañhi paṭhamārambhe eva pādakajjhānena payojanaṃ ahosi, na tato paraṃ uparimaggādhigamaphalasamāpattiabhiññāvaḷañjanādiatthaṃ. Abhisambodhisamadhigamato paṭṭhāya hi sabbaṃ ñāṇasamādhikiccaṃ ākaṅkhāmattapaṭibaddhamevāti. ^b^Sabbakiccasādhaka^eb^nti anupubbavihārādisabbakiccasādhakaṃ. ^b^Sabbalokiyalokuttaraguṇadāyaka^eb^nti ettha vipassanābhiññāpādakattā eva catutthassa jhānassa bhagavato sabbalokiyalokuttaraguṇadāyakatā veditabbā. Sabbaññutaññāṇapadaṭṭhānañhi maggañāṇaṃ taṃpadaṭṭhānañca sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ abhisambodhi, tadadhigamasamakālameva ca bhagavato sabbe buddhaguṇā hatthagatā ahesuṃ, catutthajjhānasannissayo ca maggādhigamoti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsi’’nti vatvā ‘‘so’’ti vuttattā āha ^b^‘‘so aha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Evaṃ samāhite^eb^ti ettha ^b^evaṃ^eb^-saddo heṭṭhā jhānattayādhigamapaṭipāṭisiddhassa catutthajjhānasamādhānassa ^a^V1.0336^ea^ nidassanatthoti āha ^b^‘‘evanti catutthajjhānakkamanidassanameta’’^eb^nti. Catutthajjhānassa tassa ca adhigamamaggassa nidassanaṃ, yena samādhānānukkamena catutthajjhānasamādhi laddho, tadubhayanidassananti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘iminā…pe… vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^iminā kamenā^eb^ti iminā paṭhamajjhānādhigamādinā kamena. Yadipi ‘‘eva’’nti idaṃ āgamanasamādhinā saddhiṃ catutthajjhānasamādhānaṃ dīpeti, satipārisuddhisamādhi eva pana iddhiyā adhiṭṭhānabhāvato padhānanti āha ^b^‘‘catutthajjhānasamādhinā samāhite’’^eb^ti. Sabbapaccanīkadhammupakkilesaparisuddhāya paccanīkasamanepi abyāvaṭāya pārisuddhupekkhāya vattamānāya ^a^M1.0384^ea^ catutthajjhānaṃ taṃsampayuttā ca dhammā suparisuddhā suvisadā ca honti, satisīsena pana tattha desanā katāti āha ^b^‘‘upekkhāsatipārisuddhibhāvena parisuddhe’’^eb^ti, upekkhāya janitasatipārisuddhisambhavenāti attho. Parisuddhiyā eva paccayavisesena pavattiviseso pariyodātatā sudhantasuvaṇṇassa nighaṃsanena pabhassaratā viyāti āha ^b^‘‘parisuddhattāyeva pariyodāte, pabhassareti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sukhādīnaṃ paccayānaṃ ghātenā^eb^ti sukhasomanassānaṃ dukkhadomanassānañca yathākkamaṃ rāgadosapaccayānaṃ vikkhambhanena. ‘‘Sukhaṃ somanassassa paccayo, somanassaṃ rāgassa, dukkhaṃ domanassassa paccayo, domanassaṃ dosassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yathā rāgādayo cetaso malāsucibhāvena ‘‘aṅgaṇānī’’ti vuccanti, evaṃ upagantvā kilesanaṭṭhena upakkilesāti āha ^b^‘‘anaṅgaṇattā eva ca vigatupakkilese’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aṅgaṇena hi cittaṃ upakkilissatī’’^eb^ti, vibādhīyati upatāpīyatīti attho. ^b^Subhāvitattā^eb^ti paguṇabhāvāpādanena suṭṭhu bhāvitattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vasībhāvappatte’’^eb^ti, āvajjanādinā pañcadhā cuddasavidhena vā paridamanena vasaṃ vattituṃ upagateti attho. ^b^Vase vattamānañhi cittaṃ mudūti vuccatī^eb^ti vase vattamānaṃ cittaṃ paguṇabhāvāpattiyā suparimadditaṃ viya cammaṃ suparikammakatā viya ca lākhā mudūti vuccati. ^b^Kammakkhame^eb^ti vikubbanādīddhikammakkhame. ^b^Tadubhaya^eb^nti mudutākammaniyadvayaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nāha^eb^ntiādīsu (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.1) ^b^na^eb^-kāro paṭisedhattho. ^b^Aha^eb^nti satthā attānaṃ niddisati. ^b^Bhikkhave^eb^ti bhikkhū ālapati. ^b^Añña^eb^nti idāni vuccamānacittato aññaṃ. ^b^Ekadhammampī^eb^ti ekampi sabhāvadhammaṃ. Na samanupassāmīti sambandho. Ayañhettha attho – ahaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbaññutaññāṇena olokentopi aññaṃ ekadhammampi na samanupassāmi, yaṃ vasībhāvāpādanena bhāvitaṃ tathā punappunaṃ karaṇena bahulīkataṃ evaṃ savisesamudubhāvappattiyā mudu ^a^V1.0337^ea^ kammakkhamatāya kammaniyañca hoti yathā idaṃ cittanti. ^b^Idaṃ citta^eb^nti ca attano tesañca paccakkhatāya evamāha.<br/><br/>[03]Yathā yathāvuttā parisuddhatādayo na vigacchanti, evaṃ subhāvitaṃ cittaṃ tattha avaṭṭhitaṃ idha ‘‘ṭhitaṃ āneñjappatta’’nti ca vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘etesu parisuddhabhāvādīsu^eb^^a^M1.0385^ea^^b^ṭhitattā ṭhite, ṭhitattāyeva āneñjappatte’’^eb^ti. Yathā mudukammaññatā vasībhāvappattiyā lakkhīyati, evaṃ vasībhāvappattipi mudukammaññatāhi lakkhīyatīti ^b^‘‘mudukammaññabhāvena vā attano vase ṭhitattā ṭhite’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yathā hi kāraṇena phalaṃ niddhārīyati, evaṃ phalenapi kāraṇaṃ niddhārīyatīti niccalabhāvena avaṭṭhānaṃ āneñjappattiyā ca sampayuttadhammesu thirabhāvena paṭipakkhehi akammaniyatāya ca sambhavataṃ saddhādibalānaṃ ānubhāvena hotīti āha ^b^‘‘saddhādīhi pariggahitattā āneñjappatte’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni saṅkhepato vuttamevatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘saddhāpariggahitaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^saddhāpariggahita^eb^nti evaṃ subhāvitaṃ vasībhāvappattaṃ cittaṃ ekaṃsena abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ abhiññāsacchikiriyāya saṃvattatīti evaṃ pavattāya saddhāya pariggahitaṃ yathāvuttasaddhābalena upatthambhitaṃ. ^b^Assaddhiyenā^eb^ti tappaṭipakkhena assaddhiyena hetunā. ^b^Na iñjatī^eb^ti na calati na kampati, aññadatthu uparivisesāvahabhāveneva tiṭṭhati. ^b^Vīriyapariggahita^eb^ntiādīsupi imināva nayena attho veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – ^b^vīriyapariggahita^eb^nti vasībhāvāpādanaparidamanasādhanena vīriyena upatthambhitaṃ. ^b^Satipariggahita^eb^nti yathāvutte bhāvanābahulīkāre asammosādikāya kusalānañca dhammānaṃ gatiyo samanvesamānāya satiyā upatthambhitaṃ. ^b^Samādhipariggahita^eb^nti tattheva avikkhepasādhanena samādhānena upatthambhitaṃ. ^b^Paññāpariggahita^eb^nti tassā eva bhāvanāya upakārānupakāradhammānaṃ pajānanalakkhaṇāya paññāya upatthambhitaṃ. ^b^Obhāsagata^eb^nti ñāṇobhāsasahagataṃ. Obhāsabhūtena hi yathāvuttasamādhānasaṃvaddhitena ñāṇena saṃkilesapakkhaṃ yāthāvato passanto tato utrāsanto ottappanto taṃ abhibhavati, na tena abhibhuyyati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kilesandhakārena na iñjatī’’^eb^ti. Etena ñāṇapariggahitaṃ hirottappabalaṃ dasseti. ^b^Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgata^eb^nti catutthajjhānasamādhinā samāhitatā parisuddhatā pariyodātatā anaṅgaṇatā vigatupakkilesatā mudubhāvo kammaniyatā āneñjappattiyā ṭhitatāti imehi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi samannāgataṃ. Atha vā samāhitassa cittassa imāni aṅgānīti ‘‘samāhite’’ti imaṃ aṅgabhāvena aggahetvā ṭhitiāneñjappattiyo visuṃ gahetvā yathāvuttehi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi samannāgatanti ^a^M1.0386^ea^ attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Abhinīhārakkhama^eb^nti iddhividhādiatthaṃ ^a^V1.0338^ea^ abhinīhārakkhamaṃ tadabhimukhakaraṇayoggaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ abhiññāsacchikiriyāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmaṃ nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhetvā eva paṭhamajjhānasamadhigamo, vitakkādivūpasamā eva ca dutiyajjhānādisamadhigamo, tathāpi na tathā te tehi dūrībhūtā, apetā vā yathā catutthajjhānato, tasmā cetaso malīnabhāvasaṅkhobhauppilābhāvakarehi nīvaraṇādīhi suṭṭhu vimuttiyā tassa parisuddhipariyodātatā ca vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘nīvaraṇa…pe… pariyodāte’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jhānapaṭilābhapaccanīkāna^eb^nti ettha ^b^ācariyadhammapālattherena^eb^ ‘‘jhānapaṭilābhapaccayāna’’nti pāṭhaṃ gahetvā ‘‘jhānapaṭilābhapaccanīkāna’’nti ayaṃ pāṭho paṭikkhitto. Vuttañhi tena –<br/><br/>[08]^b^‘‘Jhānapaṭilābhapaccayāna^eb^nti jhānapaṭilābhahetukānaṃ jhānapaṭilābhaṃ nissāya uppajjanakānaṃ. ^b^Pāpakāna^eb^nti lāmakānaṃ. ^b^Icchāvacarāna^eb^nti icchāya avacarānaṃ icchāvasena otiṇṇānaṃ ‘aho vata mameva satthā paṭipucchitvā bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyā’tiādinayappavattānaṃ mānamāyāsāṭheyyādīnaṃ. ^b^Abhijjhādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddenapi tesaṃyeva saṅgaho. Abhijjhā cettha paṭhamajjhānena avikkhambhaneyyā mānādayo ca tadekaṭṭhā daṭṭhabbā jhānapaṭilābhapaccayānanti anuvattamānattā. Vikkhambhaneyyā pana nīvaraṇaggahaṇena gahitā. Kathaṃ pana paṭhamajjhānena avikkhambhaneyyā idha vigacchantīti? ‘Sabbe kusalā dhammā sabbākusalānaṃ paṭipakkhā’ti sallekhapaṭipattivasena evaṃ vuttaṃ jhānassa aparāmaṭṭhabhāvadassanato. Ye panettha ‘icchāvacarānaṃ abhijjhādīna’nti imehi padehi kopāppaccayakāmarāgabyāpādādayo gahitāti adhippāyena ‘jhānapaṭilābhapaccayāna’nti pāṭhaṃ paṭikkhipitvā ‘jhānapaṭilābhapaccanīkāna’nti pāṭhoti vadanti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattaṃ tathā pāṭhasseva abhāvato, jhānapaṭilābhapaccanīkā ca nīvaraṇā ceva tadekaṭṭhā ca, tesaṃ ^a^M1.0387^ea^ dūrībhāvaṃ vatvā puna tesaṃyeva abhāvavigamacodanāya ayujjamānattā. Nanu ca anaṅgaṇasuttavatthasuttesu ayamattho labbhati oḷārikānaṃyeva pāpadhammānaṃ tattha adhippetattāti. Saccametaṃ, idha pana adhigatacatutthajjhānassa vasena vuttattā sukhumāyeva te gahitā, aṅgaṇupakkilesatāsāmaññena panettha suttānaṃ apadisanaṃ. Tathā hi ‘suttānusārenā’ti vuttaṃ, na pana suttavasenā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Avassañcetamevaṃ sampaṭicchitabbaṃ adhigatajjhānānampi kesañci icchāvacarānaṃ pavattisabbhāvatoti ^a^V1.0339^ea^. Teneva ^b^ācariyadhammapālattherena^eb^ ‘‘jhānapaṭilābhapaccayāna’’nti pāṭhaṃ gahetvā ‘‘jhānapaṭilābhapaccanīkāna’’nti ayaṃ pāṭho paṭikkhitto. ^b^Mahāgaṇṭhipade^eb^ visuddhimaggassa ^b^sīhaḷagaṇṭhipadepi^eb^ ca ‘‘jhānapaṭilābhapaccayāna’’nti imasseva pāṭhassa attho vutto, tasmā ayameva pāṭho gahetabbo, atthopi cettha yathāvuttanayeneva veditabbo. Tena ‘‘icchāvacarānanti icchāya avacarānaṃ icchāvasena otiṇṇānaṃ pavattānaṃ nānappakārānaṃ kopāppaccayānanti attho’’ti ayampi pāṭho ayuttoyevāti gahetabbaṃ, tatoyeva ca ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ ayaṃ pāṭho sabbena sabbaṃ na dassitoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Iddhipādakabhāvūpagamanenā^eb^ti iddhiyā pādakabhāvassa padaṭṭhānabhāvassa upagamanena. ^b^Bhāvanāpāripūriyā^eb^ti ito paraṃ kattabbassa abhāvavasena abhinīhārakkhamabhāvanāya paripuṇṇattā. ^b^Paṇītabhāvūpagamanenā^eb^ti tato eva padhānabhāvaṃ nītatāya uttamaṭṭhena atittikaraṭṭhena ca paṇītabhāvassa upagamanena. Ubhayañcetaṃ bhāvanāya ṭhitiyā kāraṇavacanaṃ, paripuṇṇāya bhāvanāya paṇītabhāvappattiyā ṭhiteti. ^b^Āneñjappatte^eb^ti idaṃ ṭhitiyā visesanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā āneñjappattaṃ hoti, evaṃ ṭhite’’^eb^ti. Imasmiṃ pakkhe ‘‘ṭhite āneñjappatte’’ti ubhayamekaṃ aṅgaṃ, ‘‘samāhite’’ti pana idampi ekamaṅgaṃ. Tenevassa paṭhamavikappato visesaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘evampi aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgata’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, tassa vā anussaraṇaṃ ^b^pubbenivāsānussati^eb^ taṃnissayādipaccayabhūtaṃ paṭicca uppajjanato. ^b^Pubbenivāsānussatimhi yaṃ ñāṇaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0388^ea^^b^tadatthāyā^eb^ti saṅkhepena vuttamatthaṃ vivaranto pubbenivāsaṃ tāva dassetvā tattha satiñāṇāni dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘pubbenivāso’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ‘‘pubbe’’ti idaṃ padaṃ ‘‘ekampi jāti’’ntiādivacanato atītabhavavisayaṃ idhādhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘atītajātīsū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nivāsa^eb^saddo kammasādhano, khandhavinimutto ca nivasitadhammo natthīti āha ^b^‘‘nivutthakkhandhā’’^eb^ti. Nivutthatā cettha santāne pavattatā, tathābhūtā ca te anu anu bhūtā jātā pavattā, tattha uppajjitvā vigatā ca hontīti āha ^b^‘‘nivutthāti ajjhāvutthā anubhūtā attano santāne uppajjitvā niruddhā’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ sasantatipariyāpannadhammavasena nivāsasaddassa atthaṃ vatvā idāni avisesena vattuṃ ^b^‘‘nivutthadhammā vā nivutthā’’^eb^ti vatvā taṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘gocaranivāsenā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Gocarabhūtāpi hi gocarāsevanāya āsevitā ārammaṇakaraṇavasena anubhūtā nivutthā nāma honti. Te pana duvidhā saparaviññāṇagocaratāyāti ubhayepi te dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘attano’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^‘‘attano viññāṇena viññātā’’^eb^ti vatvā ^b^‘‘paricchinnā’’^eb^ti vacanaṃ ye te gocaranivāsena ^a^V1.0340^ea^ nivutthadhammā, na te kevalaṃ viññāṇena viññātamattā, atha kho yathā pubbe nāmagottavaṇṇaliṅgāhārādīhi visesehi paricchedakārikāya paññāya paricchijja gahitā, tathevetaṃ ñāṇaṃ paricchijja gaṇhātīti imassa atthassa dīpanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Paraviññāṇaviññātāpi vā nivutthāti sambandho. Na kevalaṃ attanova viññāṇena, atha kho paresaṃ viññāṇena viññātāpīti attho. Idhāpi ‘‘paricchinnā’’ti padaṃ ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ, paresampi vā viññāṇena viññātā paricchinnāti. Tassa ca gahaṇe payojanaṃ vuttanayeneva vattabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Te ca kho yasmā atītāsu eva jātīsu aññehi viññātā paricchinnā, te ca parinibbutāpi honti, yehi te viññātā, tesaṃ tadā vattamānasantānānusārena tesampi atīte pavatti viññāyatīti sikhāppattaṃ pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇassa visayabhūtaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘chinnavaṭumakānussaraṇādīsū’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Chinnavaṭumakā sammāsambuddhā, tesaṃ anussaraṇaṃ ^b^chinnavaṭumakānussaraṇaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Ādisaddena paccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānussaraṇāni gayhantī’’ti keci vadanti. Chinnavaṭumakā pana sabbeva anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbutā chinnasaṃsāramaggattā, tesaṃ anussaraṇaṃ nāma tesaṃ paṭipattiyā anussaraṇaṃ. Sā pana paṭipatti saṅkhepato ^a^M1.0389^ea^ chaḷārammaṇaggahaṇalakkhaṇāti tāni idha paraviññāṇaviññātaggahaṇena gahitāni. Tasmā purimāsu jātīsu attano viññāṇena aviññātānaṃ parinibbutānaṃ sabbesampi buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakānaṃ anussaraṇaṃ chinnavaṭumakānussaraṇanti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena panettha purimāsu jātīsu attano viññāṇena aviññātānaṃ aparinibbutānampi vattamānakkhandhapaṭipāṭiyā agantvā sīhokkantikavasena anussaraṇaṃ gahitaṃ, ime pana yathāvuttachinnavaṭumakānussaraṇādayo buddhānaṃyeva labbhanti. Na hi atīte buddhā bhagavanto evaṃ vipassiṃsu, evaṃ maggaṃ bhāvesuṃ, phalanibbānāni sacchākaṃsu, evaṃ veneyye vinesunti ettha sabbathā aññesaṃ ñāṇassa gati atthīti. Ye pana purimāsu jātīsu attanova viññāṇena viññātā, te parinibbutepi khandhapaṭibaddhattā sāvakā anussarantiyeva. Yāya satiyā pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, sā pubbenivāsānussatīti ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. ^b^Abhinīhari^eb^nti cittaṃ jhānārammaṇato apanetvā pubbenivāsābhimukhaṃ pesesiṃ, pubbenivāsaninnaṃ pubbenivāsapoṇaṃ pubbenivāsapabbhāraṃ akāsinti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘abhininnāmesi’’nti uttamapurisappayogattā ‘‘so’’ti ettha ahaṃsaddo ānetvā vuccamāno tadattho pākaṭo hotīti ^b^‘‘so aha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Anekavidha^eb^nti nānābhavayonigativiññāṇaṭṭhitisattāvāsādivasena bahuvidhaṃ. ^b^Pakārehī^eb^ti nāmagottādiākārehi saddhiṃ. Sahayoge ^a^V1.0341^ea^ cetaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ. ^b^Pavattita^eb^nti desanāvasena pavattitaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saṃvaṇṇita’’^eb^nti, vitthāritanti attho. ^b^Nivāsa^eb^nti antogadhabhedasāmaññavacanametanti te bhede byāpanicchāvasena saṅgahetvā dassento ^b^‘‘tattha tattha nivutthasantāna’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Anugantvā anugantvā^eb^ti ñāṇagatiyā anugantvā anugantvā. ^b^Anudevā^eb^ti anu eva, da-kāro padasandhivasena āgato. ‘‘Abhininnāmesi’’nti vatvā ‘‘anussarāmī’’ti vuttattā cittassa abhinīhārasamanantarabhāvasaraṇaṃ anusaddo dīpetīti āha ^b^‘‘citte abhininnāmitamatte eva sarāmīti dassetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Parikammaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā^eb^ti ‘‘pubbenivāsaṃ anussaritukāmena ādikammikena bhikkhunā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantena rahogatena paṭisallīnena paṭipāṭiyā cattāri jhānāni samāpajjitvā abhiññāpādakacatutthajjhānato vuṭṭhāya sabbapacchimā nisajjā āvajjitabbā’’ti evamādinā pubbenivāsañāṇassa parikammabhūtaṃ pubbakaraṇaṃ vattabbaṃ bhaveyya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āraddhappakāradassanatthe^eb^ti ^a^M1.0390^ea^ anussarituṃ āraddhassa pubbenivāsassa pabhedadassanatthe. ^b^Ekampi jāti^eb^nti ekampi bhavaṃ. So hi ekakammanibbatto ādānanikkhepaparicchinno antogadhadhammappabhedo khandhappabandho idha ‘‘jātī’’ti adhippeto jāyatīti jātīti katvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekampi…pe… khandhasantāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Parihāyamāno^eb^ti khīyamāno vinassamāno. ^b^Kappo^eb^ti asaṅkhyeyyakappo. So pana atthato kālo, tadā pavattamānasaṅkhāravasenassa parihāni veditabbā. ^b^Vaḍḍhamāno vivaṭṭakappo^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Yo pana ‘‘kālaṃ khepeti, kālo ghasati bhūtāni, sabbāneva sahattanā’’ti (jā. 1.2.190) ādīsu kālassapi khayo vuccati, so idha nādhippeto aniṭṭhappasaṅgato. Saṃvaṭṭanaṃ vinassanaṃ saṃvaṭṭo, saṃvaṭṭato uddhaṃ tathāṭhāyī ^b^saṃvaṭṭaṭṭhāyī^eb^. ^b^Tammūlakattā^eb^ti taṃpubbakattā. Vivaṭṭanaṃ nibbattanaṃ, vaḍḍhanaṃ vā ^b^vivaṭṭo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Tejena saṃvaṭṭo ^b^tejosaṃvaṭṭo^eb^. ^b^Saṃvaṭṭasīmā^eb^ti saṃvaṭṭanamariyādā. ^b^Saṃvaṭṭatī^eb^ti vinassati. ^b^Sadā^eb^ti sabbakālaṃ, tīsupi saṃvaṭṭakālesūti attho. ^b^Ekaṃ buddhakkhetta^eb^nti idha yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, taṃ niyametvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘buddhakkhettaṃ nāma tividha’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Yattake ṭhāne tathāgatassa paṭisandhiñāṇādiñāṇānubhāvo puññaphalasamuttejito saraseneva parijambhati, taṃ sabbampi buddhaṅkurassa nibbattanakkhettaṃ nāmāti āha ^b^‘‘jātikkhettaṃ dasasahassacakkavāḷapariyanta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ānubhāvo pavattatī^eb^ti idha iddhimā cetovasippatto āṇākkhettapariyāpanne yattha katthaci cakkavāḷe ṭhatvā attano atthāya parittaṃ katvā tattheva aññaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ gatopi kataparitto eva hotīti katvā vuttaṃ. Atha vā tattha ekasmiṃ cakkavāḷe ṭhatvā sabbasattānaṃ atthāya paritte kate āṇākkhette sabbasattānaṃ abhisambhuṇātveva parittānubhāvo tattha devatāhi parittānaṃ ^a^V1.0342^ea^ sampaṭicchitabbatoti vuttaṃ ‘‘ānubhāvo pavattatī’’ti. ^b^Yaṃ yāvatā vā pana ākaṅkheyyāti vutta^eb^nti yaṃ visayakkhettaṃ sandhāya ekasmiṃyeva khaṇe sarena abhiviññāpanaṃ attano rūpadassanañca paṭijānantena bhagavatā ‘‘yāvatā vā pana ākaṅkheyyā’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Yatthā^eb^ti yasmiṃ padese anantāparimāṇe visayakkhette. ^b^Yaṃ yaṃ ākaṅkhati, taṃ taṃ anussaratī^eb^ti ākaṅkhamattapaṭibaddhavuttitāya buddhañāṇassa yaṃ yaṃ anussarituṃ ^a^M1.0391^ea^ icchati, taṃ taṃ anussarati. ^b^Ekaṃ āṇākkhettaṃ vinassatī^eb^ti iminā tiriyato saṃvaṭṭamānaparicchedo vutto. ^b^Saṇṭhahanta^eb^nti vivaṭṭamānaṃ jāyamānaṃ. ^b^Tassa vināso ca saṇṭhahanañca visuddhimagge vutta^eb^nti amhehipi heṭṭhā ‘‘lokavidū’’ti imassa atthasaṃvaṇṇanādhikāre pasaṅgato vuttattā idha na vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ pasaṅgena saṃvaṭṭādike pakāsetvā idāni yathādhigataṃ tesaṃ anussaraṇākāraṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ye panete saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭā vuttā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^etesū^eb^ti niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappasamudāyato anekesaṃ saṃvaṭṭakappādīnaṃ niddhāriyamānattā. ^b^Amumhi saṃvaṭṭakappe^eb^ti ettha ^b^vā^eb^-saddo luttaniddiṭṭho daṭṭhabbo. Tena ca aniyamatthena itarāsaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānampi saṅgaho siddhoti. Atha vā ^b^amumhi saṃvaṭṭakappe^eb^ti idaṃ saṃvaṭṭakappassa ādito pāḷiyaṃ gahitattā vuttaṃ. Tatthāpi hi imassa katipayakālaṃ bhavādīsu saṃsaraṇaṃ upalabbhatīti. Saṃvaṭṭakappe vā vattamāne yesu bhavādīsu imassa upapatti ahosi, taṃdassanametaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Bhave vā^eb^tiādīsu kāmādibhave vā aṇḍajādiyoniyā vā devādigatiyā vā nānattakāyanānattasaññīādiviññāṇaṭṭhitiyā vā sattāvāse vā khattiyādisattanikāye vā. Yasmā idaṃ bhagavato vasena pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ āgataṃ, tasmā tasseva nāmādivasena atthaṃ yojetvā dassento āha ^b^‘‘evaṃnāmoti vessantaro vā jotipālo vā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sālimaṃsodanāhāro vā^eb^ti gihikālaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Pavattaphalabhojano vā^eb^ti tāpasādikālaṃ sandhāya. ^b^Pavattaphalabhojano^eb^ti sayampatitaphalāhāro. ^b^Sāmisanirāmisādippabhedāna^eb^nti ettha ^b^sāmisā^eb^ gehassitasomanassādayo, ^b^nirāmisā^eb^ nekkhammassitasomanassādayo. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena vivekajasamādhijasukhādīnaṃ saṅgaho.<br/><br/>[03]Heṭṭhā sāmaññato vuttamevatthaṃ vibhajitvā dassetukāmo ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^amutrāsi^eb^nti sāmaññaniddesoyaṃ, byāpanicchālopo vā, amutra amutra āsinti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Anupubbena ārohantassa yāvadicchakaṃ anussaraṇa^eb^nti ettha ^b^ārohantassā^eb^ti paṭilomato ñāṇena pubbenivāsaṃ ārohantassa. ^b^Paṭinivattantassā^eb^ti pubbenivāsaṃ anussaraṇavasena ^a^M1.0392^ea^ yāvadicchakaṃ gantvā paccāgacchantassa. ^b^Paccavekkhaṇa^eb^nti anussaritānussaritassa paccavekkhaṇaṃ. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti vuttassevatthassa kāraṇabhāvena paccāmasanaṃ, paṭinivattantassa paccavekkhaṇabhāvatoti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Idhūpapattiyā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0343^ea^ idha carimabhave upapattiyā. ^b^Anantara^eb^nti atītānantaramāha. ^b^Amutrā^eb^ti amukasmiṃ bhaveti attho. ^b^Udapādi^eb^nti uppajjiṃ. ^b^Tāhi devatāhī^eb^ti tusitadevatāhi. ^b^Ekagotto^eb^ti tusitagottena ekagotto. Mahābodhisattānaṃ santānassa pariyosānāvatthāyaṃ devalokūpapattijanakaṃ nāma akusalena kammunā anupaddutameva hotīti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘dukkhaṃ pana saṅkhāradukkhamattamevā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Mahāpuññānampi pana devaputtānaṃ pubbanimittuppattikālādīsu aniṭṭhārammaṇasamāyogo hotiyevāti ‘‘kadāci dukkhadukkhassapi sambhavo natthī’’ti na sakkā vattuṃ, dhammānaṃ uppādanirodhasaṅkhāradukkhanti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Sattapaññāsa…pe… pariyanto^eb^ti idaṃ manussavassagaṇanāvasena vuttaṃ. Tattha devānaṃ vassagaṇanāya pana catusahassameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Itī^eb^ti vuttatthanidassanametaṃ, tañca kho yathārahato, na yathānupubbatoti dassento ^b^‘‘nāmagottavasenā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Uddisīyatī^eb^ti disvāva aviññeyyattā ‘‘ayaṃ ko nāmo’’ti pucchite ‘‘tisso gotamo’’ti nāmagottena uddisīyati. ^b^Vaṇṇādīhī^eb^ti vaṇṇāhāravedayitāyuparicchedehi. ^b^Sāmotī^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho, pakārattho vā. Tena evamādievaṃpakāranānattatoti dassitaṃ hoti. ^b^Nāmagottaṃ uddeso^eb^ti uddisīyati satto etenāti uddeso nāmagottaṃ. ^b^Itare ākārā^eb^ti ākarīyati disvāva satto viññāyati etehīti itare vaṇṇādayo ākārā. ^b^‘‘No ca kho avisesenā’’^eb^ti saṅkhepato vuttamevatthaṃ vitthārena dassento āha ^b^‘‘titthiyā hī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^titthiyā^eb^ti aññatitthiyā. Te pana kammavādino kiriyavādino tāpasādayo. Yasmā titthiyānaṃ ^b^brahmajālā^eb^dīsu cattālīsāya eva saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭānaṃ anussaraṇaṃ āgataṃ, tasmā ^b^‘‘na tato para’’^eb^nti vatvā tattha kāraṇaṃ vadanto ^b^‘‘dubbalapaññattā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tena vipassanābhiyogo pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇassa visesakāraṇanti dasseti. Tatoyeva ca balavapaññattā ṭhapetvā aggasāvakamahāsāvake itare pakatisāvakā kappasatampi kappasahassampi anussarantiyevāti ^a^M1.0393^ea^ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Teneva vuttaṃ ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 2.402) ‘‘pakatisāvakā kappasatampi kappasahassampi anussarantiyeva balavapaññattā’’ti. ^b^Ettako hi tesaṃ abhinīhāro^eb^ti kappānaṃ satasahassampi tadadhikaṃ ekaṃ dve ca asaṅkhyeyyānīti kālavasena evaṃparimāṇo yathākkamaṃ tesaṃ mahāsāvakāggasāvakapaccekabuddhānaṃ puññañāṇābhinīhāro, sāvakapaccekabodhipāramitā siddhā. Yadi bodhisambhārasambharaṇakālaparicchinno tesaṃ tesaṃ ariyānaṃ abhiññāñāṇavibhavo, evaṃ sante buddhānampissa paricchedatā āpannāti āha ^b^‘‘buddhānaṃ pana paricchedo natthī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Yāvatakaṃ ñeyyaṃ, tāvatakaṃ ñāṇa’’nti (paṭi. ma. 3.5) vacanato sabbaññutaññāṇassa viya buddhānaṃ abhiññāñāṇānampi savisaye paricchedo nāma natthīti tattha yaṃ yaṃ ñātuṃ icchanti, taṃ taṃ jānanti ^a^V1.0344^ea^ eva. Atha vā satipi kālaparicchede kāraṇūpāyakosallapariggahādinā sātisayattā mahābodhisambhārānaṃ paññāpāramitāya pavattiānubhāvassa paricchedo nāma natthi, kuto taṃnibbattānaṃ abhiññāñāṇānanti āha ^b^‘‘buddhānaṃ pana paricchedo natthī’’^eb^ti. Atīte ‘‘ettakānaṃ kappānaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānī’’ti evaṃ kālaparicchedo natthi anāgate anāgataṃsañāṇassa viya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yāva icchanti tāva sarantī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ pañcannaṃ janānaṃ pubbenivāsānussaraṇaṃ kālavibhāgato dassetvā idāni ārammaṇaggahaṇavasenassa pavattivisesaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘titthiyā cā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Khandhapaṭipāṭimeva sarantī^eb^ti ettha ^b^khandhapaṭipāṭi^eb^ khandhānaṃ anukkamo, sā ca kho cutito paṭṭhāya uppaṭipāṭivasena. Keci panettha ‘‘iriyāpathapaṭipāṭi khandhapaṭipāṭī’’ti vadanti. Vuttamevatthaṃ byatirekato vibhāvento āha ^b^‘‘paṭipāṭiṃ muñcitvā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^cutipaṭisandhivasenā^eb^ti attano parassa vā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ attabhāve cutiṃ disvā antarā kiñci anāmasitvā paṭisandhiyā eva gahaṇavasena. Yathā pana andhā yaṭṭhiṃ amuñcitvā gacchanti, evaṃ te khandhapaṭipāṭiṃ amuñcitvāva sarantīti āha ^b^‘‘tesañhi andhānaṃ viya icchitappadesokkamanaṃ natthī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sāvakā^eb^ti pakatisāvakāpi mahāsāvakāpi aggasāvakāpi sāmaññato vuttā. Pakatisāvakāpi hi khandhapaṭipāṭiyāpi anussaranti ^a^M1.0394^ea^, cutipaṭisandhivasenapi saṅkamanti balavapaññattā, tathā asītimahāsāvakā. Dvinnaṃ pana aggasāvakānaṃ khandhapaṭipāṭikiccaṃ natthi. Ekassa attabhāvassa cutiṃ disvā paṭisandhiṃ passanti, puna aparassa cutiṃ disvā paṭisandhinti evaṃ cutipaṭisandhivasenapi saṅkamantā gacchanti. Yathā nāma saradasamaye ṭhitamajjhanhikavelāyaṃ caturatanike gehe cakkhumato purisassa rūpagataṃ supākaṭameva hotīti lokasiddhametaṃ. Siyā pana tassa sukhumataratirokuṭṭādibhedassa rūpagatassa agocaratā, na tveva buddhānaṃ ñātuṃ icchitassa ñeyyassa agocaratā, atha kho taṃ ñāṇālokena obhāsitaṃ hatthatale āmalakaṃ viya supākaṭaṃ suvibhūtameva hoti, tathā ñeyyāvaraṇassa suppahīnattāti āha ^b^‘‘buddhā panā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^b^sīhokkantavasenā^eb^ti sīhagatipatanavasena. ^b^Yaṃ yaṃ ṭhānaṃ ākaṅkhantī^eb^ti yasmiṃ kappe yasmiṃ bhave yaṃ yaṃ ṭhānaṃ jānituṃ icchanti. ^b^Taṃ sabbaṃ sarantiyevā^eb^ti ñātuṃ icchitaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ sarantiyeva, na na saranti. Buddhānañhi neva khandhapaṭipāṭikiccaṃ, na ca cutipaṭisandhivasena saṅkamanakiccaṃ atthi. Tesañhi anekāsu kappakoṭīsu heṭṭhā vā upari vā yaṃ yaṃ ṭhānaṃ icchanti, taṃ taṃ pākaṭameva hoti. Tasmā yathā peyyālapāḷiṃ paṭhantā ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… pañcamaṃ jhāna’’ntiādipariyosānameva gaṇhantā saṅkhipitvā sajjhāyanti, na anupadaṃ, evaṃ anekāpi ^a^V1.0345^ea^ kappakoṭiyo peyyālapāḷiṃ viya saṅkhipitvā yaṃ yaṃ icchanti, tattha tattheva ñāṇena okkamantā sīhokkantavasena gacchanti. Evaṃ gacchantānañca tesaṃ ñāṇaṃ yathā nāma katavālavedhiparicayassa sarabhaṅgasadisassa dhanuggahassa khitto saro antarantarā rukkhalatādīsu asajjamāno lakkheyeva patati na sajjati na virajjhati, evaṃ antarantarāsu jātīsu na sajjati na virajjhati, asajjamānaṃ avirajjhamānaṃ icchiticchitaṭṭhānaṃyeva gaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]Atītabhave khandhā tappaṭibaddhanāmagottāni ca sabbaṃ pubbenivāsantveva saṅgahitānīti āha ^b^‘‘kiṃ viditaṃ karoti? Pubbenivāsa’’^eb^nti. Moho paṭicchādakaṭṭhena tamo viya tamoti āha ^b^‘‘sveva moho’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Obhāsakaraṇaṭṭhenā^eb^ti kātabbato karaṇaṃ, obhāsova karaṇaṃ obhāsakaraṇaṃ, attano paccayehi obhāsabhāvena nibbattetabbaṭṭhenāti attho. ^b^Sesaṃ pasaṃsāvacana^eb^nti paṭipakkhavidhamanapavattivisesānaṃ bodhanato vuttaṃ. ^b^Avijjā vihatā^eb^ti etena vijānanaṭṭhena vijjāti ayampi ^a^M1.0395^ea^ attho dīpitoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Kasmā? Yasmā vijjā uppannā^eb^ti etena vijjāpaṭipakkhā avijjā, paṭipakkhatā cassā pahātabbabhāvena vijjāya ca pahāyakabhāvenāti dasseti. ^b^Esa nayo itarasmimpi padadvaye^eb^ti iminā tamo vihato vinaṭṭho. Kasmā? Yasmā āloko uppannoti imamatthaṃ atidisati. Kilesānaṃ ātāpanaparitāpanaṭṭhena vīriyaṃ ātāpoti āha ^b^‘‘vīriyātāpena ātāpino’’^eb^ti, vīriyavatoti attho. ^b^Pesitacittassā^eb^ti yathādhippetatthasiddhiṃ pativissaṭṭhacittassa. ^b^Yathā appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato^eb^ti aññassapi kassaci mādisassāti adhippāyo. ^b^Padhānānuyogassā^eb^ti sammappadhānamanuyuttassa. Sesamettha uttānattā vuttanayattā ca suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Pubbenivāsakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 14
title: catutthajjhānakathā^pubbenivāsakathā^dibbacakkhuñāṇakathā^^
content:
  [03]^b^13^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Cutiyā^eb^ti cavane. ^b^Upapāte^eb^ti upapajjane. Samīpatthe cetaṃ bhummavacanaṃ, cutikkhaṇasāmantā upapattikkhaṇasāmantā cāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘ye pana āsannacutikā’’tiādi. ^b^Yena ñāṇenā^eb^ti yena dibbacakkhuñāṇena. Dibbacakkhuñāṇeneva hi sattānaṃ cuti ca upapatti ca ñāyati. ^b^Parikammaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā^eb^ti ‘‘dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ uppādetukāmena ādikammikena kulaputtena kasiṇārammaṇaṃ abhiññāpādakajjhānaṃ sabbākārena abhinīhārakkhamaṃ katvā tejokasiṇaṃ odātakasiṇaṃ ālokakasiṇanti imesu tīsu kasiṇesu ^a^V1.0346^ea^ aññataraṃ āsannaṃ kātabbaṃ, upacārajjhānagocaraṃ katvā vaḍḍhetvā ṭhapetabba’’ntiādinā dibbacakkhuñāṇassa parikammaṃ vattabbaṃ bhaveyya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^So aha^eb^nti so katacittābhinīhāro ahaṃ. ^b^Dibbasadisattā^eb^ti divi bhavanti dibbaṃ, devānaṃ pasādacakkhu, tena dibbena cakkhunā sadisattāti attho. ^b^Dibbasadisattā^eb^ti ca hīnūpamādassanaṃ devatānaṃ dibbacakkhutopi imassa ^a^M1.0396^ea^ mahānubhāvattā. Idāni taṃ dibbasadisattaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘devatānañhī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^sucaritakammanibbatta^eb^nti saddhābahulatāvisuddhadiṭṭhitāānisaṃsadassāvitādisampattiyā suṭṭhu caritattā sucaritena devūpapattijanakena puññakammena nibbattaṃ. ^b^Pittasemharuhirādīhī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena vātarogādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Apalibuddha^eb^nti anupaddutaṃ. Pittādīhi anupaddutattā kammassa ca uḷāratāya upakkilesavimutti veditabbā. Upakkilesadosarahitañhi kammaṃ tiṇādidosarahitaṃ viya sassaṃ uḷāraphalaṃ anupakkiliṭṭhaṃ hoti. Kāraṇūpacārena cassa phalaṃ tathā voharīyati yathā ‘‘sukkaṃ sukkavipāka’’nti. ^b^Dūrepī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena sukhumassapi ārammaṇassa sampaṭicchanasamatthataṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Pasādacakkhū^eb^ti catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ pasādalakkhaṇaṃ cakkhu. ^b^Vīriyabhāvanābalanibbatta^eb^nti vīriyārambhavaseneva ijjhanato sabbāpi kusalabhāvanā vīriyabhāvanā, padhānasaṅkhārasamannāgatā vā iddhipādabhāvanā visesato vīriyabhāvanā, tassā ānubhāvena nibbattaṃ vīriyabhāvanābalanibbattaṃ. Ñāṇamayaṃ cakkhu ^b^ñāṇacakkhu. Tādisamevā^eb^ti upakkilesavimuttatāya dūrepi sukhumassapi ārammaṇassa sampaṭicchanasamatthatāya ca taṃsadisameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dibbavihāravasena paṭiladdhattā^eb^ti dibbavihārasaṅkhātānaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ vasena paṭiladdhattā. Iminā kāraṇavasenassa dibbabhāvamāha. ^b^Dibbavihārasannissitattā^eb^ti aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgamena ukkaṃsagataṃ pādakajjhānasaṅkhātaṃ dibbavihāraṃ sannissāya pavattattā, dibbavihārapariyāpannaṃ vā attanā sampayuttaṃ rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānaṃ nissāya paccayabhūtaṃ sannissitattāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Ālokapariggahena mahājutikattāpi dibba^eb^nti kasiṇālokānuggahena pattabbattā sayaṃ ñāṇālokapharaṇabhāvena ca mahājutikabhāvatopi dibbanti attho. Mahājutikampi hi dibbanti vuccati ‘‘dibbamidaṃ byamha’’ntiādīsu. ^b^Mahāgatikattā^eb^ti mahanīyagamanattā, vimhayanīyappavattikattāti attho. Vimhayanīyā hissa pavatti tirokuṭṭādigatarūpadassanato. ^b^Taṃ sabba^eb^nti ‘‘heṭṭhā vuttaṃ atthapañcakamapekkhitvā vutta’’nti vadanti. Keci pana ‘‘jutigatiatthesupi saddavidū divusaddaṃ icchantīti mahājutikattā mahāgatikattāti idameva dvayaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘saddasatthānusārena veditabba’nti idaṃ dibbati jotayatīti dibbaṃ, dibbati ^a^V1.0347^ea^ gacchati asajjamānaṃ pavattatīti dibbanti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ vutta’’nti vadanti. ^b^Ācariyadhammapālatthero^eb^ pana –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Dibbacakkhulābhāya ^a^M1.0397^ea^ yogino parikammakaraṇaṃ tappaṭipakkhābhibhavassa atthato tassa vijayicchā nāma hoti, dibbacakkhulābhī ca iddhimā devatānaṃ vacanagahaṇakkhamanadhammadānavasena mahāmoggallānattherādayo viya dānaggahaṇalakkhaṇe vohāre ca pavatteyyāti evaṃ vihāravijayicchāvohārajutigatisaṅkhātānaṃ atthānaṃ vasena imassa abhiññāñāṇassa dibbacakkhubhāvasiddhito saddavidū ca tesu eva atthesu divusaddaṃ icchantīti ‘taṃ sabbaṃ saddasatthānusārena veditabba’nti vutta’’nti –<br/><br/>[07]Āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dassanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti rūpadassanabhāvena. Cakkhunā hi sattā rūpaṃ passanti. Yathā maṃsacakkhu viññāṇādhiṭṭhitaṃ samavisamaṃ ācikkhantaṃ viya pavattati, na tathā idaṃ. Idaṃ pana sayameva tato sātisayaṃ cakkhukiccakārīti āha ^b^‘‘cakkhukiccakaraṇena cakkhumivātipi cakkhū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Diṭṭhivisuddhihetuttā^eb^ti saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘yo hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhātī^eb^ti parato uppattiyā adassanato ‘‘etthe vāyaṃ satto ucchinno, evamitarepī’’ti ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti. ^b^Navasattapātubhāvadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhātī^eb^ti jhānalābhī adhiccasamuppanniko viya gaṇhāti. Yathā hi so asaññasattā cavitvā idhūpapanno pabbajito samāno abhiññālābhī hutvā pubbenivāsaṃ anussaranto idhūpapattimeva disvā tato paraṃ asaññabhave uppattiṃ anussaritumasakkonto ‘‘ahaṃ adhiccasamuppanno pubbe nāhosiṃ, somhi etarahi ahutvā sattatāya pariṇato, sesāpi sattā tādisāyevā’’ti abhinavasattapātubhāvadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti, evamayampi upapātamattameva disvā cutiṃ apassanto navasattapātubhāvadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni aññathāpi visuddhikāraṇaṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘ekādasaupakkilesavirahato vā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Yathāhā^eb^ti upakkilesasutte āgatapāḷiṃ nidasseti. Tattha hi anuruddho nandiyo kimiloti ime tayo kulaputte āmantetvā dhammaṃ dassentena ‘‘anuruddhā tumhe kiṃ imehi na āluḷissanti, ahampi imehi upādāya ekādasahi upakkilesehi āluḷitapubbo’’ti dassetuṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Ahampi ^a^M1.0398^ea^^a^V1.0348^ea^ sudaṃ anuruddhā pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno obhāsañceva sañjānāmi dassanañca rūpānaṃ, so kho pana me obhāso na cirasseva antaradhāyati dassanañca rūpānaṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ anuruddhā etadahosi ‘ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yena me obhāso antaradhāyati dassanañca rūpāna’nti. Tassa mayhaṃ anuruddhā etadahosi ‘vicikicchā kho me udapādi, vicikicchādhikaraṇañca me samādhi cavi, samādhimhi cute obhāso antaradhāyati dassanañca rūpānaṃ, sohaṃ tathā karissāmi, yathā me puna na vicikicchā uppajjissatī’ti.<br/><br/>[08]‘‘So kho ahaṃ anuruddhā appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi dassanañca rūpānaṃ, so kho pana me obhāso na cirasseva antaradhāyati dassanañca rūpānaṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ anuruddhā etadahosi ‘ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yena me obhāso antaradhāyati dassanañca rūpāna’nti. Tassa mayhaṃ anuruddhā etadahosi ‘amanasikāro kho me udapādi, amanasikārādhikaraṇañca pana me samādhi cavi, samādhimhi cute obhāso antaradhāyati dassanañca rūpānaṃ, sohaṃ tathā karissāmi, yathā me puna na vicikicchā uppajjissati na amanasikāro’’’ti –<br/><br/>[07]Ādinā (ma. ni. 3.241) desanaṃ ārabhitvā idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘so kho ahaṃ anuruddhā vicikicchā cittassa upakkilesoti iti viditvā’’tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 3.241) ^b^vicikicchā^eb^ti mahāsattassa ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā dibbacakkhunā nānāvidhāni rūpāni passantassa ‘‘idaṃ nu kho ki’’nti uppannā vicikicchā. Manasikāravasena pana me rūpāni upaṭṭhahiṃsu, rūpāni passato vicikicchā uppajjati, tasmā idāni kiñci na manasi karissāmīti tuṇhī bhavati, taṃ tuṇhībhāvappattiṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘amanasikāro’’^eb^ti. ^b^Thinamiddha^eb^nti kiñci amanasikarontassa uppannaṃ thinamiddhaṃ. Tathābhūtassa hi savipphārikamanasikārassa abhāvato thinamiddhaṃ uppajjati. ^b^Chambhitatta^eb^nti thinamiddhaṃ vinodetvā yathāraddhamanasikāravasena ^a^M1.0399^ea^ himavantābhimukhaṃ ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā dānavarakkhasājagarādayo passantassa uppannaṃ chambhitattaṃ. ^b^Uppila^eb^nti ‘‘mayā diṭṭhabhayaṃ pakatiyā cakkhuviññāṇena olokiyamānaṃ na passati, adiṭṭhe parikappitasadise kiṃnāma bhaya’’nti bhayassa vinodanavasena cintentassa attano paccavekkhaṇākosallaṃ nissāya uppannaṃ uppilāvitattaṃ. ^b^Duṭṭhulla^eb^nti kāyālasiyaṃ. ‘‘Mayā thinamiddhaṃ chambhitattānaṃ vūpasamanatthaṃ gāḷhaṃ vīriyaṃ ^a^V1.0349^ea^ paggahitaṃ, tena me uppilasaṅkhātā cittasamādhidūsitā gehassitā balavapīti uppannā’’ti vīriyaṃ sithilaṃ karontassa hi kāyaduṭṭhullaṃ kāyadaratho kāyālasiyaṃ udapādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Accāraddhavīriya^eb^nti ‘‘mama vīriyaṃ sithilaṃ karoto duṭṭhullaṃ uppanna’’nti puna vīriyaṃ paggaṇhato uppannaṃ accāraddhavīriyaṃ. ^b^Atilīnavīriya^eb^nti ‘‘mama vīriyaṃ paggaṇhato evaṃ jāta’’nti puna vīriyaṃ sithilayato uppannaṃ atilīnavīriyaṃ. ^b^Abhijappā^eb^ti devalokābhimukhaṃ ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā devasaṅghaṃ passato uppannā taṇhā. ‘‘Evaṃ me hotū’’ti hi abhinivisanavasena jappatīti abhijappā, taṇhā. ^b^Nānattasaññā^eb^ti ‘‘mayhaṃ ekajātikaṃ rūpaṃ manasikarontassa abhijappā uppannā, nānāvidhaṃ rūpaṃ manasikāraṃ karissāmī’’ti kālena devalokābhimukhaṃ kālena manussalokābhimukhaṃ vaḍḍhetvā nānāvidhāni rūpāni manasikaroto uppannā nānattasaññā, nānatte nānāsabhāve saññāti nānattasaññā. ^b^Atinijjhāyitatta^eb^nti ‘‘mayhaṃ nānāvidhāni rūpāni manasikarontassa nānattasaññā udapādi, iṭṭhaṃ vā aniṭṭhaṃ vā ekajātikameva rūpaṃ manasi karissāmī’’ti tathā manasikaroto uppannaṃ rūpānaṃ atinijjhāyitattaṃ, ativiya uttari katvā nijjhānaṃ pekkhanaṃ atinijjhāyitattaṃ. ^b^Obhāsa^eb^nti parikammasamuṭṭhitaṃ obhāsaṃ. ^b^Na ca rūpāni passāmī^eb^ti parikammobhāsamanasikārappasutatāya dibbacakkhunā rūpāni na passāmi. ^b^Rūpāni hi kho passāmī^eb^ti tena parikammobhāsena pharitvā ṭhitaṭṭhāne dibbacakkhuno visayabhūtāni rūpagatāni passāmi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evamādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Kevalampi rattiṃ kevalampi divaṃ kevalampi rattindivaṃ tassa mayhaṃ anuruddhā etadahosi ‘ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yvāhaṃ ^a^M1.0400^ea^ obhāsañhi kho sañjānāmi, na ca rūpāni passāmi, rūpāni kho passāmi, na ca obhāsaṃ sañjānāmi kevalampi rattiṃ kevalampi divaṃ kevalampi rattindiva’nti. Tassa mayhaṃ anuruddhā etadahosi ‘yasmiñhi kho ahaṃ samaye rūpanimittaṃ amanasikaritvā obhāsanimittaṃ manasi karomi. Obhāsañhi kho tasmiṃ samaye sañjānāmi, na ca rūpāni passāmi. Yasmiṃ panāhaṃ samaye obhāsanimittaṃ amanasikaritvā rūpanimittaṃ manasi karomi. Rūpāni hi kho tasmiṃ samaye passāmi, na ca obhāsaṃ sañjānāmi kevalampi rattiṃ kevalampi divaṃ kevalampi rattindiva’’nti (ma. ni. 3.243) –<br/><br/>[07]Evamādipāḷiṃ ^a^V1.0350^ea^ saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]Manussānaṃ idanti mānusakaṃ, manussānaṃ gocarabhūtaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ. Tadaññassa pana dibbatirokuṭṭasukhumādibhedassa rūpassa dassanato atikkantamānusakaṃ. Evarūpaṃ tañca manussūpacāraṃ atikkantaṃ nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘manussūpacāraṃ atikkamitvā rūpadassanenā’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^manussūpacāra^eb^nti manussehi upacaritabbaṭṭhānaṃ, pakatiyā cakkhudvārena gahetabbaṃ visayanti adhippāyo. Evaṃ visayamukhena dassetvā idāni visayimukhena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘mānusakaṃ vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthāpi maṃsacakkhātikkamo tassa kiccātikkameneva daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Dibbena cakkhunā^eb^ti dibbacakkhuñāṇenapi daṭṭhuṃ na sakkā khaṇassa atīttaratāya atisukhumatāya kesañci rūpassa, apica dibbacakkhussa paccuppannaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ, tañca purejātapaccayabhūtaṃ, na ca āvajjanaparikammehi vinā mahaggatassa pavatti atthi, nāpi uppajjamānameva rūpaṃ ārammaṇapaccayo bhavituṃ sakkoti, bhijjamānaṃ vā, tasmā cutūpapātakkhaṇe rūpaṃ dibbacakkhunā daṭṭhuṃ na sakkāti suvuttametaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ rūpārammaṇameva, atha kasmā ‘‘satte passāmī’’ti vuttanti? Yebhuyyena sattasantānagatarūpadassanato evaṃ vuttaṃ. Sattagahaṇassa vā kāraṇabhāvato vohāravasena vuttantipi vadanti. Te cavamānāti adhippetāti sambandho. ^b^Evarūpe^eb^ti na cutūpapātakkhaṇasamaṅginoti adhippāyo. Mohūpanissayaṃ nāma kammaṃ nihīnaṃ nihīnaphalaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘mohanissandayuttattā’’^eb^ti. Mohūpanissayatā ca kusalakammassa pubbabhāge ^a^M1.0401^ea^ mohappavattibahulatāya veditabbā. Tāya pana mohappavattiyā saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ kusalakammaṃ nihīnameva jātiādiṃ nipphādetīti nihīnajātiādayo mohassa nissandaphalānīti āha ^b^‘‘hīnānaṃ jātikulabhogādīna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Hīḷite^eb^ti garahite. ^b^Ohīḷite^eb^ti visesato garahite. ^b^Uññāte^eb^ti lāmakabhāvena ñāte. ^b^Avaññāte^eb^ti visesato lāmakabhāvena vidite. ^b^Amohanissandayuttattā^eb^ti ettha amoho sampayuttavasena pubbabhāgavasena ca pavatto kathito, tena ca tihetukapaṭisandhike dasseti. ^b^Tabbiparīte^eb^ti tassa hīḷitādibhāvassa viparīte, ahīḷite anohīḷite anuññāte anavaññāte cittīkateti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Suvaṇṇe^eb^ti sundaravaṇṇe. ^b^Dubbaṇṇe^eb^ti asundaravaṇṇe. Sā panāyaṃ suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇatā yathākkamaṃ kammassa adosadosūpanissayatāya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘adosanissandayuttattā’’^eb^tiādi. Adosūpanissayatā ca kammassa mettādīhi paribhāvitasantānappavattiyā veditabbā. ^b^Abhirūpe virūpe^eb^ti ^a^V1.0351^ea^ idaṃ saṇṭhānavasena vuttaṃ. Saṇṭhānavacanopi hi vaṇṇasaddo hoti ‘‘mahantaṃ hatthivaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.138) viya. Paṭhamaṃ vutto pana attho vaṇṇavaseneva vutto. Sundaraṃ gatiṃ gatā sugatāti āha ^b^‘‘sugatigate’’^eb^ti, sugatiṃ upapanneti attho. Alobhajjhāsayā sattā vadaññū vigatamaccherā alobhūpanissayena kammunā sugatā samiddhā hontīti āha ^b^‘‘alobhanissandayuttattā vā aḍḍhe mahaddhane’’^eb^ti. Dukkhaṃ gatiṃ gatā duggatāti āha ^b^‘‘duggatigate’’^eb^ti. Lobhajjhāsayā sattā luddhā maccharino lobhūpanissayena kammunā duggatā durūpā hontīti āha ^b^‘‘lobhanissandayuttattā vā dalidde appannapāne’’^eb^ti. ^b^Upacita^eb^nti phalāvahabhāvena kataṃ. Yathā katañhi kammaṃ phaladānasamatthaṃ hoti, tathā kataṃ upacitaṃ. ^b^Cavamānetiādīhi dibbacakkhukiccaṃ vutta^eb^nti visayamukhena visayibyāpāramāha. ^b^Purimehī^eb^ti ‘‘dibbena cakkhunā’’tiādīni padāni sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Ādīhī^eb^ti ettha ^b^ca^eb^-saddo luttaniddiṭṭho, tasmā ‘‘dibbena…pe… passāmī’’ti imehi ‘‘cavamāne’’tiādīhi ca dibbacakkhukiccaṃ vuttanti attho. ^b^Iminā^eb^^a^M1.0402^ea^^b^pana padenā^eb^ti ‘‘yathākammūpage satte pajānāmī’’ti iminā vākyena. Pajjati ñāyati attho imināti hi padaṃ vākyaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahantaṃ dukkhamanubhavamāne^eb^ti ettha dibbacakkhuñāṇena rūpaṃ disvā tesaṃ dukkhānubhavanaṃ kāmāvacaracitteneva jānātīti veditabbaṃ. ^b^So^eb^ti nerayikasatte paccakkhato disvā ṭhito dibbacakkhuñāṇalābhī. ^b^Evaṃ manasi karotī^eb^ti tesaṃ nerayikānaṃ nirayasaṃvattanikassa kammassa ñātukāmatāvasena pādakajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya parikammavasena manasi karoti. ^b^Kiṃ nu kho^eb^tiādi manasikāravidhidassanaṃ. Evaṃ pana parikammaṃ katvā pādakajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhitassa taṃ kammaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā āvajjanaṃ uppajjati, tasmiṃ niruddhe cattāri pañca vā javanāni javanti. Yesaṃ purimāni tīṇi cattāri vā parikammaupacārānulomagotrabhunāmakāni kāmāvacarāni, catutthaṃ pañcamaṃ vā appanācittaṃ rūpāvacaraṃ catutthajjhānikaṃ, tattha yaṃ tena appanācittena saddhiṃ uppannaṃ ñāṇaṃ, taṃ yathākammūpagañāṇanti veditabbaṃ. ^b^‘‘Visuṃ parikammaṃ natthī’’^eb^ti idaṃ pana dibbacakkhuñāṇena vinā yathākammūpagañāṇassa visuṃ parikammaṃ natthīti adhippāyena vuttaṃ. Evañcetaṃ icchitabbaṃ, aññathā yathākammūpagañāṇassa mahaggatabhāvo eva na siyā. Devānaṃ dassanepi eseva nayo. Nerayikadevaggahaṇañcettha nidassanamattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ākaṅkhamāno hi dibbacakkhulābhī aññagatikesupi evaṃ paṭipajjatiyeva. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘apāyaggahaṇena tiracchānayoniṃ dīpetī’’tiādi, ‘‘sugatiggahaṇena manussagatipi saṅgayhatī’’ti ca. Taṃ nirayasaṃvattaniyakammaṃ ārammaṇametassāti ^b^taṃkammārammaṇaṃ. Phārusakavanādīsū^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena cittalatāvanādīnaṃ saṅgaho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yathā^eb^^a^V1.0352^ea^^b^cimassā^eb^ti yathā ca imassa yathākammūpagañāṇassa visuṃ parikammaṃ natthi, evaṃ anāgataṃsañāṇassapīti visuṃ parikammābhāvañca nidasseti. Tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘dibbacakkhupādakāneva hi imānī’’^eb^ti. Tatrāyamadhippāyo – yathā dibbacakkhulābhī nirayādiabhimukhaṃ ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā nerayikādike satte disvā tehi pubbe āyūhitaṃ nirayasaṃvattaniyādikaṃ kammaṃ tādisena samādānena tajjena ca manasikārena parikkhate citte yāthāvato jānāti, evaṃ yassa yassa sattassa samanantaraṃ anāgataṃ attabhāvaṃ ñātukāmo, taṃ taṃ odissa ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā tena tena atīte etarahi vā āyūhitaṃ tassa nibbattakaṃ kammaṃ yathākammūpagañāṇena ^a^M1.0403^ea^ disvā tena tena nibbattetabbaṃ anāgataṃ attabhāvaṃ ñātukāmo tādisena samādānena tajjena ca manasikārena parikkhate citte yāthāvato jānāti. Esa nayo tato paresupi attabhāvesu. Etaṃ anāgataṃsañāṇaṃ nāma. Yasmā etaṃ dvayaṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇe sati eva sijjhati, nāsati. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘imāni dibbacakkhunā saheva ijjhantī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāyena duccaritaṃ, kāyato vā uppannaṃ duccarita^eb^nti kāyena duṭṭhu caritaṃ, kāyato vā uppannaṃ kilesapūtikattā duṭṭhu caritaṃ kāyaduccaritanti evaṃ yathākkamaṃ yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Kāyo^eb^ti cettha copanakāyo adhippeto. Kāyaviññattivasena pavattaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ. Yasmiṃ santāne kammaṃ katupacitaṃ, asati āhārupacchede vipākārahasabhāvassa avigacchanato so tena sahitoyevāti vattabboti āha ^b^‘‘samannāgatāti samaṅgībhūtā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anatthakāmā hutvā^eb^ti etena mātāpitaro viya puttānaṃ, ācariyupajjhāyā viya ca nissitakānaṃ atthakāmā hutvā garahakā upavādakā na hontīti dasseti. ^b^Guṇaparidhaṃsanenā^eb^ti vijjamānānaṃ guṇānaṃ viddhaṃsanena, vināsanenāti attho. Nanu ca antimavatthunāpi upavādo guṇaparidhaṃsanamevāti? Saccametaṃ, guṇāti panettha jhānādivisesā uttarimanussadhammā adhippetāti sīlaparidhaṃsanaṃ visuṃ gahitaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘natthi imesaṃ samaṇadhammo’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Samaṇadhammo^eb^ti ca sīlasaṃyamaṃ sandhāya vadati. ^b^Jānaṃ vā^eb^ti yaṃ upavadati, tassa ariyabhāvaṃ jānanto vā. ^b^Ajānaṃ vā^eb^ti ajānanto vā. Jānanājānanañcettha appamāṇaṃ, ariyabhāvo eva pamāṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ubhayathāpi ariyūpavādova hotī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Ariyoti pana ajānato aduṭṭhacittasseva tattha ariyaguṇabhāvaṃ pavedentassa guṇaparidhaṃsanaṃ na hotīti tassa ariyūpavādo natthī’’ti vadanti. ^b^Bhāriyaṃ kamma^eb^nti ānantariyasadisattā bhāriyaṃ kammaṃ, satekicchaṃ pana hoti khamāpanena, na ānantariyaṃ viya atekicchaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassa^eb^^a^V1.0353^ea^^b^ca āvibhāvattha^eb^nti bhāriyādisabhāvassa pakāsanatthaṃ. ^b^Taṃ jigucchī^eb^ti taṃ theraṃ, taṃ vā kiriyaṃ jigucchi. ^b^Aticchāto^eb^ti ativiya khudābhibhūto. ^b^Mahallako^eb^ti samaṇānaṃ sāruppamasāruppaṃ, lokasamudācāramattaṃ vā na jānātīti adhippāyena vuttattā guṇaparidhaṃsanena garahatīti ^a^M1.0404^ea^ veditabbaṃ. ^b^Amhākaṃ lajjitabbakaṃ akāsī^eb^ti ‘‘samaṇena nāma evaṃ kata’’nti vutte mayaṃ sīsaṃ ukkhipituṃ na sakkomāti adhippāyo. Jānanto eva thero ^b^‘‘atthi te āvuso imasmiṃ sāsane patiṭṭhā’’^eb^ti pucchi. Itaropi saccābhisamayo sāsane patiṭṭhāti āha ^b^‘‘sotāpanno aha’’^eb^nti. Thero taṃ karuṇāyamāno ^b^‘‘khīṇāsavo tayā upavadito’’^eb^ti attānaṃ āvi akāsi. ^b^Tenassa taṃ pākatikaṃ ahosī^eb^ti tena assa taṃ kammaṃ maggāvaraṇaṃ nāhosīti adhippāyo. Pubbeva pana sotāpannattā apāyagāmīnaṃ suppahīnabhāvato saggāvaraṇamassa kātumasamatthameva taṃ kammaṃ. ^b^Attanā vuḍḍhataro hotī^eb^ti ettha ‘‘ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā khamāpetabbo’’ti ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ vuttaṃ. Sotāpannasakadāgāmino dosenapi nakkhamanti, sesāriyā vā tassa atthakāmā hutvā āyatiṃ saṃvaraṇatthāya na khamāpeyyunti āha ^b^‘‘sace so nakkhamatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Attanā vuḍḍhataro hoti, ṭhitakenevā^eb^ti etthāpi ‘‘ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā’’ti ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 2.411) vuttaṃ. Evañhi tattha vuttaṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Sace disāpakkanto hoti, sayaṃ vā gantvā saddhivihārike vā pesetvā khamāpetabbo. Sace nāpi gantuṃ, na pesetuṃ sakkā hoti, ye tasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhū vasanti, tesaṃ santikaṃ gantvā sace navakatarā honti, ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā, sace vuḍḍhatarā, vuḍḍhesu vuttanayeneva paṭipajjitvā ‘ahaṃ, bhante, asukaṃ nāma āyasmantaṃ idañcidañca avacaṃ, khamatu me so āyasmā’ti vatvā khamāpetabbaṃ. Sammukhā akhamantepi etadeva kātabba’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]Idaṃ pana parampi tattha (visuddhi. 2.411) vuttaṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Sace ekacārikabhikkhu hoti, nevassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ, na gataṭṭhānaṃ paññāyati, ekassa paṇḍitassa bhikkhuno santikaṃ gantvā ‘ahaṃ, bhante, asukaṃ nāma āyasmantaṃ idañcidañca avacaṃ, taṃ me anussarato anussarato vippaṭisāro hoti, kiṃ karomī’ti vattabbaṃ. So vakkhati ‘tumhe mā cintayittha, thero tumhākaṃ khamati, cittaṃ vūpasamethā’ti. Tenapi ariyassa gatadisābhimukhena añjaliṃ paggahetvā ‘khamatū’ti vattabba’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Parinibbutamañcaṭṭhāna^eb^nti ^a^M1.0405^ea^^a^V1.0354^ea^ pūjākaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^Pākatikameva hotī^eb^ti evaṃ kate attano cittaṃ pasīdatīti taṃ kammaṃ saggāvaraṇaṃ maggāvaraṇañca na hotīti adhippāyoti keci vadanti. ^b^Cariyāpiṭake mātaṅgacaritasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (cariyā. aṭṭha. 2.64) –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Pāramitāparibhāvanasamiddhāhi nānāsamāpattivihāraparipūritāhi sīladiṭṭhisampadāhi susaṅkhatasantāne mahākaruṇādhivāse mahāsatte ariyūpavādakammābhisapasaṅkhātaṃ pharusavacanaṃ saṃyuttaṃ mahāsattassa khettavisesabhāvato tassa ca ajjhāsayapharusatāya diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hutvā sace so mahāsattaṃ na khamāpeti, sattame divase vipaccanasabhāvaṃ jātaṃ. Khamāpite pana mahāsatte payogasampattiyā vipākassa paṭibāhitattā avipākadhammataṃ āpajji ahosikammabhāvato. Ayañhi ariyūpavādapāpassa diṭṭhadhammavedanīyassa ca dhammatā’’ti –<br/><br/>[07]^b^Ācariyadhammapālattherena^eb^ vuttattā evaṃ khamāpite taṃ kammaṃ payogasampattiyā vipākassa paṭibāhitattā ahosikammabhāvena avipākadhammataṃ āpannanti neva saggāvaraṇaṃ na mokkhāvaraṇañca hotīti evamettha attho gahetabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Viparītaṃ dassanametesanti ^b^viparītadassanā^eb^. Samādātabbaṭṭhena samādānāni, kammāni samādānāni yesaṃ te kammasamādānā, micchādiṭṭhivasena kammasamādānā ^b^micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā,^eb^ hetuatthaṃ vā antogadhaṃ katvā micchādiṭṭhivasena pare kammesu samādāpakā ^b^micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā^eb^. Tayimaṃ atthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘micchādiṭṭhivasenā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Ye ca…pe… samādapenti, tepi micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānāti yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Sīlasampanno^eb^tiādi paripakkindriyassa maggasamaṅgino vasena vuttaṃ, aggamaggaṭṭhe pana vattabbameva natthi. Atha vā aggamaggapariyāpannā eva sīlādayo veditabbā. Aggamaggaṭṭhassa hi diṭṭheva dhamme ekaṃsikā aññārādhanā, itaresaṃ anekaṃsikā. ^b^Añña^eb^nti arahattaṃ. ^b^Evaṃsampadamida^eb^nti ettha sampajjanaṃ sampadā, nipphatti, evaṃ avirajjhanakanipphattikanti attho, yathā taṃ avassambhāvī, evamidampīti vuttaṃ hoti ^a^M1.0406^ea^. Yathā hi maggānantaraṃ avirajjhitvāva phalaṃ nibbattaṃ, evametaṃ imassapi puggalassa cutianantaraṃ avirajjhitvāva niraye paṭisandhi hotīti dasseti. Sakalasmiñhi buddhavacane na imāya upamāya gāḷhataraṃ katvā vuttaupamā atthi. ^b^Taṃ vācaṃ appahāyā^eb^tiādīsu (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.149) ariyūpavādaṃ sandhāya ‘‘puna evarūpiṃ vācaṃ na vakkhāmī’’ti vadanto vācaṃ pajahati nāma, ‘‘puna evarūpaṃ cittaṃ na uppādessāmī’’ti cintento ^a^V1.0355^ea^ cittaṃ pajahati nāma, ‘‘puna evarūpiṃ diṭṭhiṃ na gaṇhissāmī’’ti pajahanto diṭṭhiṃ pajahati nāma. Tathā akaronto neva pajahati na paṭinissajjati. ^b^Yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye^eb^ti yathā nirayapālehi āharitvā niraye ṭhapito, evaṃ niraye ṭhapitoyeva, nāssa nirayūpapattiyā koci vibandho. Tatrāyaṃ yutti – nirayūpago ariyūpavādī tadādāyakassa avijahanato seyyathāpi micchādiṭṭhīti. Ettha ca ‘‘taṃ vācaṃ appahāyā’’ti evamādivacanena tadādāyakassa appahāneneva ariyūpavādo antarāyiko anatthāvahova, pahānena pana accayaṃ desetvā khamāpanena na antarāyiko anatthāvaho yathā taṃ vuṭṭhitā desitā ca āpattīti dasseti. Micchādiṭṭhivasena akattabbaṃ nāma pāpaṃ natthi, yato saṃsārakhāṇubhāvopi nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘micchādiṭṭhiparamāni, bhikkhave, vajjānī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Ucchinnabhavanettiko, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa kāyo tiṭṭhati (dī. ni. 1. 147), ayañceva kāyo bahiddhā ca nāmarūpa’’nti ca evamādīsu viya idha ^b^kāya^eb^-saddo khandhapañcakavisayoti āha ^b^‘‘kāyassa bhedāti upādinnakkhandhapariccāgā’’^eb^ti. Avītarāgassa maraṇato paraṃ nāma bhavantarūpādānamevāti āha ^b^‘‘paraṃ maraṇāti tadanantaraṃ abhinibbattakkhandhaggahaṇe’’^eb^ti. Yena tiṭṭhati, tassa upacchedeneva kāyo bhijjatīti āha ^b^‘‘kāyassa bhedāti jīvitindriyassa upacchedā’’^eb^ti. Eti imasmā sukhanti ayo, puññanti āha ^b^‘‘puññasammatā ayā’’^eb^ti. Āyanti etasmā sukhānīti āyo, puññakammādīnaṃ sukhasādhanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sukhānaṃ vā āyassa abhāvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vivasā^eb^ti kammassa vase vattanato attano vase vattituṃ na sakkontīti vigato vaso etesanti vivasā, avasavattinoti ^a^M1.0407^ea^ attho. Iyati assādīyatīti ayo, assādoti āha ^b^‘‘assādasaññito ayo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nāgarājādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena supaṇṇādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Asurasadisa^eb^nti petāsurasadisaṃ. ^b^So hī^eb^ti so asurakāyo. ^b^Sabbasamussayehī^eb^ti sabbehi sampattisamussayehi, sabbasampattirāsitoti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Vuttavipariyāyenā^eb^ti ‘‘suṭṭhu caritaṃ, sobhanaṃ vā caritaṃ anavajjattāti sucarita’’ntiādinā kāyaduccaritenātiādīnaṃ padānaṃ vuttassa atthassa vipariyāyena. ‘‘Ito bho sugatiṃ gacchā’’ti (itivu. 83) vacanato manussagatipi sugatiyevāti āha ^b^‘‘sugatiggahaṇena manussagatipi saṅgayhatī’’^eb^ti. Sesamettha vuttanayattā uttānatthato ca suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Dibbacakkhuñāṇakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 15
title: pubbenivāsakathā^dibbacakkhuñāṇakathā^āsavakkhayañāṇakathā^^
content:
  [03]^b^14^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vipassanāpādaka^eb^nti ^a^V1.0356^ea^ vipassanāya padaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ. Vipassanā ca tividhā vipassakapuggalabhedena. Mahābodhisattānañhi paccekabodhisattānañca cintāmayañāṇasaṃvaddhitattā sayambhūñāṇabhūtā, itaresaṃ sutamayañāṇasaṃvaddhitattā paropadesasambhūtā. Sā ‘‘ṭhapetvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ avasesarūpārūpajjhānānaṃ aññatarato vuṭṭhāyā’’tiādinā anekadhā arūpamukhavasena catudhātuvavatthāne vuttānaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ dhātupariggahamukhānaṃ aññataramukhavasena anekadhāva ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ nānānayato vibhāvitā. Mahābodhisattānaṃ pana catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassamukhena pabhedagamanato nānānayaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇasannissayassa ariyamaggañāṇassa adhiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ pubbabhāgañāṇagabbhaṃ gaṇhāpentaṃ paripākaṃ gacchantaṃ paramagambhīraṃ saṇhasukhumataraṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ vipassanāñāṇaṃ hoti. Yaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu mahāvajiraññāṇanti vuccati. Yassa ca pavattivibhāgena catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassapabhedassa pādakabhāvena samāpajjiyamānā catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasaṅkhyā devasikaṃ satthu vaḷañjanakasamāpattiyo vuccanti, svāyaṃ buddhānaṃ vipassanācāro ^b^paramatthamañjusāyaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0408^ea^ visuddhimaggavaṇṇanāyaṃ uddesato dassito, atthikehi tato gahetabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Āsavānaṃ khepanato samucchindanato āsavakkhayo ariyamaggo, ukkaṭṭhaniddesavasena arahattamaggaggahaṇaṃ. Āsavānaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ āsavakkhayañāṇanti dassento ^b^‘‘tatra cetaṃ ñāṇa’’^eb^nti vatvā ^b^khaye^eb^ti ca ādhāre bhummaṃ, na visayeti dassento ^b^‘‘tappariyāpannattā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Idaṃ dukkha^eb^nti dukkhassa ariyasaccassa tadā paccakkhato gahitabhāvadassanaṃ. ^b^Ettakaṃ dukkha^eb^nti tassa paricchijja gahitabhāvadassanaṃ. ^b^Na ito bhiyyo^eb^ti anavasesetvā gahitabhāvadassanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbampi dukkhasacca’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Sarasalakkhaṇapaṭivedhenā^eb^ti sabhāvasaṅkhātassa lakkhaṇassa asammohato paṭivijjhanena. Asammohapaṭivedhoti ca yathā tasmiṃ ñāṇe pavatte pacchā dukkhassa sarūpādiparicchede sammoho na hoti, tathā pavatti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsi’’^eb^nti. ^b^Nibbattika^eb^nti nipphādentaṃ. ^b^Yaṃ ṭhānaṃ patvā^eb^ti yaṃ nibbānaṃ maggassa ārammaṇapaccayaṭṭhena kāraṇabhūtaṃ āgamma. Tadubhayavato hi puggalassa patti tadubhayassa pattīti vuttaṃ. ^b^Patvā^eb^ti vā pāpuṇanahetu. ^b^Appavatti^eb^nti appavattinimittaṃ. Te vā na pavattanti etthāti appavatti, nibbānaṃ. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti dukkhanirodhassa. ^b^Sampāpaka^eb^nti sacchikiriyāvasena sammadeva pāpakaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kilesavasenā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0357^ea^ āsavasaṅkhātakilesavasena. Yasmā āsavānaṃ dukkhasaccapariyāyo, tappariyāpannattā, sesasaccānañca taṃsamudayādipariyāyo atthi, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pariyāyato’’^eb^ti. Dassento saccānīti yojanā. Āsavānaṃyeva cettha gahaṇaṃ ‘‘āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāyā’’ti āraddhattā. Tathā hi āsavavimuttisīseneva sabbasaṃkilesavimutti vuttā. ^b^Idaṃ dukkhanti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsi^eb^ntiādinā missakamaggo idha kathitoti ^b^‘‘saha vipassanāya koṭippattaṃ maggaṃ kathetī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Ettha ca saccappaṭivedhassa tadā atītakālikattā ‘‘yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsi’’nti vatvāpi abhisamayakāle tassa paccuppannataṃ upādāya ‘‘evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato’’ti vattamānakālena niddeso kato. So ca kāmaṃ maggakkhaṇato paraṃ yāvajjatanā atītakāliko eva, sabbapaṭhamaṃ panassa atītakālikattaṃ phalakkhaṇeneva veditabbanti ^a^M1.0409^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘vimuccitthāti iminā phalakkhaṇaṃ dassetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jānato passato^eb^ti vā hetuniddesoyaṃ. Jānanahetu dassanahetu kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccitthāti yojanā. Bhavāsavaggahaṇeneva cettha bhavarāgassa viya bhavadiṭṭhiyāpi samavarodhoti diṭṭhāsavassapi saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā pahīnakilesapaccavekkhaṇena vijjamānassapi kammassa āyatiṃ appaṭisandhikabhāvato ‘‘khīṇā jātī’’ti jānāti, yasmā ca maggapaccavekkhaṇādīhi vusitaṃ brahmacariyantiādiṃ pajānāti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘khīṇā jātīti ādīhi tassa bhūmi’’^eb^nti. Tattha ^b^tassā^eb^ti paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa. ^b^Bhūmi^eb^nti pavattiṭṭhānaṃ. Yenādhippāyena ^b^‘‘katamā panā’’^eb^tiādinā codanā katā, taṃ pakāsetvā parihāraṃ vattukāmo āha ^b^‘‘na tāvassā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Na tāvassa atītā jāti khīṇā^eb^ti maggabhāvanāya na khīṇāti adhippāyo. Tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘pubbeva khīṇattā’’^eb^ti. Na anāgatā assa jāti khīṇāti yojanā. ^b^Na anāgatā^eb^ti ca anāgatattasāmaññaṃ gahetvā lesena vadati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anāgate vāyāmābhāvato’’^eb^ti. Vijjamāneyeva hi payogo sambhavati, nāvijjamāneti adhippāyo. Anāgataviseso panettha adhippeto, tassa ca khepane vāyāmopi labbhateva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yā pana maggassā’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Yā panā’’ti hi ādinā maggabhāvanāya anāgatajātiyā eva hetuvināsanadvārena khīṇabhāvo pakāsīyati. ^b^Ekacatupañcavokārabhavesū^eb^ti bhavattayaggahaṇaṃ vuttanayena anavasesato jātiyā khīṇabhāvadassanatthaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti yathāvuttajātiṃ. ^b^So^eb^ti bhagavā.<br/><br/>[03]Brahmacariyavāso nāma idha maggabrahmacariyassa nibbattanamevāti āha ^b^‘‘niṭṭhita’’^eb^nti. Sammādiṭṭhiyā catūsu saccesu pariññādikiccasādhanavasena pavattamānāya sammāsaṅkappādīnampi dukkhasacce pariññābhisamayānuguṇā pavatti, itarasaccesu ca nesaṃ pahānābhisamayādivasena pavatti ^a^V1.0358^ea^ pākaṭā eva. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘catūhi maggehi pariññāpahānasacchikiriyābhāvanābhisamayavasenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nāparaṃ itthattāyā^eb^ti ime pakārā itthaṃ, tabbhāvo itthattaṃ, tadatthanti vuttaṃ hoti. Te pana pakārā ariyamaggabyāpārabhūtā pariññādayo idhādhippetāti āha ^b^‘‘evaṃsoḷasakiccabhāvāyā’’^eb^ti. Te hi maggaṃ paccavekkhato maggānubhāvena pākaṭā hutvā upaṭṭhahanti ^a^M1.0410^ea^, pariññādīsu ca pahānameva padhānaṃ, tadatthattāya itaresanti āha ^b^‘‘kilesakkhayāya vā’’^eb^ti. Pahīnakilesapaccavekkhaṇavasena vā etaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Nāparaṃ itthattāyāti abbhaññāsi’’nti etthāyamaparo nayo – ^b^itthattāyā^eb^ti nissakke sampadānavacanaṃ. Tenāyamattho – itthattāya itthambhāvato imasmā evaṃpakārā idāni vattamānakkhandhasantānā aparaṃ anāgatakkhandhasantānaṃ mayhaṃ natthi, ime pana carimattabhāvasaṅkhātā pañcakkhandhā pariññātā appatiṭṭhā tiṭṭhanti chinnamūlakā rukkhā viya. Apariññātamūlakā hi patiṭṭhā. Yathāha ‘‘kabaḷīkāre ce, bhikkhave, āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandī atthi taṇhā, patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ viruḷha’’ntiādi (saṃ. ni. 2.64; kathā. 296; mahāni. 7). Te pana pañcakkhandhā carimakaviññāṇanirodhena anupādāno viya jātavedo nibbāyissantīti abbhaññāsinti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paccavekkhaṇañāṇapariggahita^eb^nti na paṭhamadutiyañāṇadvayādhigamaṃ viya kevalanti adhippāyo. ^b^Dassento^eb^ti nigamanavasena dassento. Sarūpato hi pubbe dassitamevāti. Sesamettha vuttanayattā suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tikkhattuṃ jāto^eb^ti iminā pana idaṃ dasseti ‘‘ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, paṭhamavijjāya jātoyeva purejātassa sahajātassa vā abhāvato sabbesaṃ vuḍḍho mahallako, kimaṅgaṃ pana tīhi vijjāhi tikkhattuṃ jātoti. ^b^Pubbenivāsañāṇena atītaṃsañāṇa^eb^nti atītārammaṇasabhāgatāya tabbhāvībhāvato ca pubbenivāsañāṇena atītaṃsañāṇaṃ pakāsetvāti yojetabbaṃ. Tattha ^b^atītaṃsañāṇa^eb^nti atītakkhandhāyatanadhātusaṅkhāte atītakoṭṭhāse appaṭihatañāṇaṃ. Dibbacakkhuñāṇassa paccuppannārammaṇattā yathākammūpagañāṇassa anāgataṃsañāṇassa ca dibbacakkhuvaseneva ijjhanato dibbacakkhuno paribhaṇḍañāṇattā dibbacakkhumhiyeva ca ṭhitassa cetopariyañāṇasiddhito vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dibbacakkhunā paccuppannānāgataṃsañāṇa’’^eb^nti. Tattha ^b^dibbacakkhunā^eb^ti saparibhaṇḍena dibbacakkhuñāṇena. Paccuppannaṃso ca anāgataṃso ca paccuppannānāgataṃsaṃ, tattha ñāṇaṃ ^b^paccuppannānāgataṃsañāṇaṃ^eb^. Āsavakkhayañāṇādhigameneva sabbaññutaññāṇassa viya sesāsādhāraṇañāṇadasabalañāṇāaveṇikabuddhadhammādīnampi anaññasādhāraṇānaṃ buddhaguṇānaṃ ijjhanato ^a^M1.0411^ea^^a^V1.0359^ea^ vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘āsavakkhayena sakalalokiyalokuttaraguṇa’’^eb^nti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbepi sabbaññuguṇe pakāsetvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Āsavakkhayañāṇakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 16
title: dibbacakkhuñāṇakathā^āsavakkhayañāṇakathā^desanānumodanakathā^^
content:
  [03]^b^15^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pītivipphāraparipuṇṇagattacitto^eb^ti pītipharaṇena paripuṇṇakāyacitto. ^b^Aññāṇa^eb^nti aññāṇassāti attho. ^b^Dhī^eb^saddassa yogato hi sāmiatthe etaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. ^b^Abhikkantā^eb^ti ettha atikkantā, vigatāti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘khaye dissatī’’^eb^ti. Teneva hi ^b^‘‘nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Abhikkantataro cā^eb^ti ativiya kantataro manoramo, tādiso ca sundaro bhaddako nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sundare dissatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ko^eb^ti devanāgayakkhagandhabbādīsu ko katamo. ^b^Me^eb^ti mama. ^b^Pādānī^eb^ti pāde. ^b^Iddhiyā^eb^ti imāya evarūpāya deviddhiyā. ^b^Yasasā^eb^ti iminā edisena parivārena paricchedena. ^b^Jala^eb^nti vijjotamāno. ^b^Abhikkantenā^eb^ti ativiya kantena kamanīyena abhirūpena. ^b^Vaṇṇenā^eb^ti chavivaṇṇena sarīravaṇṇanibhāya. ^b^Sabbā obhāsayaṃ disā^eb^ti dasapi disā pabhāsento cando viya sūriyo viya ca ekobhāsaṃ ekālokaṃ karontoti gāthāya attho. ^b^Abhirūpe^eb^ti uḷārarūpe sampannarūpe.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhikkantaṃ bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ bho gotamā^eb^ti vacanadvayassa ^b^‘‘sādhu sādhu bho gotamā’’^eb^ti āmeḍitavasena atthaṃ dassetvā tassa visayaṃ niddhārento āha ^b^‘‘bhaye kodhe’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ‘‘coro coro, sappo sappo’’tiādīsu ^b^bhaye^eb^ āmeḍitaṃ. ‘‘Vijjha vijjha, pahara paharā’’tiādīsu ^b^kodhe^eb^. ‘‘Sādhu sādhū’’tiādīsu ^b^pasaṃsāyaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Gaccha gaccha, lunāhi lunāhī’’tiādīsu ^b^turite^eb^. ‘‘Āgaccha āgacchā’’tiādīsu ^b^kotūhale^eb^. ‘‘Buddho buddhoti cintento’’tiādīsu (bu. vaṃ. 2.44) ^b^acchare^eb^. ‘‘Abhikkamathāyasmanto, abhikkamathāyasmanto’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.20; a. ni. 9.11) ^b^hāse^eb^. ‘‘Kahaṃ ekaputtaka, kahaṃ ekaputtakā’’tiādīsu ^b^soke^eb^. ‘‘Aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’’ntiādīsu (udā. 20; cūḷava. 332) ^b^pasāde^eb^. ^b^Ca^eb^-saddo avuttasamuccayattho ^a^M1.0412^ea^. Tena garahāsammānādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Tattha ‘‘pāpo pāpo’’tiādīsu ^b^garahāyaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Abhirūpaka abhirūpakā’’tiādīsu ^b^asammāne^eb^ daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Nayidaṃ ^a^V1.0360^ea^ āmeḍitavasena dvikkhattuṃ vuttaṃ, atha kho atthadvayavasenāti dassento ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Abhikkanta^eb^nti vacanaṃ apekkhitvā napuṃsakaliṅgavasena vuttaṃ. Taṃ pana bhagavato vacanaṃ dhammassa desanāti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yadidaṃ bhoto gotamassa dhammadesanā’’^eb^ti. Atthamattadassanaṃ vā etaṃ, tasmā atthavasena liṅgavibhattivipariṇāmo veditabbo. Dutiyapadepi eseva nayo. ^b^Dosanāsanato^eb^ti rāgādikilesaviddhaṃsanato. ^b^Guṇādhigamanato^eb^ti sīlādiguṇānaṃ sampāpanato. Ye guṇe desanā adhigameti, tesu padhānabhūtā guṇā dassetabbāti te padhānabhūte guṇe tāva dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘saddhājananato paññājananato’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Saddhāpamukhā hi lokiyā guṇā, paññāpamukhā lokuttarā. ^b^Sātthato^eb^tiādīsu sīlādiatthasampattiyā ^b^sātthato,^eb^ sabhāvaniruttisampattiyā ^b^sabyañjanato^eb^. Suviññeyyasaddappayogatāya ^b^uttānapadato,^eb^ saṇhasukhumabhāvena duviññeyyatthatāya ^b^gambhīratthato^eb^. Siniddhamudumadhurasaddappayogatāya ^b^kaṇṇasukhato,^eb^ vipulavisuddhapemanīyatthatāya ^b^hadayaṅgamato^eb^. Mānātimānavidhamanena ^b^anattukkaṃsanato,^eb^ thambhasārambhanimmaddanena ^b^aparavambhanato^eb^. Hitādhippāyappavattiyā paresaṃ rāgapariḷāhādivūpasamanena ^b^karuṇāsītalato,^eb^ kilesandhakāravidhamanena ^b^paññāvadātato^eb^. Karavīkarutamañjutāya ^b^āpātharamaṇīyato,^eb^ pubbāparāviruddhasuvisuddhatthatāya ^b^vimaddakkhamato^eb^. Āpātharamaṇīyatāya eva ^b^suyyamānasukhato,^eb^ vimaddakkhamatāya hitajjhāsayappavattitāya ca ^b^vīmaṃsiyamānahitato^eb^ti evamattho veditabbo. ^b^Evamādīhī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena saṃsāracakkanivattanato, saddhammacakkappavattanato, micchāvādavidhamanato, sammāvādapatiṭṭhāpanato, akusalamūlasamuddharaṇato, kusalamūlasaṃropanato, apāyadvārapidhānato, saggamaggadvāravivaraṇato, pariyuṭṭhānavūpasamanato, anusayasamugghātanatoti evamādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhomukhaṭhapita^eb^nti kenaci adhomukhaṃ ṭhapitaṃ. ^b^Heṭṭhāmukhajāta^eb^nti sabhāveneva heṭṭhāmukhaṃ jātaṃ. ^b^Ugghāṭeyyā^eb^ti vivaṭaṃ kareyya. ^b^Hatthe^eb^^a^M1.0413^ea^^b^gahetvā^eb^ti ‘‘puratthābhimukho uttarābhimukho vā gacchā’’tiādīni avatvā hatthe gahetvā ‘‘nissandehaṃ esa maggo, evaṃ gacchā’’ti dasseyya. ^b^Kāḷapakkhacātuddasī^eb^ti kāḷapakkhe cātuddasī kāḷapakkhacātuddasī. ^b^Nikkujjitaṃ ukkujjeyyā^eb^ti ādheyyassa anādhārabhūtaṃ bhājanaṃ ādhārabhāvāpādanavasena ukkujjeyya. Heṭṭhāmukhajātatāya ^b^saddhammavimukhaṃ^eb^ adhomukhaṭhapitatāya ^b^asaddhamme patiṭṭhita^eb^nti evaṃ padadvayaṃ yathārahaṃ yojetabbaṃ, na yathāsaṅkhyaṃ. Kāmaṃ kāmacchandādayopi paṭicchādakā nīvaraṇabhāvato, micchādiṭṭhi pana savisesaṃ paṭicchādikā satte micchābhinivesanenāti āha ^b^‘‘micchādiṭṭhigahanapaṭicchanna’’^eb^nti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘micchādiṭṭhiparamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, vajjaṃ vadāmī’’ti. Sabbo apāyagāmimaggo ^b^kummaggo^eb^ kucchito maggoti katvā, sammādiṭṭhiādīnaṃ ujupaṭipakkhatāya micchādiṭṭhiādayo aṭṭha ^a^V1.0361^ea^ micchattadhammā ^b^micchāmaggo^eb^. Teneva hi tadubhayapaṭipakkhataṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘saggamokkhamaggaṃ ācikkhantenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sappiādisannissayo padīpo na tathā, ujjalo yathā telasannissayoti telapajjotaggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Etehi pariyāyehī^eb^ti etehi nikkujjitukkujjanapaṭicchannavivaraṇādiupamopamitabbappakārehi, etehi vā yathāvuttehi arasarūpatādīnaṃ attani aññathā paṭipādanapariyāyehi attano dibbavihāravibhāvanapariyāyehi vijjattayavibhāvanāpadesena attano sabbaññuguṇavibhāvanapariyāyehi ca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Desanānumodanakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 17
title: āsavakkhayañāṇakathā^desanānumodanakathā^pasannākārakathā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Pasannākāra^eb^nti pasannehi kātabbaṃ sakkāraṃ. ^b^Saraṇaṃ gacchāmī^eb^ti ettha iti-saddo luttaniddiṭṭhoti āha ^b^‘‘saraṇanti gacchāmī’’^eb^ti. Ettha hi nāyaṃ gamisaddo nīsaddādayo viya dvikammako, tasmā yathā ajaṃ gāmaṃ netīti vuccati, evaṃ ‘‘gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī’’ti vattuṃ na sakkā, ‘‘saraṇanti gacchāmī’’ti pana vattabbaṃ, tasmā ettha iti-saddo luttaniddiṭṭhoti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Saraṇa^eb^nti paṭisaraṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘parāyaṇa’’^eb^nti. Parāyaṇabhāvo ^a^M1.0414^ea^ ca anatthanisedhanena atthasampaṭipādanena ca hotīti āha ^b^‘‘aghassa tātā hitassa ca vidhātā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aghassā^eb^ti dukkhatoti vadanti, pāpatoti pana attho yutto, nissakke cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Saraṇanti gamanañcettha tadadhippāyena bhajanaṃ tathā jānanaṃ vāti dassento ^b^‘‘iti iminā adhippāyenā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^gacchāmī^eb^tiādīsu purimassa purimassa pacchimaṃ pacchimaṃ atthavacanaṃ. ^b^Bhajanaṃ^eb^ vā saraṇādhippāyena upasaṅkamanaṃ, ^b^sevanā^eb^ santikāvacaratā, ^b^payirupāsanaṃ^eb^ vattappaṭivattakaraṇena upaṭṭhānanti evaṃ sabbathāpi anaññasaraṇataṃyeva dīpeti. ^b^Gacchāmī^eb^ti padassa kathaṃ bujjhāmīti ayamattho labbhatīti āha ^b^‘‘yesaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhigatamagge sacchikatanirodhe^eb^ti padadvayenapi phalaṭṭhā eva dassitā, na maggaṭṭhāti te dassento ^b^‘‘yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamāne cā’’^eb^ti āha. Nanu ca kalyāṇaputhujjanopi yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjatīti vuccatīti? Kiñcāpi vuccati, nippariyāyena pana maggaṭṭhā eva tathā vattabbā, na itare niyāmokkamanābhāvato. Tathā hi te eva ^b^‘‘apāyesu apatamāne dhāretī’’^eb^ti vuttā. Sammattaniyāmokkamanena hi apāyavinimuttasambhavo. ^b^Akkhāyatīti^eb^ ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ^a^V1.0362^ea^ ādiattho, pakārattho vā. Tena ‘‘yāvatā, bhikkhave, dhammā saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatā vā, virāgo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’ti (itivu. 90; a. ni. 4.34) ^b^suttapadaṃ^eb^ saṅgaṇhāti, ^b^‘‘vitthāro’’^eb^ti vā iminā. Ettha ca ariyamaggo niyyānikatāya, nibbānaṃ tassa tadatthasiddhihetutāyāti ubhayameva nippariyāyena dhammoti vutto. Nibbānañhi ārammaṇapaccayabhūtaṃ labhitvā ariyamaggassa tadatthasiddhi, tathāpi ariyaphalānaṃ ‘‘yasmā tāya saddhāya avūpasantāyā’’tiādivacanato maggena samucchinnānaṃ kilesānaṃ paṭippassaddhippahānakiccatāya niyyānānuguṇatāya niyyānapariyosānatāya ca. Pariyattidhammassa pana niyyānadhammasamadhigamahetutāyāti iminā pariyāyena vuttanayena dhammabhāvo labbhati eva, svāyamattho pāṭhāruḷho evāti dassento ^b^‘‘na kevala’’^eb^ntiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Rāgavirāgoti maggo kathito^eb^ti kāmarāgo bhavarāgoti evamādibhedo sabbopi rāgo virajjati pahīyati etenāti rāgavirāgoti maggo kathito. ^b^Anejamasokanti phala^eb^nti ejāsaṅkhātāya taṇhāya ^a^M1.0415^ea^ antonijjhānalakkhaṇassa sokassa ca taduppattiyaṃ sabbaso parikkhīṇattā anejamasokanti phalaṃ kathitaṃ. ^b^Appaṭikūla^eb^nti avirodhadīpanato kenaci aviruddhaṃ, iṭṭhaṃ paṇītanti vā attho. Paguṇarūpena pavattitattā, pakaṭṭhaguṇavibhāvanato vā ^b^paguṇaṃ^eb^. Yathāha ‘‘vihiṃsasaññī paguṇaṃ nabhāsiṃ, dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ manujesu brahme’’ti (ma. ni. 1.283; mahāva. 9). Sabbadhammakkhandhā kathitāti yojanā. ^b^Diṭṭhisīlasaṅghātenā^eb^ti ‘‘yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.324, 356; ma. ni. 1.492; 3.54) evaṃ vuttāya diṭṭhiyā ‘‘yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni, tathārūpehi sīlehi sīlasāmaññagato viharatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.324, 356; ma. ni. 1.492; 3.54; a. ni. 6.12) evaṃ vuttānaṃ sīlānañca saṃhatabhāvena, diṭṭhisīlasāmaññenāti attho. ^b^Saṃhato^eb^ti ghaṭito, sametoti attho. Ariyapuggalā hi yattha katthaci dūre ṭhitāpi attano guṇasāmaggiyā saṃhatā eva. ^b^Aṭṭha ca puggalā dhammadasā te^eb^ti purisayugaḷavasena cattāropi puggalavasena aṭṭheva ariyadhammassa paccakkhadassāvitāya dhammadasā. Tīṇi vatthūni saraṇanti gamanena tikkhattuṃ gamanena ca ^b^tīṇi saraṇagamanāni. Paṭivedesī^eb^ti attano hadayaṅgataṃ vācāya pavedesi.<br/><br/>[06]Pasannākārakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 18
title: desanānumodanakathā^pasannākārakathā^saraṇagamanakathā^^
content:
  [03]Saraṇagamanassa ^a^V1.0363^ea^ visayappabhedaphalasaṃkilesabhedānaṃ viya kattu ca vibhāvanā tattha kosallāya hotīti ^b^‘‘saraṇagamanesu kosallatthaṃ saraṇaṃ…pe… veditabbo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ tena vinā saraṇagamanasseva asambhavato. Tattha ^b^saraṇa^eb^nti padatthato tāva hiṃsatīti saraṇaṃ. Hiṃsatthassa hi sarasaddassa vasenetaṃ padaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, tasmā saraṇagatānaṃ teneva saraṇagamanena vaṭṭabhayaṃ cittutrāsaṃ kāyikaṃ dukkhaṃ duggatipariyāpannaṃ sabbampi dukkhaṃ hanati, vināsetīti attho. Ratanattayassevetaṃ adhivacanaṃ ^a^M1.0416^ea^. Atha vā hite pavattanena ‘‘sampannasīlā, bhikkhave, viharathā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.64) atthe niyojanena ahitā ca nivattanena ‘‘pāṇātipātassa kho pana pāpako vipāko, pāpakaṃ abhisamparāya’’ntiādinā ādīnavadassanādimukhena anatthato nivattanena sattānaṃ bhayaṃ hiṃsati, hitāhitesu appavattipavattihetukaṃ byasanaṃ apavattikaraṇena vināseti buddho. Bhavakantārauttaraṇena maggasaṅkhāto dhammo sattānaṃ bhayaṃ hiṃsati, itaro assāsadānena. Appakānampi dānavasena pūjāvasena ca upanītānaṃ sakkārānaṃ vipulaphalapaṭilābhakaraṇena sattānaṃ bhayaṃ hiṃsati saṅgho anuttaradakkhiṇeyyabhāvato, tasmā imināpi vibhajitvā vuttapariyāyena ratanattayaṃ saraṇaṃ. ‘‘Sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅgho’’ti evaṃ pavattaratanattayapasāadataggarukatāhi vidhutadiṭṭhivicikicchāsammohāssaddhiyāditāya vihatakileso tadeva ratanattayaṃ saraṇaṃ parāyaṇaṃ gati tāṇaṃ leṇanti evaṃ pavattiyā tapparāyaṇatākārappavatto cittuppādo ^b^saraṇagamanaṃ^eb^ saraṇanti gacchati etenāti katvā. Tena yathāvuttacittuppādena samannāgato satto saraṇanti gacchati, vuttappakārena cittuppādena ‘‘etāni me tīṇi ratanāni saraṇaṃ, etāni parāyaṇa’’nti evaṃ upeti bhajati sevati payirupāsati, evaṃ vā jānāti, bujjhatīti attho. Evaṃ tāva saraṇaṃ, saraṇagamanaṃ, yo ca saraṇaṃ gacchati, idaṃ tayaṃ veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saraṇagamanappabhede^eb^ pana duvidhaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ lokuttaraṃ lokiyañca. Tattha lokuttaraṃ diṭṭhasaccānaṃ maggakkhaṇe saraṇagamanupakkilesasamucchedanena ārammaṇato nibbānārammaṇaṃ hutvā kiccato sakalepi ratanattaye ijjhati. Atthato catusaccādhigamo eva hi lokuttarasaraṇagamanaṃ. Tattha hi nibbānadhammo sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena, maggadhammo bhāvanābhisamayavasena paṭivijjhiyamānoyeva saraṇagamanatthaṃ sādheti, buddhaguṇā pana sāvakagocarabhūtā pariññābhisamayavasena, tathā ariyasaṅghaguṇā. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘kiccato sakalepi ratanattaye ijjhatī’’ti ^a^V1.0364^ea^. Ijjhantañca saheva ijjhati, na lokiyaṃ viya paṭipāṭiyā asammohapaṭivedhena paṭividdhattā. Ye pana vadanti ‘‘na saraṇagamanaṃ nibbānārammaṇaṃ hutvā pavattati, maggassa adhigatattā pana adhigatameva hoti ekaccānaṃ tevijjādīnaṃ ^a^M1.0417^ea^ lokiyavijjādayo viyā’’ti, tesaṃ lokiyameva saraṇagamanaṃ siyā, na lokuttaraṃ. Tañca ayuttaṃ duvidhassapi icchitabbattā. Lokiyaṃ pana saraṇagamanaṃ puthujjanānaṃ saraṇagamanupakkilesavikkhambhanena ārammaṇato buddhādiguṇārammaṇaṃ hutvā ijjhati. Taṃ atthato buddhādīsu vatthūsu ‘‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā’’tiādinā saddhāpaṭilābho yathāvuttasaddhāpubbaṅgamā ca sammādiṭṭhi, dasasu puññakiriyavatthūsu diṭṭhijukammanti vuccati. Ettha ca ‘‘saddhāpaṭilābho’’ti iminā mātādīhi ussāhitadārakādīnaṃ viya ñāṇavippayuttasaraṇagamanaṃ dassitanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Sammādiṭṭhī’’ti iminā pana ñāṇasampayuttaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ dassitaṃ buddhasubuddhataṃ dhammasudhammataṃ saṅghasuppaṭipattiñca lokiyāvabodhavaseneva sammā ñāyena dassanato.<br/><br/>[03]Tayidaṃ lokiyasaraṇagamanaṃ catudhā pavattati attasanniyyātanena tapparāyaṇatāya sissabhāvūpagamanena paṇipātenāti. Tattha ^b^attasanniyyātanaṃ^eb^ nāma ‘‘ajja ādiṃ katvā ahaṃ attānaṃ buddhassa niyyātemi, dhammassa, saṅghassā’’ti evaṃ buddhādīnaṃyeva saṃsāradukkhanittharaṇatthaṃ attano attabhāvassa pariccajanaṃ. ^b^Tapparāyaṇatā^eb^ nāma ‘‘ajja ādiṃ katvā ahaṃ buddhaparāyaṇo dhammaparāyaṇo saṅghaparāyaṇoti maṃ dhārethā’’ti evaṃ tapparāyaṇabhāvo. ^b^Sissabhāvūpagamanaṃ^eb^ nāma ‘‘ajja ādiṃ katvā ‘ahaṃ buddhassa antevāsiko, dhammassa, saṅghassā’ti maṃ dhārethā’’ti evaṃ sissabhāvūpagamo. ^b^Paṇipāto^eb^ nāma ‘‘ajja ādiṃ katvā ‘ahaṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ buddhādīnaṃyeva tiṇṇaṃ vatthūnaṃ karomī’ti maṃ dhārethā’’ti evaṃ buddhādīsu paramanipaccakāro. Imesañhi catunnaṃ ākārānaṃ aññatarampi karontena gahitaṃyeva hoti saraṇagamanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Apica ‘‘bhagavato attānaṃ pariccajāmi, dhammassa saṅghassa attānaṃ pariccajāmi, jīvitaṃ pariccajāmi, pariccattoyeva me attā, pariccattaṃyeva me jīvitaṃ, jīvitapariyantikaṃ buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, buddho me saraṇaṃ leṇaṃ tāṇa’’nti evampi ^b^attasanniyyātanaṃ^eb^ veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Satthārañca vatāhaṃ passāmi, bhagavantameva passāmi, sugatañca vatāhaṃ passāmi, bhagavantameva passāmi, sammāsambuddhañca vatāhaṃ passāmi, bhagavantameva passāmī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.154) evaṃ mahākassapattherassa saraṇagamanaṃ viya ^b^sissabhāvūpagamanaṃ^eb^ daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘So ^a^M1.0418^ea^^a^V1.0365^ea^ ahaṃ vicarissāmi, gāmā gāmaṃ purā puraṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Namassamāno sambuddhaṃ, dhammassa ca sudhammataṃ. (saṃ. ni. 1.246; su. ni. 194);<br/><br/>[22]‘‘Te mayaṃ vicarissāma, gāmā gāmaṃ nagā nagaṃ…pe… sudhammata’’nti. (su. ni. 182) –<br/><br/>[07]Evampi āḷavakasātāgirahemavatādīnaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ viya ^b^tapparāyaṇatā^eb^ veditabbā. Nanu cete āḷavakādayo maggeneva āgatasaraṇagamanā, kathaṃ tesaṃ tapparāyaṇatāsaraṇagamanaṃ vuttanti? Maggenāgatasaraṇagamanehipi ‘‘sohaṃ vicarissāmi gāmā gāma’’ntiādinā (saṃ. ni. 1.246; su. ni. 194) tehi tapparāyaṇatākārassa paveditattā tathā vuttaṃ. Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati, pāṇīhi ca parisambāhati, nāmañca sāveti ‘‘brahmāyu ahaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo, brahmāyu ahaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo’’ti (ma. ni. 2.394) evampi ^b^paṇipāto^eb^ daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]So panesa ñātibhayācariyadakkhiṇeyyatāvasena catubbidho hoti. Tattha dakkhiṇeyyatāhetukena paṇipātena saraṇagamanaṃ hoti, na itarehi ñātibhayādivasappavattehi tīhi paṇipātehi. Seṭṭhavaseneva hi saraṇaṃ gayhati, seṭṭhavasena bhijjati, tasmā yo sākiyo vā koliyo vā ‘‘buddho amhākaṃ ñātako’’ti vandati, aggahitameva hoti saraṇaṃ. Yo vā ‘‘samaṇo gotamo rājapūjito mahānubhāvo avandiyamāno anatthampi kareyyā’’ti bhayena vandati, aggahitameva hoti saraṇaṃ. Yopi bodhisattakāle bhagavato santike kiñci uggahitaṃ saramāno buddhakāle vā –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Ekena bhogaṃ bhuñjeyya, dvīhi kammaṃ payojaye;<br/><br/>[22]Catutthañca nidhāpeyya, āpadāsu bhavissatī’’ti. (dī. ni. 3.265) –<br/><br/>[07]Evarūpiṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ anusāsaniṃ uggahetvā ‘‘ācariyo me’’ti vandati, aggahitameva hoti saraṇaṃ, samparāyikaṃ pana niyyānikaṃ vā anusāsaniṃ paccāsīsanto dakkhiṇeyyapaṇipātameva karoti. Yo pana ‘‘ayaṃ loke aggadakkhiṇeyyo’’ti vandati, teneva gahitaṃ hoti saraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ ^a^M1.0419^ea^^a^V1.0366^ea^ gahitasaraṇassa ca upāsakassa vā upāsikāya vā aññatitthiyesu pabbajitampi ñātiṃ ‘‘ñātako me aya’’nti vandatopi saraṇagamanaṃ na bhijjati, pageva apabbajitaṃ. Tathā rājānaṃ bhayavasena vandato. So hi raṭṭhapūjitattā avandiyamāno anatthampi kareyyāti. Tathā yaṃ kiñci sippasikkhāpakaṃ titthiyampi ‘‘ācariyo me aya’’nti vandatopi na bhijjati. Evaṃ ^b^saraṇagamanassa pabhedo^eb^ veditabbo.<br/><br/>[06]Saraṇagamanakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 19
title: pasannākārakathā^saraṇagamanakathā^saraṇagamanaphalakathā^^
content:
  [03]Ettha ca lokuttarassa saraṇagamanassa cattāri sāmaññaphalāni vipākaphalaṃ ariyamaggasseva lokuttarasaraṇagamananti adhippetattā. Sakalassa pana vaṭṭadukkhassa anuppādanirodho ānisaṃsaphalaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yo ca buddhañca dhammañca, saṅghañca saraṇaṃ gato;<br/><br/>[22]Cattāri ariyasaccāni, sammappaññāya passati.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Dukkhaṃ dukkhasamuppādaṃ, dukkhassa ca atikkamaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Ariyañcaṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, dukkhūpasamagāminaṃ.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Etaṃ kho saraṇaṃ khemaṃ, etaṃ saraṇamuttamaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Etaṃ saraṇamāgamma, sabbadukkhā pamuccatī’’ti. (dha. pa. 190-192);<br/><br/>[03]Apica niccato anupagamanādivasena petassa ānisaṃsaphalaṃ veditabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso, yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṃ niccato upagaccheyya, sukhato upagaccheyya, kañci dhammaṃ attato upagaccheyya, mātaraṃ jīvitā voropeyya, pitaraṃ jīvitā voropeyya, arahantaṃ jīvitā voropeyya, paduṭṭhacitto tathāgatassa lohitaṃ uppādeyya, saṅghaṃ bhindeyya, aññaṃ satthāraṃ uddiseyya, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.128; a. ni. 1.276).<br/><br/>[03]Lokiyassa ^a^M1.0420^ea^^a^V1.0367^ea^ pana saraṇagamanassa bhavasampadāpi bhogasampadāpi phalameva. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Ye keci buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatāse,<br/><br/>[27]Na te gamissanti apāyabhūmiṃ;<br/><br/>[26]Pahāya mānusaṃ dehaṃ,<br/><br/>[22]Devakāyaṃ paripūressantī’’ti.(dī. ni. 2.332; saṃ. ni. 1.37);<br/><br/>[03]Aparampi vuttaṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami…pe… ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca ‘sādhu kho, devānaminda, buddhasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti, buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena sukhena yasena ādhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi saddehi gandhehi rasehi phoṭṭhabbehī’’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.341).<br/><br/>[07]Esa nayo dhamme saṅghe ca.<br/><br/>[03]Apica velāmasuttādivasenapi saraṇagamanassa phalaviseso veditabbo. Tathā hi ^b^velāmasutte^eb^ (a. ni. 9.20) ‘‘karīsassa catutthabhāgappamāṇānaṃ caturāsītisahassasaṅkhyānaṃ suvaṇṇapātirūpiyapātikaṃsapātīnaṃ yathākkamaṃ rūpiyasuvaṇṇahiraññapūrānaṃ sabbālaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍitānaṃ caturāsītiyā hatthisahassānaṃ caturāsītiyā assasahassānaṃ caturāsītiyā rathasahassānaṃ caturāsītiyā dhenusahassānaṃ caturāsītiyā kaññāsahassānaṃ caturāsītiyā pallaṅkasahassānaṃ caturāsītiyā vatthakoṭisahassānaṃ aparimāṇassa ca khajjabhojjādibhedassa āhārassa pariccajanavasena sattamāsādhikāni satta saṃvaccharāni nirantaraṃ pavattavelāmamahādānato ekassa sotāpannassa dinnaṃ mahapphalataraṃ, tato sataṃ sotāpannānaṃ dinnadānato ekassa sakadāgāmino, tato ^a^M1.0421^ea^ ekassa anāgāmino, tato ekassa arahato, tato ekassa paccekasambuddhassa, tato sammāsambuddhassa, tato buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa dinnadānaṃ mahapphalataraṃ, tato ^a^V1.0368^ea^ cātuddisaṃ saṅghaṃ uddissa vihārakaraṇaṃ, tato saraṇagamanaṃ mahapphalatara’’nti pakāsitaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Yaṃ, gahapati, velāmo brāhmaṇo dānaṃ adāsi mahādānaṃ, yo cekaṃ diṭṭhisampannaṃ bhojeyya, idaṃ tato mahapphalatara’’nti (a. ni. 9.20) –<br/><br/>[03]Ādi. Evaṃ ^b^saraṇagamanaphalaṃ^eb^ veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Saraṇagamanaphalakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 20
title: saraṇagamanakathā^saraṇagamanaphalakathā^saraṇagamanasaṃkilesabhedakathā^^
content:
  [03]Tattha ca lokiyasaraṇagamanaṃ tīsu vatthūsu aññāṇasaṃsayamicchāñāṇādīhi saṃkilissati, na mahājutikaṃ, na ujjalaṃ aparisuddhaṃ apariyodātaṃ hoti, na mahāvipphāraṃ anuḷāraṃ. Ettha ca ^b^aññāṇaṃ^eb^ nāma vatthuttayassa guṇānaṃ ajānanaṃ tattha sammoho. ‘‘Buddho nu kho, na nu kho’’tiādinā vicikicchā ^b^saṃsayo. Micchāñāṇaṃ^eb^ nāma tassa guṇānaṃ aguṇabhāvaparikappanena viparītaggāhoti veditabbaṃ. Lokuttarassa pana saraṇagamanassa natthi saṃkileso. Lokiyassa ca saraṇagamanassa duvidho bhedo sāvajjo anavajjo ca. Tattha ^b^sāvajjo^eb^ aññasatthārādīsu attaniyyātanādīhi hoti, so aniṭṭhaphalo. ^b^Anavajjo^eb^ pana kālakiriyāya hoti. Lokiyañhi saraṇagamanaṃ sikkhāpadasamādānaṃ viya aggahitakālaparicchedakaṃ jīvitapariyantameva hoti, tasmā tassa khandhabhedena bhedo, so avipākattā aphalo. Lokuttarassa pana nevatthi bhedo. Bhavantarepi hi ariyasāvako aññaṃ satthāraṃ na uddisatīti. Evaṃ saraṇagamanassa ^b^saṃkileso^eb^ ca ^b^bhedo^eb^ ca veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Kasmā panettha vodānaṃ na gahitaṃ, nanu vodānavibhāvanāpi tattha kosallāya hotīti? Saccametaṃ, taṃ pana saṃkilesaggahaṇena atthato dīpitaṃ hotīti na gahitaṃ. Yāni hi tesaṃ saṃkilesakāraṇāni aññāṇādīni ^a^M1.0422^ea^, tesaṃ sabbena sabbaṃ anuppādanena uppannānañca pahānena vodānaṃ hotīti. Evamettha ‘‘saraṇaṃ saraṇagamana’’ntiādīnaṃ papañco veditabbo. Imassa pana yathāvuttapapañcassa idha avacane kāraṇaṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘so pana idha vuccamāno’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^saraṇavaṇṇanato^eb^ti sāmaññaphalasutte vuttasaraṇavaṇṇanato.<br/><br/>[06]Saraṇagamanasaṃkilesabhedakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 21
title: saraṇagamanaphalakathā^saraṇagamanasaṃkilesabhedakathā^upāsakattapaṭivedanākathā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Evaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0369^ea^^b^dhāretū^eb^ti evaṃ jānātūti attho. Ettha ^b^ko upāsako^eb^ti sarūpapucchā, tasmā kiṃlakkhaṇo upāsakoti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Kasmā^eb^ti hetupucchā. Tena kena pavattinimittena upāsakasaddo tasmiṃ puggale niruḷhoti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kasmā upāsakoti vuccatī’’^eb^ti. Saddassa hi abhidheyyapavattinimittaṃ tadatthassa tabbhāvakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Kimassa sīla^eb^nti kīdisaṃ assa upāsakassa sīlaṃ, kittakena sīlenāyaṃ sīlasampanno nāma hotīti attho. ^b^Ko ājīvo^eb^ti ko assa sammāājīvo. So pana micchājīvassa parivajjanena hotīti sopi vibhajīyati. ^b^Kā vipattī^eb^ti kassa sīlassa ājīvassa vā vipatti. Anantarassa hi vidhi vā paṭisedho vā. ^b^Sampattī^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ veditabba^eb^nti kathaṃ veditabbaṃ? Vuccate – ^b^ko upāsako^eb^ti khattiyādīsu yo koci tisaraṇaṃ gato gahaṭṭho. Saraṇagamanameva hettha kāraṇaṃ, na jātiādiviseso. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘yato kho, mahānāma, buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, dhammaṃ, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti. Ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako hotī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.1033).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kasmā upāsako^eb^ti ratanattayaupāsanato. Teneva saraṇagamanena tattha ca sakkaccakiriyāya ādaragāravabahumānādiyogena payirupāsanatoti vuttaṃ hoti. So hi buddhaṃ upāsatīti upāsako. Dhammaṃ, saṅghaṃ upāsatīti upāsako.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kimassa^eb^^a^M1.0423^ea^^b^sīla^eb^nti pañca veramaṇiyo. ^b^Veramaṇiyo^eb^ti cettha veraṃ vuccati pāṇātipātādīsu dussīlyaṃ, tassa mananato hananato vināsanato veramaṇiyo pañca viratiyo viratippadhānattā tassa sīlassa. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘yato kho, mahānāma, upāsako pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā, kāmesumicchācārā, musāvādā, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako sīlavā hotī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.1033).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ko ājīvo^eb^ti pañca micchāvaṇijjā pahāya dhammena samena jīvitakappanaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘pañcimā, bhikkhave, vaṇijjā upāsakena akaraṇīyā. Katamā pañca? Satthavaṇijjā sattavaṇijjā ^a^V1.0370^ea^ maṃsavaṇijjā majjavaṇijjā visavaṇijjā. Imā kho, bhikkhave, pañca vaṇijjā upāsakena akaraṇīyā’’ti (a. ni. 5.177).<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca ^b^satthavaṇijjā^eb^ti āvudhabhaṇḍaṃ katvā vā kāretvā vā yathākataṃ vā paṭilabhitvā tassa vikkayo. ^b^Sattavaṇijjā^eb^ti manussavikkayo. ^b^Maṃsavaṇijjā^eb^ti sūnakārādayo viya migasūkarādike posetvā maṃsaṃ sampādetvā vikkayo. ^b^Majjavaṇijjā^eb^ti yaṃ kiñci majjaṃ yojetvā tassa vikkayo. ^b^Visavaṇijjā^eb^ti visaṃ yojetvā saṅgahetvā vā tassa vikkayo. Tattha satthavaṇijjā paroparodhanimittatāya akaraṇīyā vuttā, sattavaṇijjā abhujissabhāvakaraṇato, maṃsavisavaṇijjā vadhahetuto, majjavaṇijjā pamādaṭṭhānatoti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kā vipattī^eb^ti yā tasseva sīlassa ca ājīvassa ca vipatti bhedo kopo pakopo ca, ayamassa vipatti. Apica yāya esa caṇḍālo ceva hoti malañca paṭikuṭṭho ca, sāpissa vipattīti veditabbā. Te ca atthato assaddhiyādayo pañca dhammā honti. Yathāha –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako upāsakacaṇḍālo ca hoti upāsakamalañca upāsakapaṭikuṭṭho ca. Katamehi pañcahi? Assaddho hoti, dussīlo hoti, kotūhalamaṅgaliko hoti, maṅgalaṃ pacceti, no kammaṃ ^a^M1.0424^ea^, ito ca bahiddhā dakkhiṇeyyaṃ pariyesati, tattha ca pubbakāraṃ karotī’’ti (a. ni. 5.175).<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca ^b^upāsakapaṭikuṭṭho^eb^ti upāsakanihīno. Buddhādīsu kammakammaphalesu ca saddhāvipariyāyo assaddhiyaṃ micchādhimokkho, yathāvuttena assaddhiyena samannāgato ^b^assaddho^eb^. Yathāvuttasīlavipattiājīvavipattivasena ^b^dussīlo^eb^. ‘‘Iminā diṭṭhādinā idaṃ nāma maṅgalaṃ hotī’’ti evaṃ bālajanaparikappitakotūhalasaṅkhātena diṭṭhasutamutamaṅgalena samannāgato ^b^kotūhalamaṅgaliko. Maṅgalaṃ paccetī^eb^ti diṭṭhamaṅgalādibhedaṃ maṅgalameva pattiyāyati. ^b^No kamma^eb^nti kammassakataṃ no pattiyāyati. ^b^Itobahiddhā^eb^ti ito sabbaññubuddhasāsanato bahiddhā bāhirakasamaye. ^b^Dakkhiṇeyyaṃ pariyesatī^eb^ti duppaṭipannaṃ dakkhiṇārahasaññī gavesati. ^b^Pubbakāraṃ karotī^eb^ti dānamānanādikaṃ kusalakiriyaṃ paṭhamataraṃ karoti. Ettha ca dakkhiṇeyyapāyesanapubbakāre ekaṃ katvā pañca dhammā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kā^eb^^a^V1.0371^ea^^b^sampattī^eb^ti sāva tassa sīlasampadā ca ājīvasampadā ca sampatti, ye cassa ratanabhāvādikarā saddhādayo pañca dhammā. Yathāha –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako upāsakaratanañca hoti upāsakapadumañca upāsakapuṇḍarīko ca. Katamehi pañcahi? Saddho hoti, sīlavā hoti, na kotūhalamaṅgaliko hoti, kammaṃ pacceti, no maṅgalaṃ, na ito bahiddhā dakkhiṇeyyaṃ pariyesati, idha ca pubbakāraṃ karotī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca catunnampi parisānaṃ ratijananaṭṭhena upāsakova ratanaṃ ^b^upāsakaratanaṃ,^eb^ guṇasobhākittisaddasugandhatāhi upāsakova padumaṃ ^b^upāsakapadumaṃ,^eb^ tathā ^b^upāsakapuṇḍarīko^eb^ ca veditabbo. Sesamettha vipattiyaṃ vuttavipariyāyena viññeyyaṃ. Evamidaṃ ‘‘ko upāsako’’tiādikaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ vitthārato veditabbaṃ. Imassa pana pakiṇṇakassa idha vitthāretvā avacane kāraṇaṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘taṃ atibhāriyakaraṇato’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ādimhī^eb^ti ^a^M1.0425^ea^ ādiatthe. ^b^Koṭiya^eb^nti pariyantakoṭiyaṃ. ^b^Vihāraggenā^eb^ti ovarakakoṭṭhāsena, ‘‘imasmiṃ gabbhe vasantānaṃ idaṃ panasaphalaṃ pāpuṇātī’’tiādinā taṃtaṃvasanaṭṭhānakoṭṭhāsenāti attho. ^b^Ajjata^eb^nti ajja icceva attho. ^b^Pāṇehi upeta^eb^nti iminā tassa saraṇagamanassa āpāṇakoṭikataṃ dassento ^b^‘‘yāva me jīvitaṃ pavattatī’’^eb^tiādīni vatvā puna jīvitenapahaṃ vatthuttayaṃ paṭipūjento saraṇagamanañca rakkhāmīti uppannaṃ tassa brāhmaṇassa adhippāyaṃ vibhāvento ^b^‘‘ahañhī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Pāṇehi upeta^eb^nti hi yāva me pāṇā dharanti, tāva saraṇaṃ upetaṃ, upento na vācāmattena na ekavāraṃ cittuppādanamattena, atha kho pāṇānaṃ pariccajanavasena yāvajīvaṃ upetanti evamettha attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhivāsetū^eb^ti sādiyatu, taṃ pana sādiyanaṃ manasā sampaṭiggaho hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sampaṭicchatū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kāyaṅga^eb^nti kāyameva aṅganti vadanti, kāyassa vā aṅgaṃ sīsādi kāyaṅgaṃ, sīsādi sarīrāvayavanti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Vācaṅga^eb^nti ‘‘hotu sādhū’’ti evamādivācāya aṅgaṃ avayavaṃ. Vācaṅgassa copanaṃ vācāya pavattanamevāti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Abbhantareyevā^eb^ti attano cittasantāneyeva. ^b^Khantiṃ cāretvā^eb^ti khantiṃ pavattetvā, ruciṃ uppādetvāti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Khantiṃ dhāretvā’’tipi pāṭho, uppannaṃ ruciṃ abbhantareyeva dhāretvā vacībhedena apakāsetvāti vuttaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ ^a^V1.0372^ea^ pana verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ aññāsi. Na hi tena sakkā bhagavato cittappavatti paccakkhato viññātuṃ, tasmā ‘‘bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā’’ti kasmā vuttanti ce? Kiñcāpi tena na sakkā cittappavatti paccakkhato viññātuṃ, tathāpi ākārasallakkhaṇakusalatāya anvayabyatirekavasena anumānato aññāsīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘sace me samaṇo gotamo’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ākārasallakkhaṇakusalatāyā^eb^ti cittappavattiākāravijānane chekatāya, adhippāyavijānane kusalatāyāti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Dasanakhasamodhānasamujjala^eb^nti dvīsu hatthesu dasannaṃ nakhānaṃ samodhānena ekībhāvena samujjalantaṃ. ^b^Añjali^eb^nti hatthapuṭaṃ. ^b^Paṭimukhoyevā^eb^ti abhimukhoyeva, na bhagavato piṭṭhiṃ dassetvāti attho. ^b^Vanditvā^eb^ti pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā.<br/><br/>[06]Upāsakattapaṭivedanākathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 22
title: saraṇagamanasaṃkilesabhedakathā^upāsakattapaṭivedanākathā^dubbhikkhakathā^^
content:
  [03]^b^16^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Susassakālepī^eb^ti ^a^M1.0426^ea^ sampannasassakālepi. ^b^Atisamagghepī^eb^ti atisayena appagghepi, yadā kiñcideva datvā bahuṃ pubbaṇṇāparaṇṇaṃ gaṇhanti, tādise kālepīti attho. Sāliādi dhaññaṃ ^b^pubbaṇṇaṃ,^eb^ muggamāsādi ^b^aparaṇṇaṃ^eb^. Dvidhā pavattaṃ īhitaṃ etthāti dvīhitikāti majjhapadalopībāhiratthasamāsoyamīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘dvidhā pavattaīhitikā’’^eb^ti. Īhanaṃ īhitanti īhitasaddoyaṃ bhāvasādhanoti āha ^b^‘‘īhitaṃ nāma iriyā’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^iriyā^eb^ti kiriyā. Kassa panesā kiriyāti āha ^b^‘‘cittairiyā’’^eb^ti, cittakiriyā cittappayogoti attho. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘cittaīhā’’^eb^ti. Kathaṃ panettha īhitassa dvidhā pavattīti āha ^b^‘‘lacchāma nu kho’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^lacchāma nu kho^eb^ti idaṃ duggatānaṃ vasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Jīvituṃ vā sakkhissāma nu kho, no^eb^ti idaṃ pana issarānaṃ vasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Bhikkhamānā^eb^ti yācamānā. ‘‘Duhitikā’’tipi pāṭho. Tatthāpi vuttanayenevattho veditabbo. Dvi-saddassa hi du-saddādesenāyaṃ niddeso hoti. Dukkhaṃ vā īhitaṃ ettha na sakkā koci payogo sukhena kātunti ^b^duhitikā,^eb^ dukkarajīvitappayogāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Du-sadde vā ukārassa vakāraṃ katvā dvīhitikāti ayaṃ niddesoti āha ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Byādhi rogo^eb^ti etāni ‘‘āturatā’’ti imassa vevacanāni. Tena setaṭṭikā nāma ekā rogajātīti dasseti. So pana rogo pāṇakadosena sambhavati. Eko kira pāṇako ^a^V1.0373^ea^ nāḷamajjhagataṃ gaṇṭhiṃ vijjhati, yena viddhattā nikkhantampi sālisīsaṃ khīraṃ gahetuṃ na sakkoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pacchinnakhīra’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vuttasassa^eb^nti vapitasassaṃ. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti verañjāyaṃ. Salākāmattaṃ vuttaṃ etthāti ^b^salākāvuttā,^eb^ purimapade uttarapadalopenāyaṃ niddeso. Tenāha ^b^‘‘salākā eva sampajjatī’’^eb^ti. Yaṃ tattha vuttaṃ vāpitaṃ, taṃ salākāmattameva ahosi, phalaṃ na jāyatīti attho. ^b^Sampajjatī^eb^ti ca iminā ‘‘salākāvuttā’’ti etthāyaṃ vuttasaddo nipphattiatthoti dasseti. ^b^Salākāyā^eb^ti veḷuvilīvatālapaṇṇādīhi katasalākāya. ^b^Dhaññavikkayakānaṃ santika^eb^nti dhaññaṃ vikkiṇantīti dhaññavikkayakā, tesaṃ samīpanti attho. ^b^Kayakesū^eb^ti dhaññagaṇhanakesu. ^b^Kiṇitvā^eb^ti gahetvā. ^b^Dhaññakaraṇaṭṭhāne^eb^ti koṭṭhāgārassa samīpaṭṭhāne, dhaññaminanaṭṭhāneti vuttaṃ hoti ^a^M1.0427^ea^. ^b^Vaṇṇajjhakkha^eb^nti kahāpaṇaparikkhakaṃ. ^b^Nasukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetu^eb^nti paggayhatīti paggaho, patto. Tena paggahena pattenāti attho, pattaṃ gahetvā bhikkhācariyāya yāpetuṃ na sakkāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘paggahena yo uñcho’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Nasukarā^eb^ti sukarabhāvo ettha natthīti nasukarā. ^b^Piṇḍāya caritvā^eb^ti piṇḍāya caraṇahetu. Hetuatthepi hi tvāsaddameke icchanti.<br/><br/>[03]Uttarāpathato āgatā, uttarāpatho vā nivāso etesanti uttarāpathakāti vattabbe niruttinayena ‘‘uttarāhakā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uttarāpathavāsikā’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Uttarāpathakā’’icceva vā pāḷipāṭho veditabbo. Keci pana ‘‘uttaraṃ visiṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ āharantīti uttarāhakā, uttaraṃ vā adhikaṃ agghaṃ nentīti uttarāhakā’’tiādinā aññena pakārena atthaṃ vaṇṇayanti. ^b^Assānaṃ uṭṭhānaṭṭhāne^eb^ti assānaṃ ākaraṭṭhāne. ^b^Verañja^eb^nti verañjāyaṃ. Bhummatthe hetaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. ^b^Mandira^eb^nti assasālaṃ. ^b^Assamaṇḍalikāyoti paññāyiṃsū^eb^ti parimaṇḍalākārena katattā assamaṇḍalikāyoti pākaṭā ahesuṃ. Evaṃ katānañca assasālānaṃ bahuttā bahuvacananiddeso kato. Dasannaṃ dasannaṃ assānaṃ vasanokāso ekekā assamaṇḍalikātipi vadanti. ^b^Addhānakkhamā na hontī^eb^ti dīghakālaṃ pavattetuṃ khamā na honti, na cirakālappavattinoti vuttaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Gaṅgāya dakkhiṇā disā appatirūpadeso, uttarā disā patirūpadesoti adhippāyenāha ^b^‘‘na hi te’’^eb^tiādi. Gaṅgāya dakkhiṇatīrajātā ^b^dakkhiṇāpathamanussā^eb^. ‘‘Amhākaṃ buddho’’ti evaṃ buddhaṃ mamāyantīti ^b^buddhamāmakā^eb^. Evaṃ sesesupi. ^b^Paṭiyādetu^eb^nti sampādetuṃ. ^b^Niccabhattasaṅkhepenā^eb^ti niccabhattākārena. ^b^Pubbaṇhasamaya^eb^nti idaṃ bhummatthe upayogavacananti āha ^b^‘‘pubbaṇhasamayeti^eb^^a^V1.0374^ea^^b^attho’’^eb^ti. Accantasaṃyoge vā idaṃ upayogavacananti dassetuṃ yathā accantasaṃyogattho sambhavati, tathā atthaṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘pubbaṇhe vā samaya’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Eva^eb^nti evaṃ pacchā vuttanayena atthe vuccamāne. Nanu ca vihāre nisīdantāpi antaravāsakaṃ nivāsetvāva nisīdanti, tasmā ‘‘nivāsetvā’’ti idaṃ kasmā vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘vihāranivāsanaparivattanavasenā’’^eb^tiādi. Vihāranivāsanaparivattanañca vihāre nisinnakāle nivatthampi puna gāmappavesanasamaye cāletvā ^a^M1.0428^ea^ ito cito ca saṇṭhapetvā sakkaccaṃ nivāsanamevāti veditabbaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘na hi te tato pubbe anivatthā ahesu’’^eb^nti. ^b^Pattacīvaramādāyā^eb^ti pattañca cīvarañca gahetvā. Gahaṇañcettha na kevalaṃ hattheneva, atha kho yena kenaci ākārena dhāraṇamevāti dassento yathāsambhavamatthayojanaṃ karoti ^b^‘‘pattaṃ hatthehī’’^eb^tiādinā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gatagataṭṭhāne^eb^ti assamaṇḍalikāsu sampattasampattaṭṭhāne. ^b^Udukkhale koṭṭetvā koṭṭetvā paribhuñjantī^eb^ti ettha kasmā pana te bhikkhū sayameva evaṃ katvā paribhuñjanti, kimevaṃ laddhaṃ kappiyakārakehi yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā pacāpetvā sayaṃ vā pacitvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭatīti āha ^b^‘‘therānaṃ koci kappiyakārako natthī’’^eb^tiādi. Kappiyākappiyabhāvaṃ anapekkhitvā bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ kātuṃ sāruppaṃ na hotīti vatvā puna akappiyabhāvampi dassento āha ^b^‘‘na ca vaṭṭatī’’^eb^ti. Bhājanādipariharaṇavasena bahubhaṇḍikatāya abhāvato vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sallahukavuttitā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sakaṃ sakaṃ paṭivīsa^eb^nti attano attano koṭṭhāsaṃ. ^b^Appossukkā^eb^ti samaṇadhammato aññattha nirussāhā. ^b^Tadupiya^eb^nti tadanurūpaṃ. ^b^Pisatī^eb^ti cuṇṇeti. Puññañāṇavisesehi kattabbakammassa manāpatā hotīti āha ^b^‘‘puññavatā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Na^eb^nti naṃ patthapulakaṃ. ‘‘Na tato paṭṭhāyā’’ti vacanato tato pubbe bhagavato piṇḍāya caraṇampi dassitanti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Laddhā^eb^ti labhitvā. ‘‘Laddho’’ti vā pāṭho, upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ neva laddhoti attho. Kadā pana thero upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ laddhoti? Vuccate (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.11; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.219-223) – ekadā kira bhagavā nāgasamālattherena saddhiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno dvedhāpathaṃ patto. Thero maggā ukkamma ‘‘bhagavā ahaṃ iminā maggena gacchāmī’’ti āha. Atha naṃ bhagavā ‘‘ehi bhikkhu, iminā gacchāmā’’ti āha. So ‘‘handa bhagavā tumhākaṃ pattacīvaraṃ gaṇhatha, ahaṃ iminā gacchāmī’’ti vatvā pattacīvaraṃ chamāyaṃ ṭhapetuṃ āraddho. Atha bhagavā ‘‘āhara bhikkhū’’ti vatvā pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā gato. Tassapi bhikkhuno itarena maggena ^a^V1.0375^ea^ gacchato corā pattacīvarañceva hariṃsu, sīsañca bhindiṃsu. So ‘‘bhagavā dāni me paṭisaraṇaṃ, na añño’’ti cintetvā lohitena gaḷantena bhagavato santikaṃ āgami. ‘‘Kimidaṃ bhikkhū’’ti ca vutte taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesi. Atha ^a^M1.0429^ea^ naṃ bhagavā ‘‘mā cintayi bhikkhu, etaṃ kāraṇaṃyeva te nivārayimhā’’ti vatvā samassāsesi.<br/><br/>[03]Ekadā pana bhagavā meghiyattherena saddhiṃ pācīnavaṃsamigadāye jantugāmaṃ agamāsi. Tatrāpi meghiyo jantugāme piṇḍāya caritvā nadītīre pāsādikaṃ ambavanaṃ disvā ‘‘bhagavā tumhākaṃ pattacīvaraṃ gaṇhatha, ahaṃ etasmiṃ ambavane samaṇadhammaṃ karomī’’ti vatvā bhagavatā tikkhattuṃ nivāriyamānopi gantvā akusalavitakkehi anvāsatto paccāgantvā taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesi. Tampi bhagavā ‘‘idameva te kāraṇaṃ sallakkhayitvā nivārayimhā’’ti vatvā anupubbena sāvatthiṃ agamāsi. Tattha gandhakuṭipariveṇe paññattavarabuddhāsane nisinno bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhave, idānimhi mahallako, ekacce bhikkhū ‘iminā maggena gacchāmā’ti vutte aññena gacchanti, ekacce mayhaṃ pattacīvaraṃ bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipanti, mayhaṃ nibaddhupaṭṭhākaṃ bhikkhuṃ jānāthā’’ti. Bhikkhūnaṃ dhammasaṃvego udapādi. Athāyasmā sāriputto uṭṭhāya bhagavantaṃ vanditvā ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tumheyeva patthayamāno satasahassakappādhikaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ pāramiyo pūresiṃ, nanu mādiso mahāpañño upaṭṭhāko nāma vaṭṭati, ahaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti āha. Taṃ bhagavā ‘‘alaṃ, sāriputta, yassaṃ disāyaṃ tvaṃ viharasi, asuññāyeva sā disā, tava ovādo buddhānaṃ ovādasadiso, na me tayā upaṭṭhākakiccaṃ atthī’’ti paṭikkhipi. Etenevupāyena mahāmoggallānaṃ ādiṃ katvā asītimahāsāvakā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Sabbe bhagavā paṭikkhipi.<br/><br/>[03]Ānandatthero pana tuṇhīyeva nisīdi. Atha naṃ bhikkhū āhaṃsu ‘‘āvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ yācati, tvampi yācāhī’’ti. Yācitvā laddhaṭṭhānaṃ nāma āvuso kīdisaṃ hoti, kiṃ maṃ satthā na passati, sace rocessati, ‘‘ānando maṃ upaṭṭhātū’’ti vakkhatīti. Atha bhagavā ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ānando aññena ussāhetabbo, sayameva jānitvā maṃ upaṭṭhahissatī’’ti āha. Tato bhikkhū ‘‘uṭṭhehi āvuso ānanda, uṭṭhehi, āvuso ānanda, dasabalaṃ upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ yācāhī’’ti āhaṃsu. Thero uṭṭhahitvā cattāro paṭikkhepe ca catasso ca āyācanāti aṭṭha vare yāci.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cattāro^eb^^a^M1.0430^ea^^b^paṭikkhepā^eb^ nāma ‘‘sace me, bhante bhagavā, attanā laddhaṃ paṇītaṃ cīvaraṃ na dassati ^a^V1.0376^ea^, piṇḍapātaṃ na dassati, ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ vasituṃ na dassati, nimantanaṃ gahetvā na gamissati, evāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti vatvā ‘‘kaṃ panettha, ānanda, ādīnavaṃ addasā’’ti vutte āha ‘‘sacāhaṃ, bhante, imāni vatthūni labhissāmi, bhavissanti vattāro ‘ānando dasabalena laddhaṃ paṇītaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjati, piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjati, ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ vasati, ekanimantanaṃ gacchati, etaṃ lābhaṃ labhanto tathāgataṃ upaṭṭhāti, ko evaṃ upaṭṭhahato bhāro’’’ti. Ime cattāro paṭikkhepe yāci.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Catasso āyācanā^eb^ nāma ‘‘sace, bhante bhagavā, mayā gahitaṃ nimantanaṃ gamissati, sacāhaṃ tiroraṭṭhā tirojanapadā bhagavantaṃ daṭṭhuṃ āgataparisaṃ āgatakkhaṇe eva bhagavantaṃ dassetuṃ lacchāmi, yadā me kaṅkhā uppajjati, tasmiṃyeva khaṇe bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamituṃ lacchāmi, tathā yaṃ bhagavā mayhaṃ parammukhaṃ dhammaṃ deseti, taṃ āgantvā mayhaṃ kathessati, evāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti vatvā ‘‘kaṃ panettha, ānanda, ānisaṃsaṃ passasī’’ti vutte āha ‘‘idha, bhante, saddhā kulaputtā bhagavato okāsaṃ alabhantā maṃ evaṃ vadanti ‘sveva, bhante ānanda, bhagavatā saddhiṃ amhākaṃ ghare bhikkhaṃ gaṇheyyāthā’ti. Sace bhagavā tattha na gamissati, icchitakkhaṇeyeva parisaṃ dassetuṃ kaṅkhañca vinodetuṃ okāsaṃ na lacchāmi, bhavissanti vattāro ‘kiṃ ānando dasabalaṃ upaṭṭhāti, ettakampissa anuggahaṃ bhagavā na karotī’ti. Bhagavato ca parammukhā maṃ pucchissanti ‘ayaṃ, āvuso ānanda, gāthā idaṃ suttaṃ idaṃ jātakaṃ kattha desita’nti. Sacāhaṃ taṃ na sampāyissāmi, bhavissanti vattāro ‘ettakampi, āvuso, na jānāsi, kasmā tvaṃ chāyā viya bhagavantaṃ na vijahanto dīgharattaṃ ciraṃ vicarī’ti. Tenāhaṃ parammukhā desitassapi dhammassa puna kathanaṃ icchāmī’’ti. Imā catasso āyācanā yāci. Bhagavāpissa adāsi. Evaṃ ime aṭṭha vare gahetvā nibaddhupaṭṭhāko ahosi.<br/><br/>[03]Tasseva ṭhānantarassa atthāya kappasatasahassaṃ pūritānaṃ pāramīnaṃ phalaṃ pāpuṇi, pāpuṇitvā ca upaṭṭhākānaṃ aggo hutvā bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahi. Thero hi upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ laddhakālato paṭṭhāya bhagavantaṃ duvidhena udakena tividhena dantakaṭṭhena pādaparikammena piṭṭhiparikammena gandhakuṭipariveṇasammajjanenāti evamādīhi kiccehi upaṭṭhahanto ‘‘imāya nāma velāya satthu idaṃ ^a^M1.0431^ea^ nāma laddhuṃ vaṭṭati, idaṃ nāma kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti cintetvā taṃ taṃ nipphādento mahatiṃ daṇḍadīpikaṃ gahetvā ekarattiṃ gandhakuṭipariveṇaṃ nava vāre anupariyāyati. Evañhissa ahosi ‘‘sace me thinamiddhaṃ okkameyya, bhagavati pakkosante paṭivacanaṃ dātuṃ nāhaṃ sakkuṇeyya’’nti. Tasmā sabbarattiṃ daṇḍadīpikaṃ hatthena na muñcati, evametassa nibaddhupaṭṭhākaṭṭhānassa ^a^V1.0377^ea^ aladdhabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘no ca kho upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ laddhā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nibaddhupaṭṭhāko nāma natthī^eb^ti niyatupaṭṭhāko nāma natthi. Aniyatupaṭṭhākā pana bhagavato paṭhamabodhiyaṃ bahū ahesuṃ, te dassento āha ^b^‘‘kadāci nāgasamālatthero’’^eb^tiādi. Ñāti ca so pasatthatamaguṇayogato seṭṭho cāti ^b^ñātiseṭṭho^eb^. ^b^Evarūpesu ṭhānesu ayameva patirūpo^eb^ti āpadāsu āmisassa abhisaṅkharitvā dānaṃ nāma ñātakeneva kātuṃ yuttataranti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mārāvaṭṭanāyā^eb^ti mārena katacittāvaṭṭanāya, mārānubhāvena sañjātacittasammohenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘āvaṭṭetvā mohetvā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tiṭṭhantu…pe… tampi māro āvaṭṭeyyā^eb^ti phussassa bhagavato kāle katupacitassa akusalakammassa tadā laddhokāsavasena upaṭṭhitattā. Vuttañhetaṃ ^b^apadāne^eb^ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Phussassāhaṃ pāvacane, sāvake paribhāsayiṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Yavaṃ khādatha bhuñjatha, mā ca bhuñjatha sālayo.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Tena kammavipākena, temāsaṃ khāditaṃ yavaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Nimantito brāhmaṇena, verañjāyaṃ vasiṃ tadā’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.88-89);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pariyuṭṭhitacitto^eb^ti pariyonaddhacitto, abhibhūtacittoti attho. ^b^Āvaṭṭitapariyosāne āgamiṃsū^eb^ti mārena āvaṭṭetvā gate pacchā āgamiṃsu. ^b^Avisahatāyā^eb^ti asakkuṇeyyatāya. ^b^Abhihaṭabhikkhāyā^eb^ti pacitvā abhihariyamānabhikkhāya. ^b^Nibaddhadānassā^eb^ti ‘‘ettakaṃ kālaṃ bhagavato dassāmā’’ti niccabhattavasena paricchinditvā ṭhapitadānassa. ^b^Appitavatthassā^eb^ti ‘‘idaṃ buddhassa catupaccayaparibhogattha’’nti vihāraṃ netvā dinnavatthuno. ^b^Na visahatī^eb^ti na sakkoti. ^b^Abhihaṭabhikkhāsaṅkhepenā^eb^ti abhihaṭabhikkhānīhārena ^a^M1.0432^ea^. ^b^Byāmappabhāyā^eb^ti samantato byāmamattāya pabhāya. Ettha ca anubyañjanānaṃ byāmappabhāya ca nippabhākaraṇaṃ antarāyoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘candimasūriyadevabrahmānampi hī’’^eb^tiādi. Anubyañjanānaṃ byāmappabhāya ekābaddhattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘anubyañjanabyāmappabhāppadesaṃ patvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sabbaññutaññāṇassa antarāyo^eb^ nāma ñeyyadhammesu āvaraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Assosi kho bhagavā udukkhalasadda^eb^nti kiṃ sayameva uppannaṃ udukkhalasaddaṃ assosīti ^a^V1.0378^ea^ ceti āha ^b^‘‘patthapatthapulakaṃ koṭṭentāna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Atthasañhita^eb^nti payojanasādhakaṃ. ^b^Anatthasañhite^eb^ti anatthanissite vacane. Ghātāpekkhaṃ bhummavacanaṃ. Yasmiñca yena ghāto nipphādīyati, tasseva tena ghāto kato nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘maggeneva tādisassa vacanassa ghāto samucchedoti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. Sāmiatthe vā bhummavacananti maññamāno evamāhāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vacanassa ca samugghāto tammūlakilesānaṃ samugghātenāti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Ākaroti attano anurūpatāya samariyādaṃ saparicchedaṃ phalaṃ nipphattetīti ākāro kāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘ākārehīti kāraṇehī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aṭṭhuppattiyutta^eb^nti paccuppannavatthuṃ nissāya pavattaṃ. ^b^Tāya pucchāya vītikkamaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā^eb^ti ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ bhikkhū’’tiādipucchāya tena bhikkhunā katavītikkamaṃ pakāsetvā, vītikkamappakāsanañca kimatthamidaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapetīti anujānanatthaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Natthi kiñci vattabba^eb^nti pubbe vuttanayattā na kiñci ettha apubbaṃ vattabbamatthīti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pubbe vuttameva hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sādhu sādhū^eb^ti idaṃ pasaṃsāyaṃ āmeḍitavacananti āha ^b^‘‘āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ sampahaṃsento’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dvīsu ākāresū^eb^ti dhammadesanasikkhāpadapaññattisaṅkhātesu dvīsu kāraṇesu. ^b^Ekaṃ gahetvā^eb^ti dhammaṃ vā desessāmāti evaṃ vuttakāraṇaṃ gahetvā. ^b^Evaṃdubbhikkhe^eb^ti evaṃ dukkhena labhitabbā bhikkhā etthāti evaṃdubbhikkhe kāle, dese vā. ^b^Dullabhapiṇḍe^eb^ti etasseva atthadīpanaṃ. Bhājanādipariharaṇavasena bahubhaṇḍikatāya abhāvato vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘imāya sallahukavuttitāyā’’^eb^ti. Ettakameva alaṃ yāpetunti uttari patthanābhāvato pana ^b^‘‘iminā ca sallekhenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Dubbhikkhaṃ vijita^eb^nti ettha hi bhikkhānaṃ abhāvo ^b^dubbhikkhaṃ^eb^ ‘‘nimmakkhika’’ntiādīsu viya. Bhikkhābhāvoyeva hi taṃnimittacittavighātānaṃ abhāvato bhikkhūhi ^a^M1.0433^ea^ vijito vase vattito. ^b^Lobho vijito^eb^ti āmisahetu ratticchedavassacchedasamuṭṭhāpako loluppādopi tesaṃ nāhosīti āmisalolatāsaṅkhāto lobho vijito. ^b^Icchācāro vijito^eb^ti ‘‘āmisahetu aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammappakāsanavasena guṇavaṇijjaṃ katvā jīvikaṃ kappessāmā’’ti evaṃ pavattaicchācārassa abhāvato yathāvutto icchācāro vijito. Cittuppādamattassapi anuppannabhāvaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘cintā vā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Punappunānusocanavasena pana cittapīḷāpi nāhosīti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘vighāto vā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ratticchedo vā^eb^ti sattāhakaraṇīyavasena gantvā bahi aruṇuṭṭhāpanavasena ratticchedo vā na kato sattāhakiccavasenapi katthaci agatattā. Sattāhakiccavasena vippavāsañhi sandhāya ratticchedoti ^a^V1.0379^ea^ aṭṭhakathāvohāro, tatoyeva ca ^b^vassūpanāyikakkhandhakavaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 199) ‘‘ayaṃ panettha pāḷimuttakaratticchedavinicchayo’’ti vatvā ‘‘dhammassavanatthāya animantitena gantuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’tiādinā sattāhakaraṇīyameva vibhattaṃ. ^b^Mahāaṭṭhakathāyampi^eb^ vuttaṃ ‘‘sattāhakiccena gantvā ekabhikkhunāpi ratticchedo vā na kato’’ti. Evañca katvā ratticchedo nāma sattāhakaraṇīyavasena hoti, na aññathāti ratticchedalakkhaṇañca kathitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ettha ca paccayavekallasaṅkhāte vassacchedakāraṇe sati ratticchedassapi vuttattā yattha vassacchedakāraṇaṃ labbhati, tattha sattāhakiccena gantumpi vaṭṭatīti siddhanti ^b^cūḷagaṇṭhipade majjhimagaṇṭhipade^eb^ ca vuttaṃ, taṃ suvuttaṃ vassūpanāyikakkhandhake vassacchedādhikāre –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassūpagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ gāmo corehi vuṭṭhāsi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yena gāmo tena gantu’’nti (mahāva. 201) –<br/><br/>[07]Ettha ‘‘sace gāmo avidūragato hoti, tattha piṇḍāya caritvā vihārameva āgantvā vasitabbaṃ. Sace dūragato, sattāhavārena aruṇo uṭṭhāpetabbo. Na sakkā ce hoti, tattheva sabhāgaṭṭhāne vasitabba’’nti (mahāva. aṭṭha. 201) iminā aṭṭhakathāvacanenapi saṃsandanato. Tathā hi gāme vuṭṭhite ^a^M1.0434^ea^ bhikkhāya abhāvato vassacchedepi anāpattiṃ vadantena bhagavatā ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yena gāmo tena gantu’’nti (mahāva. 201) vuttattā bhikkhāya abhāvo vassacchedakāraṇaṃ. Tattha ‘‘sace dūragato, sattāhavārena aruṇo uṭṭhāpetabbo’’ti (mahāva. aṭṭha. 201) idaṃ aṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ vassacchedakāraṇe sati sattāhakiccena gantumpi vaṭṭatīti imamatthaṃ sādheti.<br/><br/>[03]Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ^b^kenaci^eb^ –<br/><br/>[08]^b^‘‘Ratticchedo^eb^ti sattāhakiccaṃ sandhāya vutto, sattāhakaraṇīyena gantvā ratticchedo vā vassacchedo vā ekabhikkhunāpi na katoti vuttaṃ kira mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ, tasmā vassacchedassa kāraṇe sati sattāhakiccaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti eke. Vinayadharā pana na icchanti, tasmā aṭṭhakathādhippāyo vīmaṃsitabbo’’ti.<br/><br/>[07]Taṃ pana sayaṃ sammūḷhassa paresaṃ mohuppādanamattaṃ. Na hi vinayadharānaṃ anicchāya kāraṇaṃ dissati ^a^V1.0380^ea^ aṭṭhakathāya virujjhanato yuttiabhāvato ca. Yañhi kāraṇaṃ vassacchedepi anāpattiṃ sādheti, tasmiṃ sati vinā vassacchedaṃ sattāhakiccena gantuṃ na vaṭṭatīti kā nāma yutti. ‘‘Pacchimikāya tattha vassaṃ upagacchāmā’’ti idaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anurūpaparivitakkanapādīpanaṃ, na pana visesatthaparidīpanaṃ. Tathā hi dubbhikkhatāya vassacchedakaraṇasabbhāvato purimikāya tāva vassacchedepi anāpatti. Pacchimikāyaṃ anupagantukāmatāya gamanepi natthi doso pacchimikāya vassūpanāyikadivasassa asampattabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na kismiñci maññantī^eb^ti kismiñci guṇe sambhāvanavasena na maññanti. ^b^Pakāsetvā^eb^ti paṭiladdhajjhānādiguṇavasena pakāsetvā. ‘‘Pacchā sīlaṃ adhiṭṭhaheyyāmā’’ti vuttanayena kucchipaṭijaggane sati tathāpavattaicchācārassa aparisuddhabhāvato ājīvasuddhiyā ca abhāvato puna vāyamitvā saṃvare patiṭṭhātabbanti āha ^b^‘‘pacchā sīlaṃ adhiṭṭhaheyyāmā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kiṃ ida^eb^nti garahaṇavasena vuttaṃ. Sālitaṇḍulehi sampāditaṃ maṃsena upasittaṃ odanaṃ ^b^sālimaṃsodanaṃ^eb^. ^b^Atimaññissatī^eb^ti avaññātakaraṇavasena atikkamitvā maññissati, lāmakaṃ nihīnaṃ katvā maññissatīti vuttaṃ hoti ^a^M1.0435^ea^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘oññātaṃ avaññātaṃ karissatī’’^eb^ti. Heṭṭhā katvā nihīnaṃ katvā ñātaṃ ^b^oññātaṃ^eb^. ^b^Avaññāta^eb^nti tasseva vevacanaṃ. ^b^Svāya^eb^nti so ayaṃ janapado. ^b^Imāya paṭipattiyā^eb^ti verañjāyaṃ pūritāya sudukkarāya paṭipattiyā. ^b^Tumhe nissāyā^eb^ti tumhākaṃ imaṃ appicchapaṭipadaṃ nissāya. ^b^Sabrahmacārīsaṅkhātā^eb^ti chabbaggiyādayo vuttā. ^b^Tumhākaṃ antare nisīditvā^eb^ti tumhākaṃ majjhe nisīditvā, tumhehi saddhiṃ nisīditvāti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Omāna^eb^nti atimānaṃ. Atimānoyeva hettha nihīnatāya ‘‘omāna’’nti vutto, na pana hīḷetvā maññanaṃ. Tumhehi, ānanda, sappurisehi vijitaṃ sālimaṃsodanaṃ pacchimā janatā atimaññissatīti evamettha pāḷiṃ yojetvā atthaṃ vaṇṇayanti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yaṃ laddhaṃ, teneva tussitvā sālimaṃsodanapatthanāya chinnattā ca tumhehi vijitaṃ abhibhūtaṃ sālimaṃsodanaṃ pacchimā janatā tattha patthanaṃ chindituṃ asamatthatāya atimaññissatīti.<br/><br/>[06]Dubbhikkhakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 23
title: upāsakattapaṭivedanākathā^dubbhikkhakathā^mahāmoggallānassa sīhanādakathā^^
content:
  [03]^b^17^eb^^b^.^eb^ Āyasmāti vā devānaṃpiyāti vā bhadrabhavanti vā piyasamudācāro esoti āha ^b^‘‘āyasmāti^eb^^a^V1.0381^ea^^b^piyavacanameta’’^eb^nti. Viññujātikā hi paraṃ piyena samudācarantā ‘‘bhava’’nti vā ‘‘devānaṃpiyā’’ti vā ‘‘āyasmā’’ti vā samudācaranti, tasmā sammukhā sambodhanavasena āvusoti, tirokkhaṃ āyasmāti ayampi samudācāro. Tayidaṃ piyavacanaṃ garugāravasappatissavasena vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘garugāravasappatissādhivacanameta’’^eb^nti. Guṇamahattatāya mahāmoggallāno, na cūḷamoggallānassa atthitāyāti āha ^b^‘‘mahā ca so guṇamahantatāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pappaṭakoja^eb^nti pathavīsandhārakaṃ udakaṃ āhacca ṭhite mahāpathaviyā heṭṭhimatale samuṭṭhitaṃ udakoghena ajjhotthaṭe bhūmippadese sañjātakaddamapaṭalasadisaṃ atimadhurapathavīmaṇḍaṃ. ^b^Na me taṃ assa patirūpa^eb^nti taṃ anāpucchā karaṇaṃ na me anucchavikaṃ bhaveyyāti attho. Anāpucchā karontena ca yathā bhagavā icchiticchitaṃ kiñci anāpucchā karoti, evamahampīti bhagavatā samānaṃ katvā attānaṃ mānena kataṃ viya bhavissatīti ^a^M1.0436^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘yugaggāho viya bhagavatā saddhiṃ kato bhaveyyā’’^eb^ti. Parena hi saddhiṃ attānaṃ yugaṃ yugaḷaṃ samānaṃ katvā gāho, tassa mama vā ko visesoti gahaṇaṃ ^b^yugaggāho^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sampanna^eb^nti sampattiyuttaṃ. Sā panettha rasasampatti adhippetā sāmaññajotanāya visese avaṭṭhānato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sampannanti madhuraṃ sādurasanti attho’’^eb^ti. Tividhañhi sampannaṃ paripuṇṇasamaṅgīmadhuravasena. Tattha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Sampannaṃ sālikedāraṃ, suvā bhuñjanti kosiya;<br/><br/>[22]Paṭivedemi te brahme, na ne vāretumussahe’’ti. (jā. 1.14.1) –<br/><br/>[07]Idaṃ ^b^paripuṇṇasampannaṃ^eb^ nāma. Paripuṇṇampi hi samantato pannaṃ pattanti sampannanti vuccati. ‘‘Iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena upeto hoti samupeto upagato samupagato sampanno samannāgato’’ti (vibha. 511) idaṃ ^b^samaṅgīsampannaṃ^eb^ nāma. Samaṅgīpi hi sammadeva panno gato upagatoti sampannoti vuccati. ‘‘Tatrassa rukkho sampannaphalo ca upapannaphalo cā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.48) idaṃ ^b^madhurasampannaṃ^eb^ nāma. Tattha madhurasampannaṃ idhādhippetanti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Upapannaphalo^eb^ti bahuphalo. ^b^Assā^eb^ti pathaviyā heṭṭhimatalassa. ^b^Opammanidassanattha^eb^nti upamāya nidassanatthaṃ. ^b^Anīḷaka^eb^nti niddosaṃ. Niddosatā cettha makkhikādirahitatāyāti āha ^b^‘‘nimmakkhika’’^eb^ntiādi. Natthi ettha makkhikāti nimmakkhikaṃ. Makkhikāsaddena cettha makkhikaṇḍakampi sāmaññato gahitanti vadanti. Teneva ^b^tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu^eb^ vuttaṃ ‘‘nimmakkhikanti imassevatthaṃ pakāsetuṃ nimmakkhikaṇḍakanti vuttaṃ, makkhikāhi tāsaṃ aṇḍakehi ^a^V1.0382^ea^ ca virahitanti attho’’ti. Ayaṃ panettha amhākaṃ khanti ‘‘makkhikānaṃ aṇḍāni makkhikaṇḍāni, natthi ettha makkhikaṇḍānīti nimmakkhikaṇḍanti. Iminā makkhikānaṃ aṇḍehi rahitatā vuttā, ‘nimmakkhika’nti iminā pana makkhikānaṃyeva abhāvo vutto’’ti. ^b^Etaṃ kira madhū^eb^ti khuddakamakkhikāhi katamadhu. ^b^Sabbamadhūhī^eb^ti mahāmakkhikabhamaramakkhikādikatehi. ^b^Agga^eb^nti uttamaṃ. ^b^Seṭṭha^eb^nti pasatthatamaṃ. ^b^Surasa^eb^nti sobhanarasaṃ. ^b^Ojavanta^eb^nti accantamojasampannaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āyācanavacanameta^eb^nti iminā sampaṭicchanasampahaṃsanādiatthaṃ nivatteti. ^b^Ekaṃ hattha^eb^nti ekaṃ pāṇitalaṃ. ^b^‘‘Abhinimminissāmī’’^eb^ti vuttamatthaṃ pakāsetuṃ ^b^‘‘pathavīsadisaṃ karissāmī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ayaṃ nu kho pathavī, udāhu na aya^eb^nti iminā ^a^M1.0437^ea^ nimmitapathaviyā pakatipathaviyā ca sandissamānattā ‘‘esā nu kho amhākaṃ pathavī, udāhu aññā’’ti uppajjamānakukkuccaṃ dasseti. Nibaddhavipulāgamo gāmo ^b^nigamo,^eb^ pavattitamahāāyo mahāgāmoti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Na vā esa vipallāso^eb^ti pubbapakkhaṃ nidasseti. Kasmā panesa vipallāso na hotīti āha ^b^‘‘acinteyyo hi iddhimato iddhivisayo’’^eb^ti. Iddhibaleneva tesaṃ sattānaṃ tādiso vipallāso na bhavissatīti adhippāyo. Idāni aññathā vipallāsappaṭilābhaṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘evaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Garahantā^eb^ti sammukhā garahantā. ^b^Upavadantā^eb^ti parammukhā akkosantā.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu ca uttarakuruṃ piṇḍāya gamanaṃ paṭisedhetvā vipallāsampi sattā paṭilabheyyunti kāraṇaṃ na vuttaṃ, tasmā kimettha kāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘tattha kiñcāpī’’^eb^tiādi. Yadipi na vuttaṃ, tathāpi ‘‘vipallāsampi sattā paṭilabheyyu’’nti pubbe adhikatattā teneva kāraṇena piṇḍāya uttarakurugamanampi bhagavatā paṭisiddhanti viññāyati, tasmā tadeva kāraṇaṃ idhāpi gahetabbanti dassento āha ^b^‘‘pubbe vuttanayeneva gahetabba’’^eb^nti. ^b^Vipallāsampi sattā paṭilabheyyu^eb^nti idaṃ idha avuttampi ānetvā sambandhitabbanti adhippāyo. Atthopi cassa vuttasadisameva veditabboti. ‘‘Evaṃ pana vipallāsaṃ paṭilabheyyu’’ntiādinā pacchā vuttameva atthavikappaṃ sandhāya vadati. Yaṃ pana tattha vuttaṃ ‘‘te guṇe nibbattetvā dubbhikkhakāle pathaviṃ parivattetvā pappaṭakojaṃ paribhuñjiṃsū’’ti, taṃ apanetvā te guṇe nibbattetvā dubbhikkhakāle uttarakuruṃ gantvā piṇḍāya caritvā paribhuñjiṃsūti evamettha yojanā kātabbā. ^b^Ekena padavītihārenā^eb^ti ettha padassa vītiharaṇaṃ nikkhipanaṃ padavītihāro, padanikkhepo, tasmā ekena padanikkhepenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Ekena padavītihārena atikkamitabbaṭṭhānañca samagamanena ^a^V1.0383^ea^ dvinnaṃ padānaṃ antare muṭṭhiratanamattaṃ, tasmā. ^b^Mātikāmattaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā^eb^ti muṭṭhiratanappamāṇaṃ mātikāmattaṃ adhiṭṭhāyāti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Niṭṭhitā mahāmoggallānassa sīhanādakathā.


volume: 2
item: 24
title: dubbhikkhakathā^mahāmoggallānassa sīhanādakathā^vinayapaññattiyācanakathā^^
content:
  [03]^b^18^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vinayapaññattiyā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0438^ea^ pubbe apaññattasikkhāpadaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Thero hi paññattasikkhāpadāni ṭhapetvā idāni paññapetabbasikkhāpadāni pātimokkhuddesañca sandhāya ‘‘etassa bhagavā kālo, etassa sugata kālo, yaṃ bhagavā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapeyya, uddiseyya pātimokkha’’nti (pārā. 21) āha. Bhagavatāpi –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo, yena pubbe appatarāni ceva sikkhāpadāni ahesuṃ, bahutarā ca bhikkhū aññāya saṇṭhahiṃsu. Ko pana, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo, yena etarahi bahutarāni ceva sikkhāpadāni honti, appatarā ca bhikkhū aññāya saṇṭhahantīti. Evametaṃ, bhaddāli, hoti, sattesu hāyamānesu saddhamme antaradhāyamāne bahutarāni ceva sikkhāpadāni honti, appatarā ca bhikkhū aññāya saṇṭhahantīti. Na tāva, bhaddāli, satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapeti, yāva na idhekacce āsavaṭṭhānīyā dhammā saṅghe pātubhavantī’’ti –<br/><br/>[07]Imasmiṃ ^b^bhaddālisutte^eb^ (ma. ni. 2.145) viya ekaccesu paññattesupi tato paraṃ paññapetabbāni sandhāya ‘‘na tāva, sāriputta, satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapetī’’ti vuttaṃ. Idheva ca aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘sāmampi pacanaṃ samaṇasāruppaṃ na hoti, na ca vaṭṭatī’’ti vacanaṃ ‘‘ratticchedo vā vassacchedo vā na kato’’ti vacanañca pubbe paññattasikkhāpadānaṃ sabbhāve pamāṇanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sesasikkhāpadānañceva pātimokkhuddesassa ca therassa āyācanena paññattattā ^b^‘‘mūlato pabhuti nidānaṃ dassetu’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Rahogatassā^eb^ti raho janavivittaṃ ṭhānaṃ upagatassa. Tena gaṇasaṅgaṇikābhāvena therassa kāyavivekamāha. ^b^Paṭisallīnassā^eb^ti nānārammaṇacārato cittassa nivattiyā paṭi sammadeva nilīnassa tattha avisaṭacittassa. Tena cittasaṅgaṇikābhāvenassa pubbabhāgiyaṃ cittavivekamāha. ^b^Cira^eb^nti kālāpekkhaṃ accantasaṃyoge upayogavacanaṃ. ^b^Cirā^eb^ti cirakālayuttā ṭhiti abhedena vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0439^ea^^a^V1.0384^ea^^b^na sakkotī^eb^ti etaṃ vinicchinituṃ na sakkoti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayaṃ dassetvā idāni theravādaṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘mahāpadumatthero panā’’^eb^tiādi. Aṭṭhakathāyampi ‘‘na sakkotī’’ti idaṃ yasmā jānamānopi sammadeva paricchindituṃ na sakkoti, tasmā vuttanti vadanti. ^b^Soḷasavidhāya paññāya matthakaṃ pattassā^eb^ti ^b^majjhimanikāye anupadasuttantadesanāya^eb^ (ma. ni. 3.93) –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Mahāpañño bhikkhave sāriputto, puthupañño bhikkhave sāriputto, hāsapañño bhikkhave sāriputto, javanapañño bhikkhave sāriputto, tikkhapañño bhikkhave sāriputto, nibbedhikapañño bhikkhave sāriputto’’ti –<br/><br/>[07]Evamāgatā mahāpaññādikā cha, tasmiṃyeva sutte āgatā navānupubbavihārasamāpattipaññā, arahattamaggapaññāti imāsaṃ soḷasappabhedānaṃ paññānaṃ sāvakavisaye ukkaṭṭhakoṭippattassa.<br/><br/>[03]Kasmā panettha bhagavā vipassīādīnaṃ sattannaṃyeva buddhānaṃ brahmacariyassa ciraṭṭhitikāciraṭṭhitikabhāvaṃ kathesi, na buddhavaṃsadesanāyaṃ viya pañcavīsatiyā buddhānaṃ, tato vā pana bhiyyoti? Yesaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ paṭivedhasāsanaṃ ekaṃsato nicchayena ajjāpi dharati, na antarahitaṃ, te eva kittento vipassīādīnaṃyeva bhagavantānaṃ brahmacariyassa ciraṭṭhitikāciraṭṭhitikabhāvaṃ idha kathesi. Tesaṃyeva hi sāvakā tadā ceva etarahi ca suddhāvāsabhūmiyaṃ ṭhitā, na aññesaṃ parinibbutattā. Siddhatthatissaphussānaṃ kira buddhānaṃ sāvakā suddhāvāsesu uppannā uppattisamanantarameva imasmiṃ sāsane upakādayo viya arahattaṃ adhigantvā na cirasseva parinibbāyiṃsu, na tattha tattha sāvakā yāvatāyukaṃ aṭṭhaṃsūti vadanti. Apubbācarimaniyamo pana aparāparaṃ saṃsaraṇakasattāvāsavasena ekissā lokadhātuyā icchitoti na tenetaṃ virujjhatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^19^eb^^b^.^eb^ Asādhāraṇo hetu, sādhāraṇo paccayoti evamādivibhāgena idha payojanaṃ natthi, vipassīādīnaṃ pana brahmacariyassa aciraṭṭhitikatāya ciraṭṭhitikatāya ca kāraṇapucchāparattā codanāyāti āha ^b^‘‘hetu paccayoti ubhayametaṃ kāraṇādhivacana’’^eb^nti. Hinoti tena ^a^M1.0440^ea^ phalanti hetūti karaṇasādhanoyaṃ hetusaddoti āha ^b^‘‘tena tassa phala’’^eb^ntiādi. Kattusādhanopi hetusaddo no na yujjati hinoti phalassa hetubhāvaṃ upagacchatīti hetūti. Taṃ paṭicca eti pavattatīti taṃ kāraṇaṃ paṭicca tassa phalaṃ eti pavattati nibbattatīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kilāsuno^eb^^a^V1.0385^ea^^b^ahesu^eb^nti appossukkā ahesuṃ, nirussāhā ahesunti attho. Sā pana nirussāhatā na ālasiyavasenāti āha ^b^‘‘na ālasiyakilāsuno’’^eb^ti, ālasiyavasena kilāsuno nāhesunti attho. Tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘na hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ālasiyaṃ vā^eb^ti iminā thinamiddhavasappavattānaṃ akusalānaṃ abhāvamāha. ^b^Osannavīriyatā vā^eb^ti iminā pana ‘‘ālasiyābhāvepi antamaso annabhāranesādānampi sakkaccaṃyeva dhammaṃ desetī’’ti vacanato yassa kassacipi dhammadesanāya nirussāhatā natthīti dīpeti sabbesaṃ samakeneva ussāhena dhammadesanāya pavattanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘buddhā hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Osannavīriyā^eb^ti ohīnavīriyā, appossukkāti attho. ^b^Ussannavīriyā^eb^ti adhikavīriyā, mahussāhāti attho. ^b^Vegenā^eb^ti javena. Dhamme garu etesanti ^b^dhammagaruno^eb^. Dhamme gāravametesanti ^b^dhammagāravā^eb^. Vipassissa bhagavato kāle asīti vassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ sikhissa sattati vassasahassāni, vessabhussa saṭṭhivassasahassāni āyuppamāṇanti āha ^b^‘‘tesaṃ kira kāle dīghāyukā sattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Abhisamentī^eb^ti paṭivijjhanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Niddosatāyā^eb^ti vītikkamadosassa abhāvato. ‘‘Imasmiṃ vītikkame ayaṃ nāma āpattī’’ti evaṃ āpattivasena apaññapetvā ‘‘pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hotī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.8, 194) dhammadesanāvasena ovādasikkhāpadānaṃyeva paññattattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sattāpattikkhandhavasena āṇāsikkhāpadaṃ apaññatta’’^eb^nti. Channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ accayenāti pāṭhaseso daṭṭhabbo. Atha vā channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ osānadivasaṃ apekkhitvā ^b^‘‘sakiṃ saki’’^eb^nti vuttattā tadapekkhamidaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Sakalajambudīpe sabbopi bhikkhusaṅgho ekasmiṃyeva ṭhāne uposathaṃ akāsīti sambandho. Katamaṃ taṃ ṭhānanti āha ^b^‘‘bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā’’^eb^tiādi. Isipatanaṃ ^a^M1.0441^ea^ tena samayena khemaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ hoti, migānaṃ pana abhayavāsatthāya dinnattā migadāyoti vuccati. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kheme migadāye’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abbokiṇṇāni dasapi vīsatipi bhikkhusahassāni vasantī^eb^ti visabhāgapuggalehi asaṃsaṭṭhāni dasapi vīsatipi bhikkhūnaṃ sahassāni vasanti. ^b^Dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana ‘‘te sabbepi dvādasasahassabhikkhugaṇhanakā mahāvihārā abhayagiricetiyapabbatacittalapabbatavihārasadisā ca ahesu’’nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Uposathārocikā^eb^ti uposathārocanakā. Tā kira devatā ekamhi vasse nikkhante tattha tattha gantvā ārocenti ‘‘nikkhantaṃ kho, mārisā, ekaṃ vassaṃ, pañca dāni vassāni sesāni, pañcannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena bandhumatī rājadhānī upasaṅkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyā’’ti. Tathā dvīsu vassesu nikkhantesu ‘‘nikkhantāni kho, mārisā, dve vassāni ^a^V1.0386^ea^, cattāri vassāni sesāni, catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena bandhumatī rājadhānī upasaṅkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyā’’ti ārocenti. Imināva nayena tīsu catūsu pañcasu vassesu atikkantesu ārocenti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mārisā ekaṃ vassaṃ atikkanta’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Sānubhāvā^eb^ti iddhānubhāvena sānubhāvā. ^b^Te kira bhikkhū^eb^ti ye devatānubhāvena gacchanti, te sandhāya vadati. ^b^Pācīnasamuddante^eb^ti pācīnasamuddassa samīpadese. ^b^Gamiyavatta^eb^nti gamikehi kātabbaṃ senāsanapaṭijagganādivattaṃ. ^b^Uposathagga^eb^nti uposathakaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Gatāva hontī^eb^ti devatānubhāvena gatā eva honti. ^b^Te^eb^ti attano attano ānubhāvena devatānubhāvena ca gatā sabbepi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khantī parama^eb^ntiādīsu (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.90; dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.185) parūpavādaṃ parāpakāraṃ sītuṇhādibhedañca guṇoparodhaṃ khamati sahati adhivāsetīti ^b^khanti^eb^. Sā pana sīlādīnaṃ paṭipakkhadhamme savisesaṃ tapati santapati vidhamatīti ^b^paramaṃ^eb^ uttamaṃ ^b^tapo^eb^. Titikkhanaṃ khamanaṃ ^b^titikkhā^eb^. Khantiyāyevetaṃ vevacanaṃ. Akkharacintakā hi khamāyaṃ titikkhāsaddaṃ vaṇṇenti, tasmā evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo ‘‘titikkhāsaṅkhātā adhivāsanakhanti nāma uttamaṃ tapo’’ti. ^b^Nibbānaṃ paramaṃ vadanti buddhā^eb^ti bhavena bhavantaraṃ vināti bhavanikantibhāvena saṃsibbati, sataṇhasseva vā āyatiṃ punabbhavabhāvato phalena saddhiṃ kammaṃ vināti saṃsibbatīti ^a^M1.0442^ea^ vānanti saṅkhyaṃ gatāya taṇhāya nikkhantaṃ nibbānaṃ tattha tassā sabbaso abhāvato. Taṃ nibbānaṃ pana santapaṇītanipuṇasivakhemādinā sabbākārena paramanti vadanti buddhā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na hi pabbajito parūpaghātī^eb^ti yo adhivāsanakhantirahitattā paraṃ upaghāteti bādhati vihiṃsati, so pabbajito nāma na hoti pabbājetabbadhammassa apabbājanato. Catutthapādo pana tatiyapādasseva vevacanaṃ anatthantarattā. ‘‘Na hi pabbajito’’ti etassa hi ‘‘na samaṇo hotī’’ti vevacanaṃ. ‘‘Parūpaghātī’’ti etassa ‘‘paraṃ viheṭhayanto’’ti vevacanaṃ. Atha vā ^b^parūpaghātī^eb^ti sīlūpaghātī. Sīlañhi uttamaṭṭhena ‘‘para’’nti vuccati parasaddassa seṭṭhavācakattā ‘‘puggalaparoparaññū’’tiādīsu viya. Yo ca samaṇo paraṃ yaṃ kañci sattaṃ viheṭhayanto parūpaghātī hoti attano sīlavināsako, so pabbajito nāma na hotīti attho. Atha vā yo adhivāsanakhantiyā abhāvā parūpaghātī hoti, paraṃ antamaso ḍaṃsamakasampi jīvitā voropeti, so na hi pabbajito. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Pāpamalassa apabbājitattā anīhaṭattā. ‘‘Pabbājayamattano malaṃ, tasmā pabbajitoti vuccatī’’ti (dha. pa. 388) idañhi pabbajitalakkhaṇaṃ ^a^V1.0387^ea^. Yopi naheva kho upaghāteti na māreti, apica daṇḍādīhi viheṭheti, sopi paraṃ viheṭhayanto samaṇo na hoti. Kiṃkāraṇā? Vihesāya asamitattā. Samitattā samaṇoti vuccatīti idañhi samaṇalakkhaṇaṃ. ‘‘Samitattā hi pāpānaṃ, samaṇoti pavuccatī’’ti (dha. pa. 265) hi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Apica bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisanto pātimokkhakathāya ca sīlappadhānattā sīlassa ca visesato doso paṭipakkhoti tassa niggaṇhanavidhiṃ dassetuṃ ādito ^b^‘‘khantī paramaṃ tapo’’^eb^ti āha. Tena aniṭṭhassa paṭihananūpāyo vutto, titikkhāggahaṇena pana iṭṭhassa, tadubhayenapi uppannaṃ aratiṃ uppannaṃ ratiṃ abhibhuyya viharatīti ayamattho dassito. Taṇhāvānassa vūpasamanato nibbānaṃ paramaṃ vadanti buddhā. Tattha khantiggahaṇena payogavipattiyā abhāvo dassito, titikkhāggahaṇena āsayavipattiyā abhāvo. Tathā khantiggahaṇena parāparādhasahatā, titikkhāggahaṇena paresu anaparajjhanā dassitā. Evaṃ kāraṇamukhena anvayato pātimokkhaṃ dassetvā idāni byatirekato ^a^M1.0443^ea^ taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘na hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tena yathā sattānaṃ jīvitā voropanaṃ paraṃ pāṇileḍḍudaṇḍādīhi viheṭhanañca ‘‘parūpaghāto paraṃ viheṭhana’’nti vuccati, evaṃ tesaṃ sāpateyyāvaharaṇaṃ parāmasanaṃ visaṃvādanaṃ aññamaññabhedanaṃ pharusavacanena mammaghaṭṭanaṃ niratthakavippalāpo parasantakābhijjhānaṃ ucchedacintanaṃ micchābhinivesanañca upaghāto paraviheṭhanañca hotīti yassa kassaci akusalassa kammapathassa kammassa ca karaṇena pabbajito samaṇo ca na hotīti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Dutiyagāthāya ^b^sabbapāpassā^eb^ti sabbākusalassa sabbassapi dvādasākusalassa sabbacittuppādasaṅgahitassa sāvajjadhammassa. ^b^Akaraṇa^eb^nti anuppādanaṃ. Karaṇañhi nāma tassa attano santāne uppādananti tappaṭikkhepato akaraṇaṃ anuppādanaṃ. ^b^Kusalassā^eb^ti catubhūmikakusalassa. ‘‘Kusalassā’’ti hi idaṃ ‘‘etaṃ buddhāna sāsana’’nti vakkhamānattā ariyamaggadhamme tesañca sambhārabhūte tebhūmikakusale dhamme bodheti. ^b^Upasampadā^eb^ti upasampādanaṃ. Taṃ pana atthato tassa kusalassa samadhigamo paṭilābho. ^b^Sacittapariyodapana^eb^nti attano cittassa jotanaṃ cittassa pabhassarabhāvakaraṇaṃ sabbaso parisodhanaṃ. Taṃ pana arahattena hoti. Ettha ca yasmā aggamaggasamaṅgino cittaṃ sabbaso pariyodapīyati nāma, aggaphalakkhaṇe pana pariyodapitaṃ hoti puna pariyodapetabbatāya abhāvato, tasmā pariniṭṭhitapariyodapanataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘taṃ pana arahattena hotī’’ti. Iti sīlasaṃvarena sabbapāpaṃ pahāya lokiyalokuttarāhi samathavipassanāhi ^a^V1.0388^ea^ kusalaṃ sampādetvā arahattaphalena cittaṃ pariyodapetabbanti etaṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ ovādo anusiṭṭhi.<br/><br/>[03]Tatiyagāthāya ^b^anupavādo^eb^ti vācāya kassaci anupavadanaṃ. ^b^Anupaghāto^eb^ti kāyena manasā ca kassaci upaghātākaraṇaṃ manasāpi paresaṃ anatthacintanādivasena upaghātakaraṇassa vajjetabbattā. ^b^Pātimokkhe^eb^ti yaṃ taṃ pātimokkhaṃ atipamokkhaṃ uttamaṃ sīlaṃ, pāti vā sugatibhayehi mokkheti duggatibhayehi, yo vā naṃ pāti, taṃ mokkhetīti pātimokkhanti vuccati, tasmiṃ pātimokkhe ca. ^b^Saṃvaro^eb^ti sattannaṃ āpattikkhandhānaṃ avītikkamalakkhaṇo saṃvaro. ^b^Mattaññutā^eb^ti bhojane mattaññutā paṭiggahaṇaparibhogavasena pamāṇaññutā. ^b^Pantañca sayanāsana^eb^nti janasaṅghaṭṭavirahitaṃ nijjanasambādhaṃ vivittaṃ senāsanañca. Ettha dvīhiyeva ^a^M1.0444^ea^ paccayehi catupaccayasantoso dīpitoti veditabbo paccayasantosasāmaññena itaradvayassapi lakkhaṇahāranayena jotitabhāvato. ^b^Adhicitte ca āyogo^eb^ti vipassanāpādakaṃ aṭṭhasamāpatticittaṃ adhicittaṃ, tatopi ca maggaphalacittameva adhicittaṃ, tasmiṃ yathāvutte adhicitte āyogo ca, anuyogoti attho. ^b^Etaṃ buddhāna sāsana^eb^nti etaṃ parassa anupavadanaṃ anupaghātanaṃ pātimokkhe saṃvaro paṭiggahaṇaparibhogesu mattaññutā vivittasenāsanasevanaṃ adhicittānuyogo ca buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ ovādo anusiṭṭhi.<br/><br/>[03]Imā pana sabbabuddhānaṃ pātimokkhuddesagāthā hontīti veditabbā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘eteneva upāyenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Yāva sāsanapariyantā^eb^ti dharamānakabuddhānaṃ anusāsanapariyantaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, yāva buddhā dharanti, tāva uddisitabbataṃ āgacchantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Ovādapātimokkhañhi buddhāyeva uddisanti, na sāvakā. Paṭhamabodhiyaṃyeva uddesamāgacchantīti sambandho. Paṭhamabodhi cettha vīsativassaparicchinnāti ^b^mahāgaṇṭhipade^eb^ vuttaṃ. Tañca heṭṭhā aṭṭhakathāyameva ‘‘bhagavato hi paṭhamabodhiyaṃ vīsativassantare nibaddhupaṭṭhāko nāma natthī’’ti kathitattā ‘‘paṭhamabodhi nāma vīsativassānī’’ti gahetvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Ācariyadhammapālattherena^eb^ pana ‘‘pañcacattālīsāya vassesu ādito pannarasa vassāni paṭhamabodhī’’ti vuttaṃ. Evañca sati majjhe pannarasa vassāni majjhimabodhi, ante pannarasa vassāni pacchimabodhīti tiṇṇaṃ bodhīnaṃ samappamāṇatā siyāti tampi yuttaṃ. Pannarasattikena hi pañcacattālīsa vassāni pūrenti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana pannarasavassappamāṇāya paṭhamabodhiyā vīsativassesuyeva antogadhattā ‘‘paṭhamabodhiyaṃ vīsativassantare’’ti vuttanti evampi sakkā viññātuṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu ^a^V1.0389^ea^ ca kānici sikkhāpadāni paññapetvāpi na tāva āṇāpātimokkhaṃ anuññātaṃ pacchā therassa āyācanena anuññātattā, tasmā kathametaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘sikkhāpadapaññattikālato pana pabhuti āṇāpātimokkhameva uddisīyatī’’ti, yadipi kānici sikkhāpadāni paññapetvāva āṇāpātimokkhaṃ na anuññātaṃ, tathāpi apaññatte sikkhāpade āṇāpātimokkhaṃ natthi, kintu paññatteyevāti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sikkhāpadapaññattikālato pana pabhutī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Pubbārāme^eb^ti sāvatthiyā ^a^M1.0445^ea^ pācīnadisābhāge katattā evaṃladdhavohāre mahāvihāre. ^b^Migāramātupāsāde^eb^ti migāraseṭṭhino mātuṭṭhāniyattā migāramātāti saṅkhyaṃ gatāya visākhāmahāupāsikāya kārite pāsāde. ^b^Aṭṭhāna^eb^nti hetupaṭikkhepo. ^b^Anavakāso^eb^ti paccayapaṭikkhepo. Ubhayenapi kāraṇameva paṭikkhipati. ^b^Ya^eb^nti yena kāraṇena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tesa^eb^nti bhikkhūnaṃ. ^b^Sammukhasāvakānaṃ santike pabbajitā^eb^ti sabbantimānaṃ subhaddasadisānaṃ sammukhasāvakānaṃ santike pabbajite sandhāya vadati. Khattiyakulādivaseneva vividhā kulāti sambandho. ^b^Uccanīcauḷāruḷārabhogādikulavasena vā^eb^ti uccanīcakulavasena uḷāruḷārabhogādikulavasena vāti yojetabbaṃ. Tattha khattiyabrāhmaṇavasena vā khattiyabrāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ vasena vā ^b^uccakulatā^eb^ veditabbā, sesānaṃ vasena ^b^nīcakulatā^eb^. ^b^Uḷāruḷārabhogādikulavasena vā^eb^ti uḷārataratamaupabhogavantādikulavasena. Uḷārātisayajotanatthañhi puna uḷāraggahaṇaṃ ‘‘dukkhadukkha’’ntiādīsu viya. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena uḷārānuḷārānaṃ gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Brahmacariyaṃ rakkhantī^eb^ti vuttamevatthaṃ pakāsetvā dassento āha ^b^‘‘ciraṃ pariyattidhammaṃ pariharantī’’^eb^ti. Apaññattepi sikkhāpade yadi samānajātiādikā siyuṃ, attano attano kulānugataganthaṃ viya na nāseyyuṃ. Yasmā pana sikkhāpadampi apaññattaṃ, ime ca bhikkhū na samānajātiādikā, tasmā vināsesunti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yasmā ekanāmā…pe… tasmā aññamaññaṃ viheṭhentā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Yadi evaṃ kasmā ciraṭṭhitikavārepi ‘‘nānānāmā’’tiādi vuttanti? Satipi tesaṃ nānājaccādibhāve sikkhāpadapaññattiyā eva sāsanassa cirappavattīti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Sikkhāpadapaññattivaseneva sāsanassa cirappavatti. Yasmā buddhā attano parinibbānato uddhampi vinetabbasattasambhave sati sikkhāpadaṃ paññapenti, asati na paññapenti, tasmāti veditabbo. Yathā kāyavacīdvārasaṅkhātaṃ viññattiṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā pavattamānampi cittaṃ tassāyeva viññattiyā vasena pavattanato ‘‘kāyavacīdvārehi pavatta’’nti vuccati, evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Yathā ta^eb^nti ettha ^b^ta^eb^nti nipātamattaṃ. ^b^Vaggasaṅgahapaṇṇāsasaṅgahādīhī^eb^ti ^a^V1.0390^ea^ sīlakkhandhavaggamahāvaggādivaggasaṅgahavasena mūlapaṇṇāsamājhamapaṇṇāsādipaṇṇāsasaṅgahavasena. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena saṃyuttādisaṅgaho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0446^ea^^b^vitakketha, mā evaṃ vitakkayitthā^eb^ti ettha ^b^eva^eb^nti yathānusiṭṭhāya anusāsaniyā vidhivasena paṭisedhanavasena ca pavattitākāraparāmasanaṃ, sā ca sammāvitakkānaṃ micchāvitakkānañca pavattiākāradassanavasena pavattati atthāanisaṃsassa ādīnavassa ca vibhāvanatthaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nekkhammavitakkādayo tayo vitakke vitakkethā’’^eb^tiādi. Ettha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena abyāpādavitakkāvihiṃsāvitakkānaṃ gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tattha nekkhammaṃ vuccati lobhato nikkhantattā alobho, nīvaraṇehi nikkhantattā paṭhamajjhānaṃ, sabbākusalehi nikkhantattā sabbo kusalo dhammo, sabbasaṅkhatehi nikkhantattā nibbānaṃ, upanissayato sampayogato ārammaṇakaraṇato ca nekkhammena paṭisaṃyutto vitakko ^b^nekkhammavitakko,^eb^ sammāsaṅkappo. So asubhajjhānassa pubbabhāge kāmāvacaro hoti, asubhajjhāne rūpāvacaro, taṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā uppannamaggaphalakāle lokuttaro. Byāpādassa paṭipakkho abyāpādo, kañcipi na byāpādenti etenāti vā abyāpādo, mettā. Yathāvuttena abyāpādena paṭisaṃyutto vitakko ^b^abyāpādavitakko^eb^. So mettājhānassa pubbabhāge kāmāvacaro hoti, mettābhāvanāvasena adhigate paṭhamajjhāne rūpāvacaro, taṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā uppannamaggaphalakāle lokuttaro. Vihiṃsāya paṭipakkhā, na vihiṃsanti vā etāya satteti avihiṃsā, karuṇā. Tāya paṭisaṃyutto vitakko ^b^avihiṃsāvitakko^eb^. So karuṇājhānassa pubbabhāge kāmāvacaro, karuṇābhāvanāvasena adhigate paṭhamajjhāne rūpāvacaro, taṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā uppannamaggaphalakāle lokuttaro.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu ca alobhādosāmohānaṃ aññamaññāvirahato nesaṃ vasena uppajjanakānaṃ imesaṃ nekkhammavitakkādīnaṃ aññamaññaṃ asaṅkarato vavatthānaṃ na hotīti? No na hoti. Yadā hi alobho padhāno hoti niyamitapariṇatasamudācārādivasena, tadā itare dve tadanvāyikā bhavanti. Tathā hi yadā alobhappadhāno nekkhammagaruko cittuppādo hoti, tadā laddhāvasaro nekkhammavitakko patiṭṭhahati. Taṃsampayuttassa pana adosalakkhaṇassa abyāpādassa vasena yo tasseva abyāpādavitakkabhāvo sambhaveyya, sati ca abyāpādavitakkabhāve kassacipi aviheṭhanajātikatāya avihiṃsāvitakkabhāvo ca sambhaveyya. Te itare ^a^M1.0447^ea^ dve tasseva nekkhammavitakkassa anugāmino sarūpato adissanato tasmiṃ sati honti, asati na hontīti anumāneyyā bhavanti. Evameva yadā mettāpadhāno cittuppādo hoti, tadā itare dve tadanvāyikā ^a^V1.0391^ea^ bhavanti. Yadā karuṇāpadhāno cittuppādo hoti, tadā itare dve tadanvāyikā bhavanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāmavitakkādayo^eb^ti ettha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena byāpādavitakkavihiṃsāvitakkānaṃ gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tattha kāmapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko ^b^kāmavitakko^eb^. Ettha hi dve kāmā vatthukāmo ca kilesakāmo ca. Tattha vatthukāmapakkhe ārammaṇavasena kāmehi paṭisaṃyutto vitakko kāmavitakko, kilesakāmapakkhe pana sampayogavasena kāmena paṭisaṃyuttoti yojetabbaṃ. Byāpādapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko ^b^byāpādavitakko^eb^. Vihiṃsāpaṭisaṃyutto vitakko ^b^vihiṃsāvitakko^eb^. Tesu dve sattesupi saṅkhāresupi uppajjanti. Kāmavitakko hi piye manāpe satte vā saṅkhāre vā vitakkentassa uppajjati, byāpādavitakko appiye amanāpe satte vā saṅkhāre vā kujjhitvā olokanakālato paṭṭhāya yāva vināsanā uppajjati, vihiṃsāvitakko saṅkhāresu nuppajjati. Saṅkhāro hi dukkhāpetabbo nāma natthi, ‘‘ime sattā haññantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinassantu vā mā vā ahesu’’nti cintanakāle pana sattesu uppajjati. Atha kasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘saṅkhāro dukkhāpetabbo nāma natthī’’ti, nanu ye dukkhāpetabbāti icchitā sattasaññitā, tepi atthato saṅkhārā evāti? Saccametaṃ, te pana indriyabaddhā saviññāṇakatāya dukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, tasmā te vihiṃsāvitakkassa visayā icchitā sattasaññitā. Ye pana na dukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti vuttalakkhaṇāyogato, te sandhāya ‘‘vihiṃsāvitakko saṅkhāresu nuppajjatī’’ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsū^eb^ti ettha ^b^āsavehī^eb^ti katthuatthe karaṇaniddeso, ^b^cittānī^eb^ti paccattabahuvacanaṃ, ^b^vimucciṃsū^eb^ti kammasādhanaṃ, tasmā āsavehi kattubhūtehi anupādāya ārammaṇavasena aggahetvā cittāni vimuccitānīti evamettha attho gahetabboti āha ^b^‘‘tesañhi cittānī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Yehi āsavehī^eb^ti etthāpi kattuatthe eva karaṇaniddeso. ^b^Vimucciṃsū^eb^ti kammasādhanaṃ. ^b^Na te^eb^^a^M1.0448^ea^^b^tāni gahetvā vimucciṃsū^eb^ti te āsavā tāni cittāni ārammaṇavasena na gahetvā vimucciṃsu vimocesuṃ. Ettha hi ^b^cittānī^eb^ti upayogabahuvacanaṃ, ^b^vimucciṃsū^eb^ti kattusādhanaṃ. ^b^Anuppādanirodhena nirujjhamānā^eb^ti āyatiṃ anuppattisaṅkhātena nirodhena nirujjhamānā āsavā. ^b^Aggahetvā vimucciṃsū^eb^ti ārammaṇakaraṇavasena aggahetvā cittāni vimocesuṃ. ^b^Vikasitacittā ahesu^eb^nti sātisayañāṇarasmisamphassena samphullacittā ahesuṃ. ^b^Purimavacanāpekkha^eb^nti ‘‘aññatarasmiṃ bhiṃsanake vanasaṇḍe’’ti vuttavacanāpekkhaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yaṃ vuttaṃ aññatarasmiṃ bhiṃsanake vanasaṇḍeti, tatrā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kata^eb^nti bhāvasādhanavāci idaṃ padanti āha ^b^‘‘bhiṃsanakatasmiṃ^eb^^a^V1.0392^ea^^b^hoti, bhiṃsanakakiriyāyā’’^eb^ti. Bhiṃsanassa karaṇaṃ kiriyā bhiṃsanakataṃ, tasmiṃ ^b^bhiṃsanakatasmiṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni aññathāpi atthayojanaṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādi. Imasmiṃ atthavikappe bhiṃsayatīti bhiṃsano, bhiṃsano eva bhiṃsanako, tassa bhāvo bhiṃsanakattanti vattabbe ta-kārassa lopaṃ katvā ‘‘bhiṃsanakata’’nti vuttanti dassento āha ^b^‘‘bhiṃsanakatasminti bhiṃsanakabhāveti attho’’^eb^tiādi. Yebhuyyaggahaṇaṃ lomavantavasenapi yojetabbaṃ, na lomavasenevāti āha ^b^‘‘bahutarānaṃ vā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Purisayugavasenā^eb^ti purisakālavasena, purisānaṃ āyuppamāṇavasenāti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Sabbapacchimako subhaddasadiso’’ti ^b^tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu^eb^ vuttaṃ. Tasmiṃ kāle vijjamānānaṃ dvinnaṃ purisānaṃ āyuparicchedaṃ sakalameva gahetvā ^b^‘‘satasahassaṃ…pe… aṭṭhāsī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Dveyeva purisayugānī^eb^ti ettha purisānaṃ yugappavattikālo purisayugaṃ. Abhilāpamattameva cetaṃ, atthato pana purisova purisayugaṃ. Dharamāne bhagavati ekaṃ purisayugaṃ, parinibbute ekanti katvā ‘‘dveyeva purisayugānī’’ti vuttaṃ. Parinibbute pana bhagavati ekameva purisayugaṃ asītiyeva vassasahassāni brahmacariyaṃ aṭṭhāsīti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^20^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sāvakayugānī^eb^ti sāvakā eva sāvakayugāni. ^b^Asambhuṇantenā^eb^ti apāpuṇantena. ^b^Gabbhaṃ gaṇhāpentassā^eb^ti sabbaññutaññāṇassa vijāyanatthaṃ ñāṇagabbhaṃ gaṇhāpentassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^21^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ko^eb^^a^M1.0449^ea^^b^anusandhī^eb^ti pubbāparakathānaṃ kiṃ anusandhānaṃ, ko sambandhoti attho. ^b^Sikkhāpadapaññattiyācanāpekkha^eb^nti yācīyatīti yācanā, sikkhāpadapaññattiyeva yācanā sikkhāpadapaññattiyācanā, taṃ apekkhatīti sikkhāpadapaññattiyācanāpekkhaṃ bhummavacanaṃ, yāciyamānasikkhāpadapaññattiapekkhaṃ bhummavacananti vuttaṃ hoti. Yācanavisiṭṭhā sikkhāpadapaññattiyeva hi ‘‘tatthā’’ti iminā parāmaṭṭhā, teneva vakkhati ‘‘tattha tassā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā’’ti. ^b^Yaṃ vutta^eb^nti ‘‘sikkhāpadaṃ paññapeyyā’’ti iminā yaṃ sikkhāpadapaññapanaṃ vuttaṃ, yācitanti attho. ^b^Tattha tassā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā^eb^ti tassaṃ yāciyamānasikkhāpadapaññattiyanti attho. ^b^Akāla^eb^nti sikkhāpadapaññattiyā akālaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āsavaṭṭhānīyā^eb^ti ettha adhikaraṇe anīyasaddoti āha ^b^‘‘āsavā tiṭṭhanti etesū’’^eb^tiādi ^a^V1.0393^ea^. Ke pana te āsavā, ke ca dhammā tadadhikaraṇabhūtāti āha ^b^‘‘yesu diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Diṭṭhadhammikā^eb^ parūpavādādayo, ^b^samparāyikā^eb^ āpāyikā apāyadukkhavisesā. Te āsavanti tena tena paccayavasena pavattantīti ^b^āsavā. Nesa^eb^nti parūpavādādiāsavānaṃ. ^b^Te^eb^ti vītikkamadhammā. Asati āsavaṭṭhānīye dhamme sikkhāpadapaññattiyaṃ ko doso, yenevaṃ vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘yadi hi paññapeyyā’’^eb^tiādi, vītikkamadosaṃ adisvā yadi paññapeyyāti adhippāyo. Parammukhā akkosanaṃ ^b^parūpavādo,^eb^ parehi vacanesu dosāropanaṃ ^b^parūpārambho,^eb^ sammukhā garahanaṃ ^b^garahadoso^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Kathañhi nāma paliveṭhessatīti sambandho, kathaṃ-saddayoge anāgatappayogo daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Anvāyiko^eb^ti anuvattako. ^b^Bhogakkhandha^eb^nti bhogarāsiṃ. ‘‘Amhākamete’’ti ñāyantīti ñātī, pitāmahapituputtādivasena parivaṭṭanaṭṭhena parivaṭṭo, ñātīyeva parivaṭṭo ^b^ñātiparivaṭṭo. Ghāsacchādanaparamatāya santuṭṭhā^eb^ti ghāsacchādane paramatāya uttamatāya santuṭṭhā, ghāsacchādanapariyesane sallekhavasena paramatāya ukkaṭṭhabhāve saṇṭhitāti attho. Ghāsacchādanameva vā paramaṃ paramā koṭi etesaṃ na tato paraṃ kiñci asāmisajātaṃ pariyesanti paccāsīsanti cāti ghāsacchādanaparamā, tesaṃ bhāvo ghāsacchādanaparamatā, tassaṃ ^b^ghāsacchādanaparamatāya santuṭṭhā. Tesu nāma ko^eb^ti yathāvuttaguṇavisiṭṭhesu ^a^M1.0450^ea^ tesu bhikkhūsu ko nāma. ^b^Lokāmisabhūta^eb^nti lokapariyāpannaṃ hutvā kilesehi āmasitabbattā lokāmisabhūtaṃ. ^b^Pabbajjāsaṅkhepenevā^eb^ti ‘‘pāṇātipātā veramaṇī’’tiādinā pabbajjāmukheneva. ^b^Eta^eb^nti methunādīnaṃ akaraṇaṃ. ^b^Thāma^eb^nti sikkhāpadānaṃ paññāpanakiriyāya sāmatthiyaṃ. ^b^Bala^eb^nti yāthāvato sabbadhammānaṃ paṭivedhasamatthaṃ ñāṇabalaṃ. ^b^Kuppeyyā^eb^ti kuppaṃ bhaveyya. Etassevatthassa pākaṭakaraṇaṃ ^b^na yathāṭhāne tiṭṭheyyā^eb^ti, paññattiṭṭhāne na tiṭṭheyyāti attho. ^b^Akusalo^eb^ti tikicchituṃ yuttakālassa aparijānanato akusalo acheko. Avuddhi ^b^anayo, byasanaṃ^eb^ dukkhaṃ. ^b^Paṭikaccevā^eb^ti gaṇḍuppādanato paṭhamameva. ^b^Sañchaviṃ katvā^eb^ti sobhanacchaviṃ katvā. ^b^Bālavejjo^eb^ti apaṇḍitavejjo. ^b^Lohitakkhayañca maṃ pāpetī^eb^ti vibhattivipariṇāmaṃ katvā yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Akālaṃ dassetvā^eb^ti sikkhāpadapaññattiyā akālaṃ dassetvā. ^b^Rogaṃ vūpasametvā^eb^ti phāsuṃ katvā. ^b^Sake ācariyake^eb^ti ācariyassa bhāvo, kammaṃ vā ācariyakaṃ, tasmiṃ attano ācariyabhāve, ācariyakamme vā. Nimittatthe cetaṃ bhummavacanaṃ. ^b^Viditānubhāvo^eb^ti pākaṭānubhāvo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vipulabhāvenā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0394^ea^ pabbajitānaṃ bahubhāvena. ^b^Sāsane ekacce āsavaṭṭhānīyā dhammā na uppajjantī^eb^ti yasmā senāsanāni pahonti, tasmā āvāsamacchariyādihetukā sāsane ekacce āsavaṭṭhānīyā dhammā na uppajjanti. ^b^Iminā nayenā^eb^ti etena padasodhammasikkhāpadādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Lābhaggamahatta^eb^nti cīvarādilabhitabbapaccayo lābho, tassa aggaṃ mahattaṃ paṇītatā bahubhāvo vā. Bahussutassa bhāvo ^b^bāhusaccaṃ. Ayoniso ummujjamānā^eb^ti anupāyena abhinivisamānā, viparītato jānamānāti attho. ^b^Rasena rasaṃ saṃsanditvā^eb^ti sabhāvena sabhāvaṃ saṃsanditvā, anuññātapaccattharaṇādīsu sukhasamphassasāmaññato upādinnaphassarasepi anavajjasaññitāya anupādinnaphassarasena upādinnaphassarasaṃ saṃsanditvā, samānabhāvaṃ upanetvāti attho. ^b^Uddhammaṃ ubbinayaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0451^ea^^b^satthusāsanaṃ dīpentī^eb^ti ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmī’’tiādinā (pāci. 418) satthusāsanaṃ uddhammaṃ ubbinayaṃ katvā dīpenti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Imasmiṃ atthe^eb^ti ‘‘nirabbudo hi, sāriputta, bhikkhusaṅgho’’ti (pārā. 21) evaṃ vuttabhikkhusaṅghasaññite atthe. Kathaṃ pana dussīlānaṃ corabhāvoti āha ^b^‘‘te hi assamaṇāva hutvā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kāḷakadhammayogā^eb^ti dussīlatāsaṅkhātapāpadhammayogato. ^b^Pabhassaro^eb^ti pabhassarasīlo. ^b^Sāroti vuccantī^eb^ti sāsanabrahmacariyassa sārabhūtattā sīlādayo guṇā ‘‘sāro’’ti vuccanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbaparittaguṇo^eb^ti sabbehi nihīnaguṇo, appaguṇo vā. ^b^So sotāpanno^eb^ti ānandattheraṃ sandhāya vadati. ^b^Sotaṃ āpanno^eb^ti maggasotaṃ āpanno. Paṭipakkhadhammānaṃ anavasesato savanato pellanato soto ariyamaggoti āha ^b^‘‘sototi ca maggassetaṃ adhivacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sotāpannoti tena samannāgatassa puggalassā^eb^ti iminā maggasamaṅgī sotāpannoti vatvā tamevatthaṃ udāharaṇena sādhetvā idāni idhādhippetapuggalaṃ niddhāretvā dassento āha ^b^‘‘idha panā’’^eb^tiādi. Idha āpannasaddo ‘‘phalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 5.488) viya vattamānakālikoti āha ^b^‘‘maggena phalassa nāmaṃ dinna’’^eb^nti. Maggena hi attanā sadisassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa vā sattaṅgikassa vā phalassa sototi nāmaṃ dinnaṃ, atītakālikatte pana sarasatova nāmalābho siyā. Maggakkhaṇe hi maggasotaṃ āpajjati nāma, phalakkhaṇe āpanno.<br/><br/>[03]Virūpaṃ ^a^V1.0395^ea^ sadukkhaṃ saupāyāsaṃ nipātetīti ^b^vinipāto,^eb^ apāyadukkhe khipanako. ^b^Dhammo^eb^ti sabhāvo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na attānaṃ apāyesu vinipātanasabhāvo’’^eb^ti. Atha vā ^b^dhammo^eb^ti apāyesu khipanako sakkāyadiṭṭhiādiko akusaladhammo. Yassa pana so akusaladhammo natthi sabbaso pahīnattā, so yasmā apāyesu attānaṃ vinipātanasabhāvo na hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘na attānaṃ apāyesu vinipātanasabhāvoti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kasmā^eb^ti avinipātanadhammatāya kāraṇaṃ pucchati. Apāyaṃ gamentīti ^b^apāyagamanīyā. Vinipātanasabhāvo^eb^ti uppajjanasabhāvo. ^b^Sammattaniyāmena maggenā^eb^ti sammā ^a^M1.0452^ea^ bhavaniyāmakena paṭiladdhamaggena. ^b^Niyato^eb^ti vā heṭṭhimantato sattamabhavato upari anuppajjanadhammatāya niyato. ^b^Sambodhī^eb^ti uparimaggattayasaṅkhātā sambodhi. Sambujjhatīti hi sambodhi, ariyamaggo. So ca idha paṭhamamaggassa adhigatattā avasiṭṭho eva adhigantabbabhāvena icchitabboti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uparimaggattayaṃ avassaṃ sampāpako’’^eb^ti. Uparimaggattayaṃ avassaṃ sampāpuṇātīti ^b^sampāpako,^eb^ sotāpanno.<br/><br/>[06]Vinayapaññattiyācanakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 25
title: mahāmoggallānassa sīhanādakathā^vinayapaññattiyācanakathā^buddhāciṇṇakathā^^
content:
  [03]^b^22^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anudhammatā^eb^ti lokuttaradhammānugato dhammo. ^b^Anapaloketvā^eb^ti padassa vivaraṇaṃ ^b^‘‘anāpucchitvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Janapadacārikaṃ pakkamantī^eb^ti ettha iti-saddo gamyamānatāya na vutto, evaṃ aññatthāpi īdisesu ṭhānesu. Tattha ^b^janapadacārika^eb^nti janapadesu caraṇaṃ, caraṇaṃ vā cāro, so eva cārikā, janapadesu cārikā janapadacārikā. Taṃ pakkamanti, janapadagamanaṃ gacchantīti attho. ^b^Pakkamantiyevā^eb^ti avadhāraṇena no na pakkamantīti dasseti. ‘‘Janapadacārikaṃ pakkamantī’’ti ettha ṭhatvā bhagavato cārikāpakkamanavidhiṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘janapadacārikaṃ carantā cā’’^eb^tiādi. Cārikā ca nāmesā (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.254; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.254) duvidhā turitacārikā ceva aturitacārikā ca. Tattha dūrepi bodhaneyyapuggalaṃ disvā tassa bodhanatthāya sahasā gamanaṃ ^b^turitacārikā^eb^ nāma, sā mahākassapattherapaccuggamanādīsu daṭṭhabbā. Bhagavā hi mahākassapattheraṃ paccuggacchanto muhuttena tigāvutamagamāsi, āḷavakassatthāya tiṃsayojanaṃ, tathā aṅgulimālassa, pukkusātissa pana pañcacattālīsayojanaṃ, mahākappinassa vīsayojanasataṃ, dhaniyassatthāya sattayojanasatāni agamāsi, dhammasenāpatino saddhivihārikassa vanavāsītissasāmaṇerassa tigāvutādhikaṃ vīsayojanasataṃ agamāsi, ayaṃ turitacārikā. Yaṃ pana gāmanigamanagarapaṭipāṭiyā devasikaṃ yojanāḍḍhayojanavasena piṇḍapātacariyādīhi ^a^V1.0396^ea^ lokaṃ anuggaṇhantassa gamanaṃ, ayaṃ ^b^aturitacārikā^eb^ nāma. Imaṃ pana cārikaṃ caranto bhagavā mahāmaṇḍalaṃ majjhimamaṇḍalaṃ antimamaṇḍalanti imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ maṇḍalānaṃ ^a^M1.0453^ea^ aññatarasmiṃ carati. Tattha ‘‘janapadacārika’’nti vuttattā aturitacārikāva idhādhippetā. Tameva vibhajitvā dassento āha ^b^‘‘mahāmaṇḍalaṃ majjhimamaṇḍala’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^b^antimamaṇḍala^eb^nti khuddakamaṇḍalaṃ, itaresaṃ vā maṇḍalānaṃ antogadhattā antimamaṇḍalaṃ, abbhantarimamaṇḍalanti vuttaṃ hoti. Imesaṃ pana maṇḍalānaṃ kiṃ pamāṇanti āha ^b^‘‘tattha mahāmaṇḍalaṃ navayojanasatika’’^eb^ntiādi. Navayojanasatikampi ṭhānaṃ majjhimadesapariyāpannameva, tato paraṃ nādhippetaṃ turitacārikāvasena agamanato. Yasmā nikkhantakālato paṭṭhāya gatagataṭṭhānassa catūsu passesu samantato yojanasataṃ ekakolāhalaṃ hoti, purimaṃ purimaṃ āgatā nimantetuṃ labhanti, itaresu dvīsu maṇḍalesu sakkāro mahāmaṇḍalaṃ osarati, tattha buddhā bhagavanto tesu tesu gāmanigamesu ekāhaṃ dvīhaṃ vasantā mahājanaṃ āmisapaṭiggahena anuggaṇhanti, dhammadānena ca vivaṭṭūpanissitaṃ kusalaṃ vaḍḍhenti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘gāmanigamādīsu mahājanaṃ āmisapaṭiggahena anuggaṇhantā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Samathavipassanā taruṇā hontī^eb^ti ettha taruṇā vipassanāti saṅkhāraparicchedane ñāṇaṃ kaṅkhāvitaraṇe ñāṇaṃ sammasane ñāṇaṃ maggāmagge ñāṇanti catunnaṃ ñāṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Samathassa taruṇabhāvo pana upacārasamādhivasena veditabbo. ‘‘Sace pana antovasse bhikkhūnaṃ samathavipassanā taruṇā hontī’’ti idaṃ nidassanamattanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Aññenapi majjhimamaṇḍale veneyyānaṃ ñāṇaparipākādikāraṇena majjhimamaṇḍale cārikaṃ caritukāmā cātumāsaṃ vasitvāva nikkhamanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pavāraṇāsaṅgahaṃ datvā^eb^ti anumatidānavasena datvā. ^b^Māgasirassa paṭhamadivase^eb^ti māgasiramāsassa paṭhamadivase. Idañcetarahi pavattavohāravasena kattikamāsassa aparapakkhapāṭipadadivasaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti tesaṃ buddhānaṃ. Tehi vinetabbattā ‘‘tesaṃ vineyyasattā’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Vineyyasattā^eb^ti ca cārikāya vinetabbasattā. ^b^Māgasiramāsampi tattheva vasitvā phussamāsassa paṭhamadivase^eb^ti idampi nidassanamattanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Catumāsavutthānampi buddhānaṃ vineyyasattā aparipakkindriyā honti, tesaṃ indriyaparipākaṃ āgamayamānā aparampi ekamāsaṃ vā dviticatumāsaṃ vā tatthevavasitvā mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivārā nikkhamitvā purimanayeneva lokaṃ anuggaṇhantā ^a^M1.0454^ea^ sattahi vā chahi vā pañcahi vā catūhi vā māsehi cārikaṃ pariyosāpenti. ^b^Veneyyavasenevā^eb^ti avadhāraṇena na cīvarādihetu carantīti dasseti. Tathā ^a^V1.0397^ea^ hi imesu tīsu maṇḍalesu yattha katthaci cārikaṃ carantā na cīvarādihetu caranti, atha kho ye duggatabālajiṇṇabyādhikā, te ‘‘kadā tathāgataṃ āgantvā passissanti, mayi pana cārikaṃ carante mahājano tathāgatadassanaṃ labhissati, tattha keci cittāni pasādessanti, keci mālādīhi pūjessanti, keci kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ dassanti, keci micchādassanaṃ pahāya sammādiṭṭhikā bhavissanti, taṃ nesaṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti evaṃ lokānukampāya cārikaṃ caranti.<br/><br/>[03]Apica catūhi kāraṇehi buddhā bhagavanto cārikaṃ caranti jaṅghavihāravasena sarīraphāsukatthāya, aṭṭhuppattikālābhikaṅkhanatthāya, bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadapaññāpanatthāya, tattha tattha paripākagatindriye bodhaneyyasatte bodhanatthāyāti. Aparehipi catūhi kāraṇehi buddhā bhagavanto cārikaṃ caranti buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchissantīti vā, dhammaṃ, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchissantīti vā, mahatā dhammavassena catasso parisā santappessāmāti vā. Aparehipi pañcahi kāraṇehi buddhā bhagavanto cārikaṃ caranti pāṇātipātā viramissantīti vā, adinnādānā, kāmesumicchācārā, musāvādā, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā viramissantīti vā. Aparehipi aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi buddhā bhagavanto cārikaṃ caranti paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilabhissantīti vā, dutiyaṃ…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilabhissantīti vā. Aparehipi aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi buddhā bhagavanto cārikaṃ caranti sotāpattimaggaṃ adhigamissantīti vā, sotāpattiphalaṃ…pe… arahattaphalaṃ sacchikarissantīti vāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pupphāni ocinantā viya carantī^eb^ti iminā yathā mālākāro bahuṃ pupphagacchaṃ disvā tattha cirampi ṭhatvā pupphāni ocinitvā pupphasuññaṃ gacchaṃ disvā tattha papañcaṃ akatvā taṃ pahāya aññattha gantvā pupphāni ocinanto vicarati, evameva buddhāpi yattha gāmanigamādīsu vineyyasattā bahū honti, tattha cirampi vasantā te vinetvā vineyyasuññagāmādīsu papañcaṃ akatvā taṃ pahāya aññattha bahuvineyyakesu gāmādīsu vasantā vicarantīti dasseti. Tatoyeva ca atikhuddakepi antimamaṇḍale upanissayavantānaṃ bahubhāvato tāva bahumpi kālaṃ sattamāsapariyantaṃ cārikaṃ caranti.<br/><br/>[03]Santasabhāvattā ^a^M1.0455^ea^ kilesasamaṇahetutāya vā santaṃ nibbānaṃ, sukhakāraṇatāya ca sukhanti āha ^b^‘‘santaṃ sukhaṃ nibbānamārammaṇaṃ katvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dasasahassacakkavāḷe^eb^ti jātikkhettabhūtāya dasasahassilokadhātuyā. Idañca devabrahmānaṃ vasena vuttaṃ, manussā pana imasmiṃyeva cakkavāḷe bodhaneyyā ^a^V1.0398^ea^ honti. ^b^Bodhaneyyasattasamavalokana^eb^nti paṭhamaṃ mahākaruṇāya pharitvā pacchā sabbaññutaññāṇajālaṃ pattharitvā tassa anto paviṭṭhānaṃ bodhaneyyasattānaṃ samolokanaṃ. Buddhā kira mahākaruṇāsamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya ‘‘ye sattā bhabbā paripākañāṇā ajjayeva mayā vinetabbā, te mayhaṃ ñāṇassa upaṭṭhahantū’’ti cittaṃ adhiṭṭhāya samannāharanti. Tesaṃ saha samannāhārā eko vā dve vā bahū vā tadā vinayūpagā veneyyā sabbaññutaññāṇassa āpāthamāgacchanti, ayamettha buddhānubhāvo. Evaṃ āpāthamāgatānaṃ pana nesaṃ upanissayaṃ pubbacariyaṃ pubbahetuṃ sampativattamānañca paṭipattiṃ olokenti. Veneyyasattapariggaṇhanatthañhi samannāhāre kate paṭhamaṃ nesaṃ veneyyabhāveneva upaṭṭhānaṃ hoti. Atha ‘‘kiṃ nu kho bhavissatī’’ti saraṇagamanādivasena kañci nipphattiṃ vīmaṃsamānā pubbupanissayāni olokenti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Otiṇṇe^eb^ti ārocite, parisamajjhaṃ vā otiṇṇe. ^b^Dvikkhattu^eb^nti ekasmiṃ saṃvacchare dvikkhattuṃ. Buddhakāle kira ekekasmiṃ saṃvacchare dve vāre bhikkhū sannipatanti upakaṭṭhavassūpanāyikakāle ca pavāraṇākāle ca. Upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya dasapi vīsampi tiṃsampi cattālīsampi paññāsampi bhikkhū vaggavaggā hutvā kammaṭṭhānatthāya āgacchanti. Bhagavā tehi saddhiṃ sammoditvā ‘‘kasmā, bhikkhave, upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya vicarathā’’ti pucchati. Atha te ‘‘bhagavā kammaṭṭhānatthaṃ āgatamha, kammaṭṭhānaṃ no dethā’’ti yācanti. Satthā tesaṃ cariyavasena rāgacaritassa asubhakammaṭṭhānaṃ deti, dosacaritassa mettākammaṭṭhānaṃ, mohacaritassa ‘‘uddeso paripucchā kālena dhammassavanaṃ kālena dhammasākacchā idaṃ tuyhaṃ sappāya’’nti ācikkhati. Kiñcāpi hi mohacaritassa ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ sappāyaṃ, kammaṭṭhānabhāvanāya pana bhājanabhūtaṃ kātuṃ sammohavigamāya ^a^M1.0456^ea^ paṭhamaṃ uddesaparipucchādhammassavanadhammasākacchāsu niyojeti. Vitakkacaritassa ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ deti. Saddhācaritassa visesato purimā cha anussatiyo sappāyā, tāsaṃ pana anuyuñjane ayaṃ pubbabhāgapaṭipattīti dassetuṃ pasādanīyasuttantena buddhasubodhitaṃ dhammasudhammataṃ saṅghasuppaṭipattiñca pakāseti. Ñāṇacaritassa pana maraṇassati upasamānussati catudhātuvavatthānaṃ āhārepaṭikūlasaññā visesato sappāyā, tesaṃ upakāradhammadassanatthaṃ aniccatādipaṭisaṃyutte gambhīre suttante katheti. Te kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā sace sappāyaṃ hoti, satthu santike eva vasanti. No ce hoti, sappāyaṃ senāsanaṃ pucchantā gacchanti. Tepi tattha vasantā temāsikaṃ paṭipadaṃ gahetvā ghaṭentā vāyamantā sotāpannāpi honti sakadāgāminopi anāgāminopi arahantopi. Tato vutthavassā pavāretvā satthu santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘bhagavā ahaṃ tumhākaṃ santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ ^a^V1.0399^ea^ gahetvā sotāpattiphalaṃ patto…pe… ahaṃ aggaphalaṃ arahatta’’nti paṭiladdhaguṇaṃ ārocenti, upari anadhigatassa adhigamāya kammaṭṭhānañca yācanti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pure vassūpanāyikāya ca kammaṭṭhānaggahaṇatthaṃ…pe… upari kammaṭṭhānaggahaṇatthañcā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āyāmā^eb^ti ettha ^b^ā^eb^-saddo ‘‘āgacchā’’ti iminā samānatthoti āha ^b^‘‘āyāmāti āgaccha yāmā’’^eb^ti, ehi gacchāmāti attho. ^b^Ānandā^eb^ti bhagavā santikāvacarattā theraṃ ālapati, na pana tadā satthu santike vasantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ abhāvato. Pañcasataparimāṇo hi tadā bhagavato santike bhikkhusaṅgho. Thero pana ‘‘gaṇhathāvuso pattacīvarāni, bhagavā asukaṭṭhānaṃ gantukāmo’’ti bhikkhūnaṃ āroceti. ‘‘Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesī’’ti vuttattā ^b^‘‘bhagavato paccassosī’’^eb^ti idha ^b^bhagavato^eb^ti sāmivacanaṃ āmantanavacanameva sambandhīantaraṃ apekkhatīti iminā adhippāyena ^b^‘‘bhagavato vacanaṃ paṭiassosī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Bhagavato^eb^ti pana idaṃ patissavasambandhena sampadānavacanaṃ yathā ‘‘devadattassa paṭissuṇotī’’ti. ^b^Paccassosī^eb^ti ettha ^b^paṭi^eb^-saddo abhimukhavacanoti āha ^b^‘‘abhimukho hutvā suṇī’’^eb^ti. Bhagavato mukhābhimukho hutvā adhivāsetvā suṇi, na udāsino hutvāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]Tassa ^a^M1.0457^ea^ pāṭihāriyassa āgantukavasena katattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nagaradvārato paṭṭhāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Suvaṇṇarasapiñjarāhi rasmīhī^eb^ti ettha ^b^rasa^eb^-saddo udakapariyāyo, ^b^piñjara^eb^-saddo hemavaṇṇapariyāyo, tasmā suvaṇṇajaladhārā viya suvaṇṇavaṇṇāhi rasmīhīti attho. ^b^Samujjotayamāno^eb^ti obhāsayamāno. ^b^Assā^eb^ti verañjassa brāhmaṇassa. ^b^Bhagavantaṃ upanisīditukāmo^eb^ti bhagavantaṃ upagantvā nisīditukāmo, bhagavato samīpe nisīditukāmoti vuttaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Brāhmaṇa tayā nimantitā vassaṃvutthā amhāti pāḷiyaṃ sambandho veditabbo. ^b^Dātabbo assā^eb^ti dātabbo bhaveyya. ^b^No asanto^eb^ti neva avijjamāno, kintu vijjamānoyevāti dīpeti. Vinā vā liṅgavipallāsenettha attho daṭṭhabboti āha ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādi. Iminā sāmaññavacanato ettha napuṃsakaliṅganiddesoti dasseti. ^b^No natthī^eb^ti no amhākaṃ natthi. ^b^No^eb^ti vā etassa vivaraṇaṃ ^b^natthī^eb^ti. Kesaṃ adātukāmatā viyāti āha ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Pahūtavittūpakaraṇāna^eb^nti ettha ^b^vittī^eb^ti tuṭṭhi, vittiyā upakaraṇaṃ vittūpakaraṇaṃ, tuṭṭhikāraṇanti attho. Pahūtaṃ dhanadhaññajātarūparajatanānāvidhālaṅkārasuvaṇṇabhājanādibhedaṃ vittūpakaraṇametesanti pahūtavittūpakaraṇā, tesaṃ pahūtavittūpakaraṇānaṃ maccharīnaṃ yathā adātukāmatā, evaṃ no adātukāmatāpi ^a^V1.0400^ea^ natthīti sambandho. ^b^Taṃ kutettha labbhā^eb^ti ettha ^b^ta^eb^nti taṃ kāraṇaṃ, taṃ kiccaṃ vā. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti gharāvāse. Dutiye pana atthavikappe ^b^ta^eb^nti deyyadhammassa parāmasanaṃ. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti imasmiṃ temāsabbhantareti attho. ^b^Ya^eb^nti yena kāraṇena, kiriyāparāmasanaṃ vā. Dutiye pana atthavikappe ^b^ya^eb^nti yaṃ deyyadhammanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Alaṃ gharāvāsapalibodhacintāyāti saññāpetvā^eb^ti brāhmaṇa netaṃ gharāvāsapalibodhena kataṃ, atha kho mārāvaṭṭanenāti brāhmaṇaṃ saññāpetvā. ^b^Taṅkhaṇānurūpāyā^eb^ti yādisī tadā tassa ajjhāsayappavatti, tadanurūpāyāti attho. Tassa tadā tādisassa vivaṭṭasannissitassa ñāṇaparipākassa abhāvato kevalaṃ abbhantarasannissito eva attho dassitoti āha ^b^‘‘diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaṃ atthaṃ sandassetvā’’^eb^ti, paccakkhato vibhāvetvāti attho. ^b^Kusale dhamme^eb^ti tebhūmake kusale ^a^M1.0458^ea^ dhamme. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti kusaladhamme yathāsamādapite. ^b^Na^eb^nti brāhmaṇaṃ. ^b^Samuttejetvā^eb^ti sammadeva uparūpari nivesetvā puññakiriyāya tikkhavisadabhāvaṃ āpādetvā. Taṃ pana atthato tassa ussāhajananaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘saussāhaṃ katvā’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ puññakiriyāya saussāhato evarūpaguṇasamaṅgitā ca niyamato diṭṭhadhammikādiatthasampādananti evaṃ saussāhatāya aññehi ca tasmiṃ vijjamānaguṇehi ^b^sampahaṃsetvā^eb^ sammadeva haṭṭhatuṭṭhabhāvaṃ āpādetvā.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi bhagavā dhammaratanavassaṃ vassi, atha kasmā so visesaṃ nādhigacchi? Upanissayasampattiyā abhāvato. Yadi evaṃ kasmā bhagavā tassa tathā dhammaratanavassaṃ vassīti? Vuccate – yadipi tassa visesādhigamo natthi, āyatiṃ pana nibbānādhigamatthāya vāsanābhāgiyā ca sabbā purimapacchimadhammakathā ahosīti daṭṭhabbā. Na hi bhagavato niratthakā dhammadesanā atthi. ^b^Temāsikopi deyyadhammo^eb^ti temāsaṃ dātabbopi deyyadhammo. ^b^Yaṃ divasa^eb^nti yasmiṃ divase.<br/><br/>[03]^b^23^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Buddhapariṇāyaka^eb^nti buddho pariṇāyako etassāti buddhapariṇāyako, bhikkhusaṅgho. Taṃ buddhapariṇāyakaṃ, buddhajeṭṭhakanti attho. ^b^Yāvadatthaṃ katvā^eb^ti yāva attho, tāva bhojanena tadā katanti adhippāyo. Dātuṃ upanītabhikkhāya paṭikkhepo nāma hatthasaññāya mukhavikārena vacībhedena vā hotīti āha ^b^‘‘hatthasaññāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Onītapattapāṇi^eb^nti ettha onīto pattato pāṇi etassāti onītapattapāṇīti bhinnādhikaraṇavisayoyaṃ saddo bāhiratthasamāsoti āha ^b^‘‘pattato onītapāṇi’’^eb^ntiādi. ‘‘Onittapattapāṇi’’ntipi pāṭho, tassattho onittaṃ nānābhūtaṃ vinābhūtaṃ āmisāpanayanena vā sucikataṃ pattaṃ pāṇito assāti onittapattapāṇi ^a^V1.0401^ea^, taṃ onittapattapāṇiṃ, hatthe ca pattañca dhovitvā ekamante pattaṃ nikkhipitvā nisinnanti attho. ^b^Pattuṇṇapaṭṭapaṭe cā^eb^ti pattuṇṇapaṭe ca paṭṭapaṭe ca. Tattha pattuṇṇapadese bhavā pattuṇṇā, kosiyavisesātipi vadanti. Paṭṭāni pana cīnapaṭāni. ^b^Āyogā^eb^dīsu ^b^āyogo^eb^ti paṭiāyogo, ^b^aṃsabaddhakaṃ^eb^ pattatthavikādīsu. ^b^Bhesajjatelāna^eb^nti bhesajjasampākena sādhitatelānaṃ. ^b^Tumbānī^eb^ti ^a^M1.0459^ea^ cammamayatelabhājanāni. Ekamekassa bhikkhuno sahassagghanakaṃ telamadāsīti sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahāyāgaṃ yajitvā^eb^ti mahādānaṃ datvā. ^b^Saputtadāraṃ vanditvā nisinna^eb^nti puttadārehi saddhiṃ vanditvā nisinnaṃ. ^b^Temāsa^eb^nti accantasaṃyoge upayogavacanaṃ. ‘‘Temāsaṃ sotabbadhammaṃ ajjeva suṇissāmī’’ti nisinnassa taṃ ajjhāsayaṃ pūretvā desitattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paripuṇṇasaṅkappaṃ kurumāno’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anubandhitvā^eb^ti anugantvā.<br/><br/>[03]Buddhānaṃ anabhiratiparitassitā nāma natthīti āha ^b^‘‘yathājjhāsayaṃ yathārucitaṃ vāsaṃ vasitvā’’^eb^ti. Abhirantaṃ abhiratīti hi atthato ekaṃ. Abhirantasaddo cāyaṃ abhirucipariyāyo, na assādapariyāyo. Assādavasena ca katthaci vasantassa assādavatthuvigamanena siyā tassa tattha anabhirati, tayidaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ natthi, pageva buddhānaṃ, tasmā abhirativasena katthaci vasitvā tadabhāvato aññattha gamanaṃ nāma buddhānaṃ natthi, vineyyavinayanatthaṃ pana katthaci vasitvā tasmiṃ siddhe vineyyavinayatthameva tato aññattha gacchanti, ayamettha yathāruci. ^b^Soreyyādīni anupagammā^eb^ti mahāmaṇḍalacārikāya vīthibhūtāni soreyyanagarādīni anupagantvā. ^b^Payāgapatiṭṭhāna^eb^nti gāmassapi adhivacanaṃ titthassapi. ^b^Gaṅgaṃ nadi^eb^nti gaṅgaṃ nāma nadiṃ. ^b^Tadavasarī^eb^ti ettha ^b^ta^eb^nti karaṇatthe upayogavacananti āha ^b^‘‘tena avasari tadavasarī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Buddhāciṇṇakathā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samantapāsādikāyā^eb^ti samantato sabbaso pasādaṃ janetīti samantapāsādikā, tassā samantapāsādikāya. ^b^Tatridaṃ samantapāsādikāya samantapāsādikattasmi^eb^nti ettha ^b^tatrā^eb^ti purimavacanāpekkhaṃ, ^b^ida^eb^nti vakkhamānakāraṇavacanāpekkhaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ yojanā – yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘samantapāsādikāya vinayasaṃvaṇṇanāyā’’ti, tatra yā sā samantapāsādikāti saṃvaṇṇanā vuttā ^a^V1.0402^ea^, tassā samantapāsādikāya saṃvaṇṇanāya samantapāsādikattasmiṃ samantapāsādikabhāve sabbaso pasādajanakatte idaṃ hoti. Kiṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ācariyaparamparato’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ācariyaparamparato^eb^ti ^a^M1.0460^ea^ ‘‘upāli dāsako’’tiādinā (pari. 3). Vuttāacariyaparamparato. ^b^Nidānavatthuppabhedadīpanato^eb^ti nidānappabhedadīpanato vatthuppabhedadīpanato ca. Tattha bāhiranidānābbhantaranidānasikkhāpadanidānadassanavasena ^b^nidāna^eb^ppabhedadīpanaṃ veditabbaṃ, theravādappakāsanaṃ pana ^b^vatthu^eb^ppabhedadīpanaṃ. ^b^Parasamayavivajjanato^eb^ti ‘‘sakāya paṭiññāya mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsethā’’tiādīsu (pārā. 384) micchāpaṭipannānaṃ paresaṃ laddhinirākaraṇato, tatoyeva ca attano samayapatiṭṭhāpanena sakasamayavisuddhito.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Byañjanaparisodhanato^eb^ti pāṭhasodhanena byañjanaparisodhanaṃ veditabbaṃ, saddasatthānusārena vā nibbacanaṃ dassetvā padanipphattidassanaṃ byañjanaparisodhanaṃ. ^b^Vibhaṅganayabhedadassanato^eb^ti ‘‘tisso itthiyo’’tiādipadabhājanassa anurūpavasena nayabhedadassanato. ^b^Sampassata^eb^nti ñāṇacakkhunā sammā passantānaṃ, upaparikkhantānanti attho. ^b^Apāsādika^eb^nti appasādāvahaṃ. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti samantapāsādikāya. Sampassataṃ viññūnanti sambandho. Tasmā ayaṃ saṃvaṇṇanā samantapāsādikātveva pavattāti yojetabbaṃ. Kassa kena desitassa saṃvaṇṇanāti āha ^b^‘‘vinayassā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Iti samantapāsādikāya vinayaṭṭhakathāya sāratthadīpaniyaṃ<br/><br/>[06]Verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā samattā.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamo bhāgo niṭṭhito.


volume: 2
item: 26
title: pārājikakaṇḍaṃ^paṭhamapārājikaṃ^sudinnabhāṇavāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^24^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anupadavaṇṇana^eb^nti ^a^M2.0001^ea^^a^V2.0001^ea^ padaṃ padaṃ paṭivaṇṇanaṃ, padānukkamena vaṇṇanaṃ vā. ^b^Bhaṇḍappayojanauddhārasāraṇādinā kiccenā^eb^ti ettha vikkāyikabhaṇḍassa vikkiṇanaṃ ^b^bhaṇḍappayojanaṃ,^eb^ dātuṃ ^a^V2.0002^ea^ saṅketite divase gantvā gahaṇaṃ ^b^uddhāro,^eb^ ‘‘asukasmiṃ divase dātabba’’nti satuppādanaṃ ^b^sāraṇaṃ^eb^. ^b^Catubbidhāyā^eb^ti khattiyabrāhmaṇagahapatisamaṇānaṃ vasena catubbidhāya, bhikkhubhikkhunīupāsakaupāsikānaṃ vasena vā. ^b^Disvānassa etadahosī^eb^ti hetuattho ayaṃ disvāna-saddo asamānakattuko yathā ‘‘ghataṃ pivitvā balaṃ hoti, sīhaṃ disvā bhayaṃ hotī’’ti. Dassanakāraṇā hi evaṃ parivitakkanaṃ ahosi. Kiñcāpi ettha ‘‘bhabbakulaputtassā’’ti vuttaṃ, tathāpi upanissayasampannassapi ajātasattuno viya antarāyo bhavissatīti imassa therassapi katapāpakammamūlavippaṭisāravasena adhigamantarāyo ahosīti vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]Kiṃ pana yesaṃ maggaphalānaṃ upanissayo atthi, buddhānaṃ sammukhībhāvepi tesaṃ antarāyo hotīti? Āma hoti, na pana buddhe paṭicca. Buddhā hi paresaṃ ^a^M2.0002^ea^ maggaphalādhigamāya ussāhajātā tattha nirantaraṃ yuttapayuttā eva honti, tasmā te paṭicca tesaṃ antarāyo na hoti, atha kho kiriyāparihāniyā vā pāpamittatāya vā hoti, kiriyāparihāni ca desakassa tasseva vā puggalassa tajjapayogābhāvato veditabbā, desakavasena panettha parihāni sāvakānaṃ vaseneva veditabbā, na buddhānaṃ vasena. Tathā hi sace dhammasenāpati dhanañjāniyassa brāhmaṇassa āsayaṃ ñatvā dhammaṃ desayissa, brāhmaṇo sotāpanno abhavissa. Evaṃ tāva desakassa vasena kiriyāparihāniyā antarāyo hoti. Sace pesso hatthārohaputto bhagavato sammukhā dhammaṃ suṇanto muhuttaṃ nisīdeyya, yāva tassa bhagavā attantapādike cattāro puggale vitthārena vibhajitvā deseti, sotāpattiphalena saṃyutto abhavissa. Evaṃ puggalassa vasena kiriyāparihāniyā antarāyo hoti nāma. Imassa hi upāsakassa kiriyāparihāni jātā apariniṭṭhitāya desanāya uṭṭhahitvā pakkantattā. Sace ajātasattu devadattassa vacanaṃ gahetvā pitughātakammaṃ nākarissa, sāmaññaphalasuttakathitadivase sotāpanno abhavissa, tassa vacanaṃ gahetvā pitughātakammassa katattā pana nāhosi. Evaṃ pāpamittatāya antarāyo hoti. Sudinnassapi pāpamittavasena antarāyo ahosīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yadi hi tena mātāpitūnaṃ vacanaṃ gahetvā purāṇadutiyikāya methunadhammo paṭisevito nābhavissa, na taṃmūlavippaṭisāravasena adhigamantarāyo abhavissa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yannūnā^eb^ti parivitakkanatthe nipātoti āha ^b^‘‘parivitakkadassanameta’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Dhammaṃ suṇeyya’’nti kiriyāpadena vuccamāno eva hi attho ‘‘yannūnā’’ti nipātapadena jotīyati. Ahaṃ yannūna dhammaṃ suṇeyyanti yojanā. ^b^Yannūnā^eb^ti ca yadi panāti attho. Yadi panāti idampi hi tena samānatthameva. Yaṃ dhammaṃ suṇātīti sambandho. ^b^Uḷāruḷārajanā^eb^ti khattiyamahāsālādiuḷāruḷārajanākiṇṇā ^a^V2.0003^ea^. Sace ayampi paṭhamaṃ āgaccheyya, bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā nisīdituṃ araharūpoti āha ^b^‘‘pacchā āgatenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sikkhattayūpasaṃhita^eb^nti adhisīlādhicittādhipaññāsaṅkhātasikkhattayayuttaṃ. Thokaṃ dhammakathaṃ sutvā ahosīti sambandho. Idhāpi sutvā-saddo hetuatthoti daṭṭhabbo, savanakāraṇā etadahosīti vuttaṃ ^a^M2.0003^ea^ hoti. Yadi evaṃ atha kasmā ‘‘ekamantaṃ nisinnassa…pe… etadahosī’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘taṃ panassa yasmā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^ta^eb^nti parivitakkanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṅkhepakathā^eb^ti visuṃ visuṃ paduddhāraṃ akatvā samāsato atthavaṇṇanā. ^b^Yena yena ākārenā^eb^ti yena yena pakārena. ^b^Tena tena me upaparikkhato^eb^ti ‘‘kāmā nāmete aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.234; 2.42; pāci. 417; mahāni. 3; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 147) ca ādinā yena yena ākārena kāmesu ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, tabbipariyāyato nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ guṇaṃ pakāsentaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi avabujjhāmi, tena tena pakārena upaparikkhato vīmaṃsantassa mayhaṃ evaṃ hoti evaṃ upaṭṭhāti. ^b^Sikkhattayabrahmacariya^eb^nti adhisīlasikkhādisikkhattayasaṅgahaṃ seṭṭhacariyaṃ. ^b^Ekampi divasa^eb^nti ekadivasamattampi. ^b^Akhaṇḍaṃ katvā^eb^ti dukkaṭamattassapi anāpajjanena akhaṇḍitaṃ katvā, akhaṇḍācchiddādibhāvāpādanena vā. Akhaṇḍalakkhaṇavacanañhetaṃ. ^b^Carimakacitta^eb^nti cuticittaṃ. Kiñcipi ekadesaṃ asesetvā ekanteneva paripūretabbatāya ^b^ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ. Kilesamalena amalīnaṃ katvā^eb^ti taṇhāsaṃkilesādinā asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ katvā, cittuppādamattampi saṃkilesamalaṃ anuppādetvā. Accantameva visuddhaṃ katvā pariharitabbatāya ^b^ekantaparisuddhaṃ^eb^. Tato eva saṅkhaṃ viya likhitanti ^b^saṅkhalikhitaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘likhitasaṅkhasadisa’’^eb^nti. Pariyodātaṭṭhena nimmalabhāvena saṅkhaṃ viya likhitaṃ dhotanti saṅkhalikhitanti āha ^b^‘‘dhotasaṅkhasappaṭibhāga’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Ajjhāvasatā’’ti padappayogena ^b^agāra^eb^nti bhummatthe upayogavacananti āha ^b^‘‘agāramajjhe’’^eb^ti. Dāṭhikāpi massuggahaṇeneva gahetvā ^b^‘‘massu’’^eb^tveva vuttaṃ, uttarādharamassunti attho. Kasāyena rattānīti ^b^kāsāyānī^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘kasāyarasapītatāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paridahitvā^eb^ti nivāsetvā ceva pārupitvā ca. ^b^Agārassa hita^eb^nti agāravāso agāraṃ uttarapadalopena, tassa vaḍḍhiāvahaṃ agārassa hitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^25^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ñātisālohitā^eb^tiādīsu ‘‘ayaṃ ajjhattiko’’ti jānanti, ñāyanti vāti ^b^ñātī,^eb^ lohitena sambandhāti ^b^sālohitā^eb^. Pitupakkhikā ñātī, mātupakkhikā sālohitā. Mātupakkhikā pitupakkhikā vā ñātī ^a^M2.0004^ea^, sassusasurapakkhikā sālohitā. Mittāyantīti ^b^mittā,^eb^^a^V2.0004^ea^ minanti vā sabbaguyhesu anto pakkhipantīti ^b^mittā^eb^. Kiccakaraṇīyesu sahabhāvaṭṭhena amā hontīti ^b^amaccā^eb^. Mamāyatīti ^b^mātā,^eb^ piyāyatīti ^b^pitā. Sarīrakiccalesenā^eb^ti uccārapassāvādisarīrakiccalesena. ^b^Ananuññātaṃ puttaṃ na pabbājetī^eb^ti ‘‘mātāpitūnaṃ lokiyamahājanassa ca cittaññathattaṃ mā hotū’’ti na pabbājeti. Tatoyeva ca suddhodanamahārājassa tathā varo dinno.<br/><br/>[03]^b^26^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dhuranikkhepenā^eb^ti bhaṇḍappayojanādīsu dhuranikkhepena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na hī’’^eb^tiādi. Piyāyitabboti ^b^piyo^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘pītijananako’’^eb^ti. Manassa appāyanato ^b^manāpo^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘manavaḍḍhanako’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sukhedhito^eb^ taruṇadārakakāle, tato parañca sappikhīrādisādurasamanuññabhojanādiāhārasampattiyā ^b^sukhaparihato^eb^. Atha vā daḷhabhattikadhātijanādiparijanasampattiyā ceva paricchedasampattiyā ca uḷārapaṇītasukhapaccayūpahārehi ca ^b^sukhedhito,^eb^ akiccheneva dukkhapaccayavinodanena ^b^sukhaparihato^eb^. Ajjhattikaṅgasampattiyā vā ^b^sukhedhito,^eb^ bāhiraṅgasampattiyā ^b^sukhaparihato^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kiñcī^eb^ti etassa vivaraṇaṃ ^b^‘‘appamattakampi kalabhāga’’^eb^nti. Yadā jānāti-saddo bodhanattho na hoti, tadā tassa payoge ‘‘sappino jānāti, madhuno jānātī’’tiādīsu viya karaṇatthe sāmivacanaṃ saddatthavidū icchantīti āha ^b^‘‘kiñci dukkhena nānubhosī’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘karaṇatthe sāmivacanaṃ, anubhavanatthe ca jānanā’’^eb^ti. Ettha ca ^b^kiñci dukkhena nānubhosī^eb^ti kenaci dukkhena karaṇabhūtena visayaṃ nānubhosīti evamattho veditabbo. ‘‘Kiñcī’’ti etthāpi hi karaṇatthe sāmivacanassa lopo kato. Teneva ca vakkhati ‘‘vikappadvayepi purimapadassa uttarapadena samānavibhattilopo daṭṭhabbo’’ti. Yadā pana jānāti-saddo saraṇattho hoti, tadā saraṇatthānaṃ dhātusaddānaṃ payoge ‘‘mātu sarati, pitu sarati, bhātu jānātī’’tiādīsu viya upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ saddasatthavidū vadantīti āha ^b^‘‘atha vā kiñci dukkhaṃ nassarasīti attho’’^eb^ti, kassaci dukkhassa ananubhūtattā attanā anubhūtaṃ appamattakampi dukkhaṃ pariyesamānopi abhāvatoyeva nassarasīti attho ^a^M2.0005^ea^. ^b^Vikappadvayepī^eb^ti anubhavanasaraṇatthavasena vutte dutiyatatiyavikappadvaye. ^b^Purimapadassā^eb^ti ‘‘kiñcī’’ti padassa. ^b^Uttarapadenā^eb^ti ‘‘dukkhassā’’ti padena. ^b^Samānavibhattilopo^eb^ti uttarapadena samānassa sāmivacanassa lopo. ‘‘Kassaci dukkhassā’’ti vattabbe vikappadvayepi purimapade sāmivacanassa lopaṃ katvā ‘‘kiñci dukkhassā’’ti niddeso kato. ^b^Anicchakā^eb^ti anicchantā. ^b^Evaṃ sante^eb^ti nanu mayaṃ sudinna sāmādīsu kenacipi upāyena appaṭisādhanena appaṭikārena maraṇenapi tayā akāmakāpi ^a^V2.0005^ea^ vinā bhavissāma, evaṃ sati. ^b^Yenā^eb^ti yena kāraṇena. ^b^Kiṃ panā^eb^ti ettha ^b^ki^eb^nti karaṇatthe paccattavacananti dassento āha ^b^‘‘kena pana kāraṇenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^28^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Gandhabbanaṭanāṭakādīnī^eb^ti ettha ^b^gandhabbā^eb^ nāma gāyanakā, ^b^naṭā^eb^ nāma raṅganaṭā, ^b^nāṭakā^eb^ laṅghanakādayo. ^b^Paricārehī^eb^ti ettha parito tattha tattha yathāsakaṃ visayesu cārehīti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘indriyāni cārehī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Paricārehī^eb^ti vā sukhūpakaraṇehi attānaṃ paricārehi attano paricaraṇaṃ kārehi. Tathābhūto ca yasmā laḷanto kīḷanto nāma hoti, tasmā ^b^‘‘laḷā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Bhuñjitabbato paribhuñjitabbato visesato pañca kāmaguṇā bhogā nāmāti āha ^b^‘‘bhoge bhuñjanto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dānappadānānī^eb^ti ettha niccadānaṃ ^b^dānaṃ^eb^ nāma, uposathadivasādīsu dātabbaṃ atirekadānaṃ ^b^padānaṃ^eb^ nāma. Paveṇīrakkhaṇavasena vā dīyamānaṃ ^b^dānaṃ^eb^ nāma, attanāva paṭṭhapetvā dīyamānaṃ ^b^padānaṃ^eb^ nāma. Pacurajanasādhāraṇaṃ vā nātiuḷāraṃ ^b^dānaṃ^eb^ nāma, anaññasādhāraṇaṃ atiuḷāraṃ ^b^padānaṃ^eb^ nāma. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena sīlādīni saṅgaṇhāti. Natthi etassa vacanappaṭivacanasaṅkhāto ālāpasallāpoti ^b^nirālāpasallāpo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^30^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Balaṃ gāhetvā^eb^ti ettha balaggahaṇaṃ nāma kāyabalassa uppādanamevāti āha ^b^‘‘kāyabalaṃ janetvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Assumukha^eb^nti assūni mukhe etassāti assumukho, taṃ assumukhaṃ, assukilinnamukhanti attho. Gāmoyeva ^b^gāmantasenāsanaṃ^eb^ gāmapariyāpannattā gāmantasenāsanassa. ^b^Atirekalābhapaṭikkhepenā^eb^ti ‘‘piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāyā’’ti (mahāva. 128) evaṃ vuttabhikkhāhāralābhato adhikalābho saṅghabhattādiatirekalābho, tassa paṭikkhepenāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cuddasa^eb^^a^M2.0006^ea^^b^bhattāni paṭikkhipitvā’’^eb^ti. Saṅghabhattaṃ uddesabhattaṃ nimantanabhattaṃ salākabhattaṃ pakkhikaṃ uposathikaṃ pāṭipadikaṃ āgantukabhattaṃ gamikabhattaṃ gilānabhattaṃ gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vihārabhattaṃ dhurabhattaṃ vārabhattanti imāni cuddasa bhattāni. Tattha sakalassa saṅghassa dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ ^b^saṅghabhattaṃ^eb^. Katipaye bhikkhū uddisitvā dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ ^b^uddesabhattaṃ^eb^. Ekasmiṃ pakkhe ekadivasaṃ dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ ^b^pakkhikaṃ^eb^. Uposathe dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ ^b^uposathikaṃ^eb^. Pāṭipadadivase dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ ^b^pāṭipadikaṃ^eb^. Vihāraṃ uddissa dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ ^b^vihārabhattaṃ^eb^. Dhurageheyeva ṭhapetvā dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ ^b^dhurabhattaṃ^eb^. Gāmavāsīādīhi vārena dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ ^b^vārabhattaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Atha ^b^‘‘gahapaticīvaraṃ paṭikkhipitvā’’^eb^ti kasmā vuttaṃ. Gahaṇe hi sati paṭikkhepo yujjeyya, na ca paṭhamabodhiyaṃ gahapaticīvarassa paṭiggahaṇaṃ anuññātaṃ parato ^b^jīvakavatthusmiṃ^eb^ anuññātattā. Teneva vakkhati ^b^jīvakavatthusmiṃ^eb^ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 337) ‘‘bhagavato hi buddhabhāvappattito ^a^V2.0006^ea^ paṭṭhāya yāva idaṃ vatthaṃ, etthantare vīsati vassāni na koci gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyi, sabbe paṃsukūlikāva ahesu’’nti. Sudinno ca paṭhamabodhiyaṃyeva pabbajito. Teneva vakkhati ‘‘sudinno hi bhagavato dvādasame vasse pabbajito, vīsatime vasse ñātikulaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho, sayaṃ pabbajjāya aṭṭhavassiko hutvā’’ti. Tasmā ‘‘gahapaticīvaraṃ paṭikkhipitvā’’ti kasmā vuttanti? Vuccate – ananuññātepi gahapaticīvare paṃsukūlikaṅgasamādānavasena gahapaticīvaraṃ paṭikkhittaṃ nāma hotīti katvā vuttaṃ ‘‘gahapaticīvaraṃ paṭikkhipitvā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Loluppacāraṃ paṭikkhipitvā^eb^ti kusalabhaṇḍassa bhusaṃ vilumpanaṭṭhena loluppaṃ vuccati taṇhā, loluppena caraṇaṃ loluppacāro, taṇhāvasena gharapaṭipāṭiṃ atikkamitvā bhikkhāya caraṇaṃ, taṃ paṭikkhipitvāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘gharapaṭipāṭiyā bhikkhāya pavisatī’’^eb^ti. Ettha ca āraññikaṅgādipadhānaṅgavasena sesadhutaṅgānipi gahitāneva hontīti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Vajjīna^eb^nti rājāno apekkhitvā sāmivacanaṃ kataṃ, vajjīrājūnanti attho. Janapada-saddassa taṃnivāsīsupi pavattanato ^b^‘‘vajjīsū’’^eb^ti janapadāpekkhaṃ bhummavacanaṃ, vajjināmake janapadeti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upabhogaparibhogūpakaraṇamahantatāyā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0007^ea^ pañcakāmaguṇasaṅkhātānaṃ upabhogānañceva hatthiassarathaitthiyādiupabhogūpakaraṇānañca mahantatāya. Upabhogūpakaraṇāneva hi idha paribhogūpakaraṇasaddena vuttāni. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘ye hi tesaṃ upabhogā, yāni ca upabhogūpakaraṇāni, tāni mahantānī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Upabhogā hatthiassarathaitthīādayo, upabhogūpakaraṇāni tesameva suvaṇṇādiupakaraṇānī’’tipi vadanti. ^b^Sārakānī^eb^ti sārabhūtāni. ^b^Nidhetvā^eb^ti nidahitvā, nidhānaṃ katvāti attho. ^b^Divasaparibbayasaṅkhātabhogamahantatāyā^eb^ti divase divase paribhuñjitabbasaṅkhātabhogānaṃ mahantatāya. ^b^Jātarūparajatasseva pahūtatāyā^eb^ti piṇḍapiṇḍavasena ceva suvaṇṇamāsakarajatamāsakādivasena ca jātarūparajatasseva pahūtatāya. ^b^Vittī^eb^ti tuṭṭhi, vittiyā upakaraṇaṃ vittūpakaraṇaṃ, pahūtaṃ nānāvidhālaṅkārabhūtaṃ vittūpakaraṇametesanti ^b^pahūtavittūpakaraṇā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘alaṅkārabhūtassā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vohāravasenā^eb^ti vaṇijjāvasena vaḍḍhikatādivasena. ^b^Dhanadhaññassa pahūtatāyā^eb^ti sattaratanasaṅkhātassa dhanassa sabbapubbaṇṇāparaṇṇasaṅgahitassa dhaññassa ca pahūtatāyāti attho. Tattha ‘‘suvaṇṇarajatamaṇimuttāveḷuriyavajirapavāḷāni satta ratanānī’’ti vadanti. Sālivīhiādi ^b^pubbaṇṇaṃ^eb^ purakkhataṃ sassaphalanti katvā, tabbipariyāyato muggamāsādi ^a^V2.0007^ea^^b^aparaṇṇa^eb^nti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Ukkaṭṭhapiṇḍapātikattā^eb^ti sesadhutaṅgaparivāritena ukkaṭṭhapiṇḍapātadhutaṅgena samannāgatattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sapadānacāraṃ caritukāmo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^31^eb^^b^.^eb^ Antojātatāya vā ñātisadisī dāsīti ^b^ñātidāsī^eb^. Pūtibhāveneva lakkhitabbadoso vā ^b^ābhidosiko,^eb^ abhidosaṃ vā paccūsakālaṃ gato patto atikkantoti ^b^ābhidosiko^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekarattātikkantassa vā’’^eb^tiādi. Pūtibhūtabhāvena paribhogaṃ nārahatīti ^b^aparibhogāraho^eb^. Chaḍḍanīyasabhāve nicchitepi pucchākāle sandehavohāravaseneva pucchituṃ yuttanti āha ^b^‘‘sace’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ariyavohārenā^eb^ti ariyasamudācārena. Ariyā hi mātugāmaṃ bhaginivādena samudācaranti. ^b^Nissaṭṭhapariggaha^eb^nti pariccattālayaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Ākirā’’ti vuttattā ^b^‘‘viññatti vā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘sace taṃ chaḍḍanīyadhamma’’nti pariyāyaṃ amuñcitvā vuttattā ^b^‘‘payuttavācā vā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, paccayapaṭisaṃyuttā vācā payuttavācā. ^b^Vattuṃ vaṭṭatī^eb^ti nirapekkhabhāvato vuttaṃ ^a^M2.0008^ea^, idha pana visesato aparibhogārahattāva vatthuno. ^b^Aggāriyavaṃsiko^eb^ti ariyavaṃsapaṭipattipūrakānaṃ aggo uttamo. Nimīyati saññāyatīti ^b^nimittaṃ,^eb^ yathāsallakkhito ākāroti āha ^b^‘‘gihikāle sallakkhitapubbaṃ ākāra’’^eb^nti. Hatthapiṭṭhiādīni olokayamānā ‘‘sāmiputtassa me sudinnassa viya suvaṇṇakacchapapiṭṭhisadisā imā hatthapādapiṭṭhiyo, haritālavaṭṭiyo viya suvaṭṭitā aṅguliyo, madhuro saro’’ti gihikāle sallakkhitapubbaṃ ākāraṃ aggahesi sañjāni sallakkhesi. Kasmā pana sā ñātidāsī disvāva na sañjānīti āha ^b^‘‘sudinno hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Pabbajjupagatenā^eb^ti pabbajjaṃ upagatena, pabbajitenāti attho. ^b^Gharaṃ pavisitvā^eb^ti gehasāminiyā nisīditabbaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ antogehaṃ pavisitvā. ^b^Yagghe^eb^ti imassa ārocayāmīti ayamatthoti āha ^b^‘‘ārocanatthe nipāto’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Yagghe jāneyyāsīti suṭṭhu jāneyyāsī’’tipi atthaṃ vadanti. ^b^Ālapane^eb^ti dāsijanassa ālapane. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evañhī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^32^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Gharesu sālā hontī^eb^ti gharesu ekamante bhojanasālā honti pākāraparikkhittā susaṃvihitadvārabandhā susammaṭṭhavālikaṅgaṇā. ^b^Udakakañjiya^eb^nti udakañca kañjiyañca. Kasmā pana īdisāyameva sālāya aññataraṃ kuṭṭamūlanti ayamattho vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘na hi pabbajitā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Asāruppe ṭhāne^eb^ti bhikkhūnaṃ ananucchavike padese. ^b^Atthi nu kho^eb^ti ^b^nu^eb^-saddo pucchanatthe, ^b^kho^eb^-saddo vacanasiliṭṭhatāya vutto. ^b^Nukho^eb^ti vā nipātasamudāyo pucchanattho. Tena nāma-saddassa pucchanatthataṃ dasseti. ^b^Yesaṃ no tva^eb^nti yesaṃ no putto tvaṃ. ^b^Īdise ṭhāne^eb^ti kiñcāpi ^a^V2.0008^ea^ taṃ ṭhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ananurūpaṃ na hoti, tathāpi mādisānaṃ mahābhogakulānaṃ puttassa parakule āsanasālāyaṃ nisīditvā bhojanaṃ nāma ayuttarūpanti maññamāno āha. Tenevāha ‘‘nanu nāma, tāta sudinna, sakaṃ gehaṃ gantabba’’nti. Aññenapi pakārena nāmasaddassa pucchanatthatameva dassento āha ^b^‘‘tathā atthi nu kho tātā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tathā^eb^ti samuccayattho. Idāni nāmasaddassa maññanatthataṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘tathā atthi maññe’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dukkhābhitunnatāyā^eb^ti mānasikena dukkhena abhipīḷitattā. ^b^Etamattha^eb^nti ‘‘atthi nu kho, tāta sudinna, amhākaṃ dhana’’ntiādinā yathāvuttamatthaṃ. ^b^Anokappanāmarisanatthavasenā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0009^ea^ ettha ^b^anokappanaṃ^eb^ asaddahanaṃ. ^b^Amarisanaṃ^eb^ asahanaṃ. ^b^Anāgatavacanaṃ^eb^ anāgatasaddappayogo, attho pana vattamānakālikova. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paccakkhampī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Na marisayāmī^eb^ti na visahāmi. ^b^Taṃ na sundara^eb^nti ‘‘tadāya’’nti pāṭhaṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^Alaṃ, gahapati, kataṃ me ajja bhattakicca^eb^nti thero ukkaṭṭhaekāsanikatāya paṭikkhipanto evamāha. ^b^Ukkaṭṭhaekāsanikatāyā^eb^ti ca idaṃ bhūtakathanavasena vuttaṃ therassa tathābhāvadīpanatthaṃ. Mudukassapi hi ekāsanikassa yāya nisajjāya kiñcimattampi bhojanaṃ bhuttaṃ, vattasīsenapi tato vuṭṭhitassa puna bhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati. Tenāha ^b^tipiṭakacūḷābhayatthero^eb^ ‘‘āsanaṃ vā rakkheyya bhojanaṃ vā’’ti. ^b^Ukkaṭṭhapiṇḍapātikopi samāno^eb^ti nidassanamattamidaṃ, thero sapadānacārikesupi ukkaṭṭhoyeva. Ukkaṭṭhasapadānacārikopi hi purato ca pacchato ca āhaṭabhikkhampi aggahetvāva gharadvāre ṭhatvā pattavissajjanameva karoti, tasmā thero ukkaṭṭhasapadānacārikattāpi svātanāya bhikkhaṃ nādhivāseti. Atha kasmā ‘‘adhivāsesī’’ti āha ^b^‘‘sace ekabhattampi na gahessāmī’’^eb^tiādi. Paṇḍitā hi mātāpitūnaṃ ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ vā kātabbaṃ anuggahaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā dhutaṅgavisuddhikā na bhavanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^33^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Majjhimappamāṇo^eb^ti catuhattho puriso majjhimappamāṇo. ‘‘Chahattho’’tipi keci. Tiro karonti etāyāti tirokaraṇīti sāṇipākāravacano ayaṃ ^b^tirokaraṇī^eb^-saddoti āha ^b^‘‘tirokaraṇiyanti karaṇatthe bhumma’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Tirokaraṇiyā’’ti vattabbe ‘‘tirokaraṇiya’’nti karaṇatthe bhummaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Tirokaraṇīya^eb^-saddo vā ayaṃ sāṇipākārapariyāyoti dassento āha ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Taṃ parikkhipitvā^eb^ti taṃ samantato khipitvā, parito bandhitvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samantato katvā’’^eb^ti. Vibhattipatirūpakopi nipāto hotīti āha ^b^‘‘tenāti ayampi vā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^34^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Atha ^a^V2.0009^ea^ kho āyasmato sudinnassa pitā sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā āyasmato sudinnassa kālaṃ ārocesi – ‘kālo, tāta sudinna, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’nti’’ evaṃ kālārocanassa pāḷiyaṃ anāruḷhattā āha – ^b^‘‘kiñcāpi pāḷiyaṃ kālārocanaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0010^ea^^b^ na vutta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ārociteyeva kāle^eb^ti ‘‘kālo, tāta sudinna, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti kāle ārociteyeva. ^b^Dve puñje^eb^ti kahāpaṇapuñjañca suvaṇṇapuñjañca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pettika^eb^nti pitito āgataṃ pettikaṃ. ^b^Nihita^eb^nti bhūmigataṃ. ^b^Payutta^eb^nti vaḍḍhivasena payojitaṃ. ^b^Taddhitalopaṃ katvā veditabba^eb^nti yathā aññatthāpi ‘‘pitāmahaṃ dhanaṃ laddhā, sukhaṃ jīvati sañjayo’’ti vuttaṃ, evaṃ taddhitalopaṃ katvā vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Pitāmahato āgataṃ, pitāmahassa vā idaṃ ^b^petāmahaṃ^eb^. ^b^Pabbajitaliṅga^eb^nti samaṇavesaṃ. ^b^Na rājabhīto^eb^ti aparādhakāraṇā na rājakulā bhīto. Yesaṃ santakaṃ dhanaṃ gahitaṃ, te ^b^iṇāyikā^eb^. ^b^Palibuddho^eb^ pīḷito.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vibhattipatirūpako^eb^ti ‘‘tenā’’ti padaṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^Taṃnidāna^eb^nti taṃ dhanaṃ nidānaṃ kāraṇamassāti taṃnidānaṃ. ^b^Assā^eb^ti paccattavacanassa, padassa vā. ^b^Bhaya^eb^nti cittassa utrastākārena pavattabhayaṃ adhippetaṃ, na ñāṇabhayaṃ, nāpi ‘‘bhāyati etasmā’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ ārammaṇabhayanti āha ^b^‘‘cittutrāsoti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Chambhitatta^eb^nti teneva cittutrāsabhayena sakalasarīrassa chambhitabhāvo. Visesato pana hadayamaṃsacalananti āha ^b^‘‘kāyakampo hadayamaṃsacalana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Lomahaṃso^eb^ti tena bhayena tena chambhitattena sakalasarīralomānaṃ haṭṭhabhāvo, so pana nesaṃ bhittiyaṃ nāgadantānaṃ viya uddhaṃmukhatāti āha ^b^‘‘lomānaṃ haṃsanaṃ uddhaggabhāvo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^35^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Attanā^eb^ti paccatte karaṇavacanaṃ, sayanti attho. ^b^Devaccharāna^eb^nti anaccantiyo sandhāyāha. ^b^Devanāṭakāna^eb^nti naccantiyo, pariyāyavacanaṃ vā etaṃ devakaññānaṃ. ^b^Samuppannabalavasokā hutvā^eb^ti ayaṃ loko nāma attānaṃva cinteti, tasmā sāpi ‘‘idāni ahaṃ anāthā jātā’’ti attānaṃva cintayamānā ‘‘ayaṃ ajja āgamissati, ajja āgamissatī’’ti aṭṭha vassāni bahi na nikkhantā etaṃ nissāya mayā dārakopi na laddho, yassa ānubhāvena jīveyyāmi, ito cāmhi parihīnā aññato cāti samuppannabalavasokā hutvā. Kularukkhapatiṭṭhāpane bījasadisattā kulavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpako putto idha bījakoti adhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘kulavaṃsabījakaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0011^ea^^b^ekaṃ putta’’^eb^nti. Saṃ nāma dhanaṃ, tassa patīti saṃpati, dhanavā ^a^V2.0010^ea^ vibhavasampanno. Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikahitāvahattā tassa hitanti sāpateyyaṃ, tadeva dhanaṃ vibhavoti āha – ^b^‘‘imaṃ sāpateyyaṃ evaṃ mahantaṃ amhākaṃ vibhava’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^36^eb^^b^.^eb^ Itthīnaṃ kumārībhāvappattito paṭṭhāya pacchimavayato oraṃ asati vibandhe aṭṭhame aṭṭhame sattāhe gabbhāsayasaññite tatiye āvatte katipayā lohitapīḷakā saṇṭhahitvā aggahitapubbā eva bhijjanti, tato lohitaṃ paggharati, tattha utusamaññā pupphasamaññā cāti āha – ^b^‘‘pupphanti utukāle uppannalohitassa nāma’’^eb^nti. ^b^Gabbhapatiṭṭhānaṭṭhāne^eb^ti yasmiṃ okāse dārako nibbattati, tasmiṃ padese. ^b^Saṇṭhahitvā^eb^ti nibbattitvā. ^b^Bhijjantī^eb^ti aggahitapubbā eva bhijjanti. Ayañhi tāsaṃ sabhāvo. ^b^Dosenā^eb^ti lohitamalena. ^b^Suddhe vatthumhī^eb^ti paggharitalohitattā anāmayattā ca nahānato paraṃ catutthadivasato paṭṭhāya suddhe gabbhāsaye. Suddhe pana vatthumhi mātāpitūsu ekavāraṃ sannipatitesu yāva satta divasāni khettameva hoti gabbhasaṇṭhahanassa parittassa lohitalepassa vijjamānattā. Keci pana ‘‘aḍḍhamāsamattampi khettamevā’’ti vadanti. ^b^Bāhāya^eb^nti adhikaraṇe bhummanti āha ^b^‘‘purāṇadutiyikāya yā bāhā, tatra naṃ gahetvā’’^eb^ti. Upayogatthe bhummavacanampi yujjatiyeva yathā ‘‘sudinnassa pādesu gahetvā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbepi paññattasikkhāpadānaṃ sabbhāvato ^b^apaññatte sikkhāpade^eb^ti pārājikaṃ sandhāya vuttanti āha – ^b^‘‘paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpade aṭṭhapite’’^eb^ti. Vuttamevatthaṃ vibhāvento āha – ^b^‘‘bhagavato kira paṭhamabodhiya’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Evarūpa^eb^nti pārājikapaññattiyā anurūpaṃ. Nidassanamattañcetaṃ, saṅghādisesapaññattiyā anurūpampi ajjhācāraṃ nākaṃsuyeva. Tenevāha – ^b^‘‘avasese pañca khuddakāpattikkhandhe eva paññapesī’’^eb^ti. Idañca thullaccayādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ lahukāpattikkhandhānaṃ sabbhāvamattaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na pañcāpattikkhandhānaṃ anavasesato paññattattāva. Paṭhamabodhiyaṃ pañcannaṃ lahukāpattīnaṃ sabbhāvavacaneneva dhammasenāpatissa sikkhāpadapaññattiyācanā visesato garukāpattipaññattiyā pātimokkhuddesassa ca hetubhūtāti daṭṭhabbā. Keci ^a^M2.0012^ea^ pana ‘‘tasmiṃ tasmiṃ pana vatthusmiṃ avasesapañcakhuddakāpattikkhandhe eva paññapesīti idaṃ dvādasame vasse verañjāyaṃ vutthavassena bhagavatā tato paṭṭhāya aṭṭhavassabbhantare paññattasikkhāpadaṃ sandhāya vutta’’nti vadanti, taṃ na sundaraṃ tato pubbepi sikkhāpadapaññattiyā sabbhāvato. Teneva verañjakaṇḍe ‘‘ekabhikkhunāpi ratticchedo vā pacchimikāya tattha vassaṃ upagacchāmāti vassacchedo vā na kato’’ti ca ‘‘sāmampi pacanaṃ samaṇasāruppaṃ na hoti, na ca vaṭṭatī’’ti ca vuttaṃ. ^b^Ārādhayiṃsū^eb^ti cittaṃ gaṇhiṃsu, ajjhāsayaṃ ^a^V2.0011^ea^ pūrayiṃsu, hadayagāhiniṃ paṭipattiṃ paṭipajjiṃsūti attho. ^b^Ekaṃ samaya^eb^nti ekasmiṃ samaye, paṭhamabodhiyanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Yaṃ ādīnavanti sambandho. ^b^Sikkhāpadaṃ paññapento^eb^ti paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpadaṃ paññapento. ^b^Ādīnavaṃ dassessatī^eb^ti ‘‘varaṃ te, moghapurisa, āsīvisassa ghoravisassa mukhe aṅgajātaṃ pakkhittaṃ, na tveva mātugāmassa aṅgajāte aṅgajātaṃ pakkhitta’’ntiādinā yaṃ ādīnavaṃ dassessati. ^b^Abhiviññāpesī^eb^ti imassa ‘‘pavattesī’’ti ayamattho kathaṃ laddhoti āha ^b^‘‘pavattanāpi hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kāyaviññatticopanato^eb^ti kāyaviññattivasena pavattacalanato. Kasmā panesa methunadhammena anatthikopi samāno tikkhattuṃ abhiviññāpesīti āha – ^b^‘‘tikkhattuṃ abhiviññāpanañcesā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^tikkhattuṃ abhiviññāpana^eb^nti muttipāpanavasena tīsu vāresu methunadhammassa pavattanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Sabbesampi padānaṃ avadhāraṇaphalattā vināpi evakāraṃ avadhāraṇattho viññāyatīti āha ^b^‘‘teneva ajjhācārenā’’^eb^ti. Aṭṭha hi gabbhakāraṇāni. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Methunacoḷaggahaṇaṃ, tanusaṃsaggo ca nābhiāmasanaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Pānaṃ dassanasavanaṃ, ghāyanamiti gabbhahetavo aṭṭhā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni avadhāraṇena nivattitamatthaṃ dassetukāmo āha – ^b^‘‘kiṃ pana aññathāpi gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hotī’’^eb^tiādi. Nanu ca nābhiparāmasanampi kāyasaṃsaggoyeva, kasmā naṃ visuṃ vuttanti? Ubhayesaṃ chandarāgavasena kāyasaṃsaggo vutto, itthiyā chandarāgavasena nābhiparāmasanaṃ, vatthuvasena vā taṃ visuṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kathaṃ pana kāyasaṃsaggena gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hoti, kathañca tattha sukkasoṇitassa sambhavoti āha ^b^‘‘itthiyo hī’’^eb^tiādi ^a^M2.0013^ea^. Chandarāguppattivasena itthiyā sukkakoṭṭhāso calito hoti, sopi gabbhasaṇṭhānassa paccayo hotīti adhippāyo. Itthisantānepi hi rasādisattadhātuyo labbhantiyeva. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘aṅgapaccaṅgaparāmasanaṃ sādiyantiyopi gabbhaṃ gaṇhantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Gaṇṭhipadesu^eb^ pana ‘‘kāyasaṃsaggādinā sattappakārena gabbhaggahaṇe pitu sukkakoṭṭhāsaṃ vinā chandarāgavasena mātu vikārappattaṃ lohitameva gabbhasaṇṭhānassa paccayo hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yassa aṅgapaccaṅgaparāmasanaṃ sādiyitvā mātā puttaṃ paṭilabhati, sace so aparena samayena paripuṇṇindriyo hutvā tādisaṃ pitaraṃ manussajātikaṃ jīvitā voropeti, pitughātakova hotī’’ti vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ^eb^^a^V2.0012^ea^^b^asuciṃ ekadesaṃ mukhena aggahesī^eb^ti purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovantī tattha yaṃ asuciṃ addasa, taṃ asuciṃ ekadesaṃ pivi. ‘‘Vaṭṭati tumhākaṃ methunadhammo’’ti puṭṭho ‘‘kappatu vā mā vā kappatu, mayaṃ tena anatthikā’’ti dassento āha ^b^‘‘anatthikā mayaṃ etenā’’^eb^ti. Kiñcāpi nābhiparāmasane methunarāgo natthi, tathāpi nābhiparāmasanakāle phassasādiyanavasena assādamattaṃ tassā ahosīti gahetabbaṃ, aññathā gabbhasaṇṭhahanaṃ na siyā. Diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya nābhiparāmasanena maṇḍabyassa nibbatti ahosi, caṇḍapajjotamātu nābhiyaṃ vicchikā pharitvā gatā, tena caṇḍapajjotassa nibbatti ahosīti āha ^b^‘‘eteneva nayenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Purisaṃ upanijjhāyatī^eb^ti vātapānādinā disvā vā diṭṭhapubbaṃ vā purisaṃ upanijjhāyati. ^b^Rājorodhā viyā^eb^ti sīhaḷadīpe kira ekissā itthiyā tathā ahosi, tasmā evaṃ vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ. ^b^Aya^eb^nti sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikā. ^b^Yaṃ sandhāyā^eb^ti yaṃ ajjhācāraṃ sandhāya. Sukkaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘mātāpitaro ca sannipatitā hontī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, ^b^mātā ca utunī hotī^eb^ti lohitaṃ sandhāya. Tattha ^b^sannipatitā hontī^eb^ti asaddhammavasena ekasmiṃ ṭhāne samāgatā saṅgatā honti. ^b^Mātā ca utunī hotī^eb^ti idaṃ utusamayaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na lokasamaññākarajassa lagganadivasamattaṃ. ^b^Gandhabbo^eb^ti tatrūpagasatto, gantabboti vuttaṃ hoti. Ta-kārassa dha-kāro katoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Atha vā gandhanato uppajjanagatiyā nimittupaṭṭhānena sūcanato ^a^M2.0014^ea^ dīpanato gandhoti laddhanāmena bhavagāmikammunā abbati pavattatīti gandhabbo, tattha uppajjanakasatto. ^b^Paccupaṭṭhito hotī^eb^ti upagato hoti. Ettha ca na mātāpitūnaṃ sannipātaṃ olokayamāno samīpe ṭhito nāma hoti, kammayantayantito pana eko satto tasmiṃ okāse nibbattanako purimajātiyaṃ ṭhitoyeva gatinimittādiārammaṇakaraṇavasena upapattābhimukho hotīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sannipātā^eb^ti samodhānena samāgamena. ^b^Gabbhassā^eb^ti gabbhe nibbattanakasattassa. Gabbhe nibbattanakasattopi hi gabbhoti vuccati. Yathāha – ‘‘yathā kho panānanda, aññā itthikā nava vā dasa vā māse gabbhaṃ kucchinā pariharitvā vijāyantī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.205). Katthaci pana gabbhoti mātukucchi vutto. Yathāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yamekarattiṃ paṭhamaṃ, gabbhe vasati māṇavo;<br/><br/>[22]Abbhuṭṭhitova so yāti, sa gacchaṃ na nivattatī’’ti. (jā. 1.15.363); –<br/><br/>[07]Ettha ^a^V2.0013^ea^ ca gabbhati attabhāvabhāvena pavattatīti gabbho, kalalādiavattho dhammappabandho, taṃnissitattā pana sattasantāno ‘‘gabbho’’ti vutto yathā ‘‘mañcā ukkuṭṭhiṃ karontī’’ti. Taṃnissayabhāvato mātukucchi ‘‘gabbho’’ti veditabbo. Gabbho viyāti vā. Yathā hi nivāsaṭṭhānatāya sattānaṃ ovarako ‘‘gabbho’’ti vuccati, evaṃ gabbhaseyyakānaṃ sattānaṃ yāva abhijāti nivāsaṭṭhānatāya mātukucchi ‘‘gabbho’’ti vuttoti veditabbo. ^b^Avakkanti hotī^eb^ti nibbatti hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ārakkhadevatā^eb^ti tassa ārakkhatthāya ṭhitā devatā. Assa taṃ ajjhācāranti sambandho. ^b^Tathā nicchāresu^eb^nti tathā mahantaṃ saddaṃ katvā nicchāresuṃ. Kiñcāpi idha pāḷiyaṃ ākāsaṭṭhadevatā visuṃ na āgatā, tathāpi saddassa anussāvane ayamanukkamoti dassetuṃ cātumahārājikadevatāyo dvidhā katvā ākāsaṭṭhadevatā visuṃ vuttā. Tenettha ākāsaṭṭhakānaṃ visuṃ gahitattā cātumahārājikāti paribhaṇḍapabbataṭṭhakā veditabbā. ^b^Itihā^eb^ti nipātasamudāyo evaṃsaddassa atthe daṭṭhabboti āha ^b^‘‘eva’’^eb^nti. ^b^Khaṇena muhuttenā^eb^ti padadvayaṃ vevacanabhāvato samānatthamevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Ekakolāhalamahosī^eb^ti devabrahmalokesu ^a^M2.0015^ea^ ekakolāhalamahosi. Kiñcāpi hi so saddo yāva brahmalokā abbhuggacchi, tathāpi na so manussānaṃ visayo tesaṃ rūpaṃ viya, teneva bhikkhū pucchiṃsu – ‘‘kacci no tvaṃ, āvuso sudinna, anabhirato’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^37^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Evaṃ mātāputtānaṃ pabbajjā saphalā ahosi, pitā pana vippaṭisārābhibhūto vihāsī’’^eb^ti vacanato sudinnassa tasmiṃ attabhāve arahattādhigamo nāhosīti viññāyati. Keci pana ‘‘pubbekatapuññatāya codiyamānassa bhabbakulaputtassāti vuttattā sudinno taṃ kukkuccaṃ vinodetvā arahattaṃ sacchākāsi, teneva pabbajjā anuññātā’’ti vadanti. Taṃ pāḷiyā aṭṭhakathāya ca na sameti. Pubbekatapuññatā ca appamāṇaṃ tādisassapi antarākatapāpakammassa vasena ajātasattuno viya adhigamantarāyadassanato. Katākatānusocanalakkhaṇaṃ kukkuccaṃ idhādhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘ajjhācārahetuko pacchānutāpo’’^eb^ti. Kataṃ ajjhācāraṃ paṭicca anusocanavasena virūpaṃ saraṇaṃ cintanaṃ ^b^vippaṭisāro^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘vippaṭisārotipi tasseva nāma’’^eb^nti. Kucchitaṃ kataṃ kiriyāti kukataṃ, kukatameva ^b^kukkucca^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘kucchitakiriyābhāvato kukkucca’’^eb^nti. ^b^Pariyādinnamaṃsalohitattā^eb^ti parikkhīṇamaṃsalohitattā. ^b^Avipphāriko^eb^ti uddesādīsu byāpārarahito, abyāvaṭoti attho. ^b^Vahacchinno^eb^ti ^a^V2.0014^ea^ chinnavaho, bhāravahanena chinnakkhandhoti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Taṃ taṃ cintayī^eb^ti ‘‘yadi ahaṃ taṃ pāpaṃ na karissaṃ, ime bhikkhū viya paripuṇṇasīlo assa’’ntiādinā taṃ taṃ cintayi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^38^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃbhūta^eb^nti kisalūkhādibhāvappattaṃ. ^b^Gaṇasaṅgaṇikāpapañcenā^eb^ti gaṇe janasamāgame sannipatanaṃ gaṇasaṅgaṇikā, gaṇasaṅgaṇikāyeva papañco gaṇasaṅgaṇikāpapañco, tena. ^b^Yassā^eb^ti ye assa. ^b^Kathāphāsukā^eb^ti vissāsikabhāveneva kathākaraṇe phāsukā, sukhena vattuṃ sakkuṇeyyā, sukhasambhāsāti attho. Pasādassa pamāṇato ūnādhikattaṃ sabbadā sabbesaṃ natthīti āha ^b^‘‘pasādapatiṭṭhānokāsassa sampuṇṇattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dānī^eb^ti imasmiṃ atthe etarahi-saddo atthīti āha ^b^‘‘dānīti nipāto’’^eb^ti. ^b^No^eb^-saddopi nu-saddo viya pucchanatthoti āha ^b^‘‘kacci^eb^^a^M2.0016^ea^^b^nu tva’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tameva anabhirati^eb^nti tehi bhikkhūhi pucchitaṃ tameva gihibhāvapatthanākāraṃ anabhiratiṃ. ‘‘Tamevā’’ti avadhāraṇena nivattitamatthaṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘adhikusalāna’’^eb^ntiādi. Adhikusalā dhammā samathavipassanādayo. ^b^Atthī^eb^ti visayabhāvena citte parivattanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na pāpassa vattamānataṃ sandhāya, atthi visayabhāvena citte parivattatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘niccakālaṃ abhimukhaṃ viya me tiṭṭhatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yaṃ tva^eb^nti ettha ^b^ya^eb^nti hetuatthe nipāto, karaṇatthe vā paccattavacananti āha ^b^‘‘yena pāpenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anekapariyāyenā^eb^ti ettha ^b^pariyāya^eb^-saddo kāraṇavacanoti āha ^b^‘‘anekakāraṇenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Virāgatthāyā^eb^ti bhavabhogesu virajjanatthāya. ^b^No rāgena rajjanatthāyā^eb^ti bhavabhogesuyeva rāgena arañjanatthāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhagavatā hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Esa nayo sabbapadesū^eb^ti adhippāyikamattaṃ sabbapadesu atidissati. ^b^Idaṃ panettha pariyāyavacanamatta^eb^nti ‘‘visaṃyogāyā’’tiādīsu sabbapadesu ‘‘kilesehi visaṃyujjanatthāyā’’tiādinā padatthavibhāvanavasena vuttapariyāyavacanaṃ sandhāya vadati. ^b^Na saṃyujjanatthāyā^eb^ti kilesehi na saṃyujjanatthāya. ^b^Aggahaṇatthāyā^eb^ti kilese aggahaṇatthāya, bhavabhoge vā taṇhādiṭṭhivasena aggahaṇatthāya. ^b^Na saṅgahaṇatthāyā^eb^ti etthāpi imināva nayena attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nibbattitalokuttaranibbānamevā^eb^ti saṅkhārehi nikkhantaṃ vivittaṃ, tatoyeva lokato uttiṇṇattā lokuttaraṃ nibbānaṃ. ^b^Madanimmadanāyāti vā^eb^ti ettha avuttasamuccayatthena ^b^vā^eb^-saddena ādiatthena ^b^iti^eb^-saddena vā ‘‘pipāsavinayāyā’’tiādi sabbaṃ saṅgahitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattamānena ariyamaggena pahīyamānā rāgamānamadādayo taṃ patvā pahīyanti nāmāti āha ^b^‘‘yasmā pana taṃ āgammā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^taṃ āgammā^eb^ti nibbānaṃ āgamma paṭicca ^a^V2.0015^ea^ ariyamaggassa ārammaṇapaccayabhāvahetu. ^b^Mānamadapurisamadādayo^eb^ti ettha jātiādiṃ nissāya seyyassa ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’tiādinā uppajjanakamānoyeva madajananaṭṭhena madoti ^b^mānamado. Purisamado^eb^ vuccati purisamāno, ‘‘ahaṃ puriso’’ti uppajjanakamāno. ‘‘Asaddhammasevanasamatthataṃ nissāya pavatto māno, rāgo eva vā purisamado’’ti keci. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena balamadayobbanamadādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti ^a^M2.0017^ea^. ^b^Mahāgaṇṭhipade^eb^ pana ^b^majjhimagaṇṭhipade^eb^ ca ‘‘purisamado nāma sambhavo’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ idha yuttaṃ viya na dissati. Na hi ‘‘bhagavatā sambhavassa vināsāya dhammo desito’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. ^b^Nimmadā^eb^ti vigatamadabhāvā. Imameva hi atthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘amadā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Madā nimmadīyanti ettha amadabhāvaṃ vināsaṃ gacchantīti ^b^madanimmadano^eb^. Esa nayo sesapadesupi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāmapipāsā^eb^ti kāmānaṃ pātukamyatā, kāmataṇhāti attho. Ālīyanti abhiramitabbaṭṭhena sevīyantīti ālayā, pañca kāmaguṇāti āha ^b^‘‘pañca kāmaguṇālayā’’^eb^ti. Pañcasu hi kāmaguṇesu chandarāgappahāneneva pañca kāmaguṇāpi pahīnā nāma honti, teneva ‘‘yo, bhikkhave, rūpesu chandarāgo’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 3.323) vuttaṃ. Pañcakāmaguṇesu vā ālayā ^b^pañcakāmaguṇālayā^eb^. Ālīyanti allīyanti abhiramanavasena sevantīti ālayāti hi taṇhāvicaritānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ^b^Tebhūmakavaṭṭa^eb^nti tīsu bhūmīsu kammakilesavipākā vaṭṭanaṭṭhena vaṭṭaṃ. ^b^Virajjatī^eb^ti palujjati. ^b^‘‘Virajjatī^eb^ti kāmavināso vutto, ^b^nirujjhatī^eb^ti ekappahārena vināso’’ti ^b^gaṇṭhipadesu^eb^ vuttaṃ. ^b^Virāgo nirodho^eb^ti sāmaññacodanāyapi ‘‘taṇhākkhayo’’ti adhikatattā taṇhāya eva virajjanaṃ nirujjhanañca vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Catasso yoniyo^eb^ti ettha ^b^yonī^eb^ti khandhakoṭṭhāsassapi kāraṇassapi passāvamaggassapi nāmaṃ. ‘‘Catasso nāgayoniyo (saṃ. ni. 3.342-343) catasso supaṇṇayoniyo’’ti ettha hi khandhakoṭṭhāso yoni nāma. ‘‘Yoni hesā bhūmija phalassa adhigamāyā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.226) ettha kāraṇaṃ. ‘‘Na cāhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ brūmi, yonijaṃ mattisambhava’’nti (ma. ni. 2.457; dha. pa. 396) ettha passāvamaggo. Idha pana khandhakoṭṭhāso ‘‘yonī’’ti adhippeto. Yavanti tāya sattā amissitāpi samānajātitāya missitā hontīti ^b^yoni^eb^. Sā pana atthato aṇḍādiuppattiṭṭhānavisiṭṭho khandhānaṃ bhāgaso pavattiviseso, sā ca aṇḍajajalābujasaṃsedajaopapātikavasena catubbidhā. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘catasso kho imā, sāriputta, yoniyo. Katamā catasso? Aṇḍajā yoni jalābujā yoni saṃsedajā yoni opapātikā yonī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.152).<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^a^M2.0018^ea^^a^V2.0016^ea^ aṇḍe jātā ^b^aṇḍajā^eb^. Jalābumhi jātā ^b^jalābujā^eb^. Saṃsede jātā ^b^saṃsedajā^eb^. Vinā etehi kāraṇehi uppatitvā viya nibbattāti ^b^opapātikā^eb^. Ettha ca petaloke tiracchāne manussesu ca aṇḍajādayo catassopi yoniyo sambhavanti, manussesu panettha kecideva opapātikā honti mahāpadumakumārādayo viya. Aṇḍajāpi kontaputtā dvebhātiyatherā viya, saṃsedajāpi padumagabbhe nibbattapokkharasātibrāhmaṇapadumavatīdevīādayo viya kecideva honti, yebhuyyena pana manussā jalābujāva. Petesupi nijjhāmataṇhikapetānaṃ niccadukkhāturatāya kāmasevanā natthi, tasmā te gabbhaseyyakā na honti. Jālāvantatāya na tāsaṃ kucchiyaṃ gabbho saṇṭhāti, tasmā te opapātikāyeva saṃsedajatāyapi asambhavato, avasesapetā pana catuyonikāpi honti. Yathā ca te, evaṃ yakkhāpi sabbacatuppadapakkhijātidīghajātiādayopi sabbe catuyonikāyeva. Sabbe nerayikā ca catumahārājikato paṭṭhāya uparidevā ca opapātikāyeva, bhummadevā pana catuyonikāva honti. Tattha devamanussesu saṃsedajaopapātikānaṃ ayaṃ viseso – saṃsedajā mandā daharā hutvā nibbattanti, opapātikā soḷasavassuddesikā hutvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pañca gatiyo^eb^ti ettha sukatadukkaṭakammavasena gantabbā upapajjitabbāti gatiyo. Yathā hi kammabhavo paramatthato asatipi kārake paccayasāmaggiyā siddho, taṃsamaṅginā santānalakkhaṇena sattena katoti voharīyati, evaṃ upapattibhavalakkhaṇagatiyo paramatthato asatipi gamake taṃtaṃkammavasena yesaṃ tāni kammāni tehi gantabbāti voharīyanti. Apica gatigati nibbattigati ajjhāsayagati vibhavagati nipphattigatīti bahuvidhā gati nāma. Tattha ‘‘taṃ gatiṃ pecca gacchāmī’’ti (a. ni. 4.184) ca ‘‘yassa gatiṃ na jānanti, devā gandhabbamānusā’’ti (dha. pa. 420; su. ni. 649) ca ayaṃ ^b^gatigati^eb^ nāma. ‘‘Imesaṃ kho panāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sīlavantānaṃ neva jānāmi āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.508) ayaṃ ^b^nibbattigati^eb^ nāma. ‘‘Evampi kho te ahaṃ brahme gatiñca pajānāmi cutiñca pajānāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.503) ayaṃ ^b^ajjhāsayagati^eb^ nāma. ‘‘Vibhavo gati dhammānaṃ, nibbānaṃ arahato ^a^M2.0019^ea^ gatī’’ti (pari. 339) ayaṃ ^b^vibhavagati^eb^ nāma. ‘‘Dveyeva gatiyo sambhavanti anaññā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.258; 2.34; 3.200) ayaṃ ^b^nipphattigati^eb^ nāma. Tāsu idha gatigati adhippetā, sā pana nirayatiracchānayonipettivisayamanaussadevānaṃ vasena pañcavidhā hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘pañca kho imā, sāriputta, gatiyo. Katamā pañca? Nirayo tiracchānayoni pettivisayo manussā devā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.153).<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^a^V2.0017^ea^ yassa uppajjati, taṃ brūhentoyeva uppajjatīti ayo, sukhaṃ. Natthi ettha ayoti ^b^nirayo,^eb^ tato eva ramitabbaṃ assādetabbaṃ tattha natthīti niratiatthena nirassādaṭṭhena ca nirayoti vuccati. Tiriyaṃ añcitāti ^b^tiracchānā,^eb^ devamanussādayo viya uddhaṃ dīghā ahutvā tiriyaṃ dīghāti attho. Pakaṭṭhato sukhato ayanaṃ apagamo peccabhāvo, taṃ peccabhāvaṃ pattānaṃ visayoti ^b^pettivisayo,^eb^ petayoni. Manassa ussannatāya ^b^manussā,^eb^ satisūrabhāvabrahmacariyayogyatādiguṇavasena upacitamānasatāya ukkaṭṭhaguṇacittatāya manussāti vuttaṃ hoti, ayaṃ panattho nippariyāyato jambudīpavāsīvasena veditabbo. Yathāha – ‘‘tīhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehi jambudīpakā manussā uttarakuruke ca manusse adhiggaṇhanti deve ca tāvatiṃse. Katamehi tīhi? Sūrā satimanto idha brahmacariyavāso’’ti (a. ni. 9.21). Tathā hi buddhā ca bhagavanto paccekabuddhā aggasāvakā mahāsāvakā cakkavattino aññe ca mahānubhāvā sattā tattheva uppajjanti, tehi samānarūpāditāya pana saddhiṃ parittadīpavāsīhi itaramahādīpavāsinopi manussātveva paññāyiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03]Apare pana bhaṇanti ‘‘lobhādīhi alobhādīhi ca sahitassa manassa ussannatāya manussā. Ye hi sattā manussajātikā, tesu visesato lobhādayo alobhādayo ca ussannā. Te lobhādiussannatāya apāyamaggaṃ, alobhādiussannatāya sugatimaggaṃ nibbānagāmimaggañca paripūrenti, tasmā lobhādīhi alobhādīhi ca sahitassa manassa ussannatāya parittadīpavāsīhi saddhiṃ catumahādīpavāsino sattavisesā manussāti vuccantī’’ti. Lokiyā pana ‘‘manuno ^a^M2.0020^ea^ apaccabhāvena manussā’’ti vadanti. Manu nāma paṭhamakappiko lokamariyādāya ādibhūto sattānaṃ hitāhitavidhāyako kattabbākattabbatāvasena pituṭṭhāniyo, yo sāsane mahāsammatoti vuccati amhākaṃ bodhisatto, paccakkhato paramparāya ca tassa ovādānusāsaniyaṃ ṭhitā sattā puttasadisatāya ‘‘manussā, mānusā’’ti ca vuccanti. Tato eva hi te ‘‘mānavā manujā’’ti ca voharīyanti.<br/><br/>[03]Pañcahi kāmaguṇehi attano attano devānubhāvasaṅkhātehi iddhivisesehi ca dibbanti kīḷanti laḷanti jotantīti ^b^devā^eb^. Tattha kāmadevā kāmaguṇehi ceva iddhivisesehi ca, itare iddhiviseseheva dibbantīti veditabbā. Saraṇanti vā gamiyanti abhitthavīyantīti vā devā. Ettha ca nirayagatidevagatimanussagatīhi saddhiṃ okāsena khandhā vuttā. Tiracchānayonipettivisayaggahaṇena khandhānaṃ eva gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ tesaṃ tādisassa paricchinnassa okāsassa abhāvato. Yattha yattha vā te araññasamuddapabbatapādādike nibaddhavāsaṃ vasanti, tādisassa ṭhānassa ^a^V2.0018^ea^ vasena okāsopi gahetabbo. ^b^Satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo nava sattāvāsā^eb^ ca heṭṭhā saṃvaṇṇitanayā eva. ^b^Aparāparabhāvāyā^eb^ti aparāparaṃ yoniādito yoniādibhāvāya. ^b^Ābandhanaṃ^eb^ gaṇṭhikaraṇaṃ, ^b^saṃsibbanaṃ^eb^ tunnakaraṇaṃ. ^b^Taṇhāya nikkhantaṃ^eb^ tattha tassā sabbaso abhāvato, nikkhamanañcassa taṇhāya visaṃyogo evāti āha ^b^‘‘visaṃyutta’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāmānaṃ pahāna^eb^nti ettha kāmaggahaṇena kāmīyatīti kāmo, kāmetīti kāmoti duvidhassapi kāmassa saṅgaho katoti āha ^b^‘‘vatthukāmānaṃ kilesakāmānañca pahāna’’^eb^nti. Vatthukāmappahānañcettha tesu chandarāgappahānenāti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Kāmasaññāna^eb^nti kāmesu, kāmasahagatānaṃ vā saññānaṃ. ^b^Pariññā^eb^ti tividhāpi pariññā idhādhippetāti āha ^b^‘‘ñātatīraṇapahānavasena tividhā pariññā’’^eb^ti. Tattha katamā ñātapariññā? Sabbaṃ tebhūmakaṃ nāmarūpaṃ ‘‘idaṃ rūpaṃ, ettakaṃ rūpaṃ, na ito bhiyyo, idaṃ nāmaṃ, ettakaṃ nāmaṃ, na ito bhiyyo’’ti bhūtupādāyabhedaṃ rūpaṃ phassādibhedaṃ nāmañca lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānato vavatthapeti, kammāvijjādikañcassa paccayaṃ pariggaṇhāti, ayaṃ ^b^ñātapariññā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Katamā ^a^M2.0021^ea^ tīraṇapariññā? Evaṃ ñātaṃ katvā taṃ sabbaṃ tīreti aniccato dukkhato rogatoti dvācattālīsāya ākārehi, ayaṃ ^b^tīraṇapariññā^eb^ nāma. Katamā pahānapariññā? Evaṃ tīrayitvā aggamaggena sabbasmiṃ chandarāgaṃ pajahati, ayaṃ ^b^pahānapariññā^eb^. Diṭṭhivisuddhikaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhiyo vā ñātapariññā, maggāmaggapaṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhiādayo, kalāpasammasanādianulomapariyosānā vā paññā tīraṇapariññā, ariyamagge ñāṇaṃ nippariyāyena pahānapariññā. Idha pana kāmasaññānaṃ sabhāvalakkhaṇapaṭivedhavasena aniccādisāmaññalakkhaṇavasena ca pavattamānānaṃ ñātatīraṇapariññānampi kiccanipphattiyā maggeneva ijjhanato maggakkhaṇaṃyeva sandhāya tividhāpi pariññā vuttā. Teneva ‘‘imesu pañcasu ṭhānesu kilesakkhayakaro lokuttaramaggova kathito’’ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmesu, kāme vā pātumicchā kāmapipāsāti āha – ^b^‘‘kāmesu pātabyatānaṃ, kāme vā pātumicchāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Imesu pañcasu ṭhānesū^eb^ti ‘‘kāmānaṃ pahānaṃ akkhāta’’ntiādinā vuttesu pañcasu ṭhānesu. ^b^Tīsu ṭhānesū^eb^ti ‘‘virāgāya dhammo desito, no sarāgāya, visaṃyogāya dhammo desito, no saṃyogāya, anupādānāya dhammo desito, no saupādānāyā’’ti evaṃ vuttesu ṭhānesu. ^b^Vippaṭisāraṃ karotī^eb^ti evaṃ taṃ pāpaṃ vippaṭisāraṃ uppādeti. Kīdisaṃ vippaṭisāraṃ karotīti āha ^b^‘‘īdisepi nāmā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^39^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Neva^eb^^a^V2.0019^ea^^b^piyakamyatāyā^eb^ti attani satthu neva piyabhāvakāmatāya. ^b^Na bhedapurekkhāratāyā^eb^ti na satthu tena bhikkhunā bhedanādhippāyapurekkhāratāya. ^b^Na kalisāsanāropanatthāyā^eb^ti na dosāropanatthāya. ^b^Kalī^eb^ti kodhassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tassa sāsanaṃ kalisāsanaṃ, kodhavasena vuccamāno garahadoso. ^b^Vela^eb^nti sikkhāpadavelaṃ. ^b^Mariyāda^eb^nti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Sikkhāpadañhi anatikkamanīyaṭṭhena ‘‘velā, mariyādā’’ti ca vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ajjhācāravītikkamo^eb^ti methunavasena pavattājjhācārasaṅkhāto vītikkamo. ^b^Pakaraṇe^eb^ti ettha ^b^pa^eb^-saddo ārambhavacanoti āha ^b^‘‘kattuṃ ārabhatī’’^eb^ti. Katthaci upasaggo dhātuatthameva vadati, na visesatthajotakoti āha ^b^‘‘karotiyeva vā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jātiyā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0022^ea^ khattiyādijātiyā. ^b^Gottenā^eb^ti gotamakassapādigottena. ^b^Kolaputtiyenā^eb^ti khattiyādijātīsuyeva sakkakulasotthiyakulādivisiṭṭhakulānaṃ puttabhāvena. ^b^Yasassī^eb^ti mahāparivāro. ^b^Pesala^eb^nti piyasīlaṃ. ^b^Avikampamānenā^eb^ti paṭighānunayehi akampamānena. Yassa tasmiṃ attabhāve uppajjanārahānaṃ maggaphalānaṃ upanissayo natthi, taṃ buddhā ‘‘moghapurisā’’ti vadanti ariṭṭhalāḷudāyīādike viya. Upanissaye satipi tasmiṃ khaṇe magge vā phale vā asati ‘‘moghapurisā’’ti vadantiyeva dhaniyaupasenattherādike viya. Sudinnassa pana tasmiṃ attabhāve maggaphalānaṃ upanissayo samucchinnoyeva, tena naṃ ‘‘moghapurisā’’ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samaṇakaraṇānaṃ dhammāna^eb^nti hirottappādīnaṃ. ^b^Maggaphalanibbāna^eb^ggahaṇena paṭivedhasāsanassa gahitattā ^b^sāsanāna^eb^nti paṭipattipariyattisāsanānaṃ gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. ^b^Chavi^eb^nti tesaṃ pabhassarakaraṇaṃ chaviṃ. Kiṃ tanti āha ^b^‘‘chāya’’^eb^nti, tesaṃ pakāsakaṃ obhāsanti attho. Kiṃ tanti āha ^b^‘‘sundarabhāva’’^eb^nti. Chavimanugataṃ ^b^anucchavikaṃ^eb^. ^b^Patirūpa^eb^ntiādīsupi ‘‘tesa’’nti ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Samaṇānaṃ kammaṃ sāmaṇakaṃ, na sāmaṇakaṃ ^b^assāmaṇakaṃ^eb^. Kathaṃ-saddayogena ‘‘na sakkhissasī’’ti anāgatavacanaṃ kataṃ. ‘‘Nāma-saddayogenā’’ti ca vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dayālukenā^eb^ti anukampāya sahitena. ^b^Paribhāsanto^eb^ti garahanto. Niruttinayena āsīvisa-saddassa atthaṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘āsu sīgha’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Etassā^eb^ti āsīvisassa. ^b^Āgacchatī^eb^ti yo tena daṭṭho, taṃ patiāgacchati. Āsittavisotipi ^b^āsīviso,^eb^ sakalakāye āsiñcitvā viya ṭhapitaviso parassa ca sarīre āsiñcanavisoti attho. Asitavisotipi ^b^āsīviso^eb^. Yaṃ yañhi etena asitaṃ hoti paribhuttaṃ, taṃ visameva sampajjati, tasmā asitaṃ visaṃ etassāti asitavisoti vattabbe ‘‘āsīviso’’ti niruttinayena ^a^V2.0020^ea^ vuttaṃ. Asisadisavisotipi ^b^āsīviso,^eb^ asi viya tikhiṇaṃ parassa mammacchedanasamatthaṃ visaṃ etassāti āsīvisoti vuttaṃ hoti. Āsīti vā dāṭhā vuccati, tattha sannihitavisoti ^b^āsīviso^eb^. Sesasappehi kaṇhasappassa mahāvisattā āsīvisassānantaraṃ kaṇhasappo vutto. Sappamukhampi ^a^M2.0023^ea^ aṅgārakāsu viya bhayāvahattā akusaluppattiyā ṭhānaṃ na hotīti akusalakammato nivāraṇādhippāyena sīlabhedatopi suddhasīle ṭhitassa maraṇameva varataranti dassetuṃ ‘‘āsīvisassa kaṇhasappassa mukhe aṅgajātaṃ pakkhittaṃ vara’’nti vuttaṃ. Pabbajitena hi katapāpakammaṃ bhagavato āṇātikkamanato vatthumahantatāya mahāsāvajjaṃ. ^b^Kāsu^eb^nti āvāṭopi vuccati rāsipi.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Kinnu santaramānova, kāsuṃ khaṇasi sārathi;<br/><br/>[22]Puṭṭho me samma akkhāhi, kiṃ kāsuyā karissasī’’ti. (jā. 2.22.3) –<br/><br/>[07]Ettha hi āvāṭo kāsu nāma.<br/><br/>[22]‘‘Aṅgārakāsuṃ apare phuṇanti, narā rudantā paridaḍḍhagattā’’ti (jā. 2.22.462) –<br/><br/>[07]Ettha rāsi. Idha pana ubhayampi adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘aṅgārapuṇṇakūpe aṅgārarāsimhi vā’’^eb^ti. Kassati khaṇīyatīti kāsu, āvāṭo. Kasīyati cīyatīti kāsu, rāsi. ^b^Padittāyā^eb^ti dippamānāya. Saṃ-saddo ettha samantapariyāyoti āha ^b^‘‘samantato pajjalitāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Idaṃ mātugāmassa aṅgajāte aṅgajātapakkhipanaṃ nidānaṃ kāraṇamassa nirayupapajjanassāti ^b^itonidānaṃ,^eb^ bhāvanapuṃsakañcetaṃ. Paccattavacanassa to-ādeso kato, tassa ca samāsepi alopo. ^b^Tattha nāma tva^eb^nti ettha ^b^tvaṃ^eb^-saddo ‘‘samāpajjissasī’’ti iminā sambandhamupagacchamāno atthīti āha ^b^‘‘tvanti taṃsaddassa vevacana’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Yaṃ tanti pana pāṭho yuttarūpo’’ti ^b^gaṇṭhipadesu^eb^ vuttaṃ. Yaṃ tanti nāyaṃ uddesaniddeso, yathā loke yaṃ vā taṃ vāti avaññātavacanaṃ, evaṃ daṭṭhabbanti āha – ^b^‘‘yaṃ vā taṃ vā hīḷitaṃ avaññātanti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nīcajanāna^eb^nti nihīnaguṇānaṃ sattānaṃ. ^b^Gāmadhamma^eb^nti ettha ^b^gāma^eb^-saddena gāmavāsino vuttā abhedūpacārenāti āha ^b^‘‘gāmavāsikamanussāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kilesapaggharaṇakaṃ dhamma^eb^nti rāgādikilesavissandanakadhammaṃ ^a^V2.0021^ea^. Methunadhammo hi rāgaṃ paggharati. Methunadhammassa mahāsāvajjatāya oḷārikattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘asukhuma’’^eb^nti. ^b^Anipuṇa^eb^nti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Udake bhavaṃ odakaṃ. Kiṃ taṃ? Udakakiccanti āha – ^b^‘‘udakakiccaṃ antikaṃ avasānaṃ assā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Samāpajjissatī^eb^ti anāgatavacanaṃ nāma-saddayogena katanti āha – ^b^‘‘samāpajjissatīti…pe… nāma-saddena^eb^^a^M2.0024^ea^^b^yojetabba’’^eb^nti. Loke methunadhammassa ādikattā koci paṭhamakappiko, na panāyanti āha – ^b^‘‘sāsanaṃ sandhāya vadatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bahūna^eb^nti puggalāpekkhaṃ, na pana akusalāpekkhanti āha ^b^‘‘bahūnaṃ puggalāna’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Yaṃ asaṃvaraṃ paṭicca dubbharatādupposatādi hoti, so asaṃvaro dubbharatādi-saddena vutto kāraṇe phalūpacārenāti āha – ^b^‘‘dubbharatādīnaṃ vatthubhūtassa asaṃvarassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vatthubhūtassā^eb^ti kāraṇabhūtassa. Vasati ettha phalaṃ tadāyattavuttitāyāti hi kāraṇaṃ vatthu. ^b^Attā^eb^ti cittaṃ sarīrañca, cittameva vā. ^b^Dubbharatañceva dupposatañca āpajjatī^eb^ti attanā paccayadāyakehi ca dukkhena bharitabbataṃ posetabbatañca āpajjati. Asaṃvare ṭhito hi ekacco attanopi dubbharo hoti dupposo, ekacco upaṭṭhākānampi. Kathaṃ? Yo hi ambilādīni laddhā anambilādīni pariyesati, aññassa ghare laddhaṃ aññassa ghare chaḍḍento sabbaṃ gāmaṃ caritvā rittapattova vihāraṃ pavisitvā nipajjati, ayaṃ ^b^attano dubbharo^eb^. Yo pana sālimaṃsodanādīnaṃ patte pūretvā dinnepi dummukhabhāvaṃ anattamanabhāvameva dasseti, tesaṃ vā sammukhāva taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ ‘‘kiṃ tumhehi dinna’’nti apasādento sāmaṇeragahaṭṭhādīnaṃ deti, ayaṃ ^b^upaṭṭhākānaṃ dubbharo^eb^. Etaṃ disvā manussā dūratova parivajjenti ‘‘dubbharo bhikkhu na sakkā posetu’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahicchata^eb^nti ettha mahantāni vatthūni icchati, mahatī vā panassa icchāti mahiccho, tassa bhāvo mahicchatā, santaguṇavibhāvanatā paṭiggahaṇe amattaññutā ca. Mahiccho hi icchācāre ṭhatvā attani vijjamānasīladhutadhammādiguṇe vibhāveti, tādisassa paṭiggahaṇe amattaññutāpi hoti. Yaṃ sandhāya vadanti ‘‘santaguṇasambhāvanatā paṭiggahaṇe ca amattaññutā, etaṃ mahicchatālakkhaṇa’’nti. Sā panesā mahicchatā ‘‘idhekacco saddho samāno ‘saddhoti maṃ jano jānātū’ti icchati, sīlavā samāno ‘sīlavāti maṃ jano jānātū’ti’’ iminā nayena āgatāyeva, tāya samannāgato puggalo dussantappiyo hoti, vijātamātāpissa cittaṃ gahetuṃ na sakkoti. Tenetaṃ vuccati –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Aggikkhandho ^a^V2.0022^ea^ samuddo ca, mahiccho cāpi puggalo;<br/><br/>[22]Sakaṭena paccayaṃ dentu, tayopete atappiyā’’ti. (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.252; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.63; vibha. aṭṭha. 850; udā. aṭṭha. 31; mahāni. aṭṭha. 85);<br/><br/>[03]Sattehi ^a^M2.0025^ea^ kilesehi ca saṅgaṇanaṃ samodhānaṃ ^b^saṅgaṇikā^eb^ti āha – ^b^‘‘gaṇasaṅgaṇikāya ceva kilesasaṅgaṇikāya cā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kosajjānugato ca hotī^eb^ti kusītabhāvena anugato hoti, kusītassa bhāvo kosajjaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhakusītavatthupāripūriyā^eb^ti ettha kucchitaṃ sīdatīti kusīto da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā. Yassa dhammassa vasena puggalo ‘‘kusīto’’ti vuccati, so kusītabhāvo idha kusīta-saddena vutto. Vināpi hi bhāvajotanasaddaṃ bhāvattho viññāyati yathā ‘‘paṭassa sukka’’nti, tasmā kusītabhāvavatthūnīti attho, kosajjakāraṇānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tathā hi –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Kammaṃ kho me kattabbaṃ bhavissati, kammaṃ kho pana me karontassa kāyo kilamissati, handāhaṃ nipajjāmīti so nipajjati, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya, idaṃ paṭhamaṃ kusītavatthu. Ahaṃ kho kammaṃ akāsiṃ, kammaṃ kho pana me karontassa kāyo kilanto, handāhaṃ nipajjāmi…pe… maggo kho me gantabbo bhavissati, maggaṃ kho pana me gacchantassa kāyo kilamissati, handāhaṃ nipajjāmi…pe… ahaṃ kho maggaṃ agamāsiṃ, maggaṃ kho pana me gacchantassa kāyo kilanto, handāhaṃ nipajjāmi…pe… ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto nālatthaṃ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, tassa me kāyo kilanto akammañño, handāhaṃ nipajjāmi…pe… ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṃ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, tassa me kāyo garuko akammañño māsācitaṃ maññe, handāhaṃ nipajjāmi…pe… uppanno kho me ayaṃ appamattako ābādho, atthi kappo nipajjituṃ, handāhaṃ nipajjāmi…pe… ahaṃ kho gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā, tassa me kāyo dubbalo akammañño, handāhaṃ nipajjāmīti so nipajjati, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ kusītavatthu’’nti (dī. ni. 3.334; a. ni. 8.80) –<br/><br/>[07]Evamāgatāni ^a^M2.0026^ea^^a^V2.0023^ea^ ‘‘handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’’ti evaṃ pavattaosīdanāni uparūpari kosajjakāraṇattā aṭṭha kusītavatthūni nāma, tesaṃ pāripūriyā saṃvattatīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Subharo hoti suposo^eb^ti attano upaṭṭhākehi ca sukhena bharitabbo posetabboti attho. Saṃvare ṭhito hi ekacco attanopi subharo hoti suposo, ekacco upaṭṭhākānampi. Kathaṃ? Yo hi yaṃ kiñci lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā laddhā tuṭṭhacittova bhuñjitvā vihāraṃ gantvā attano kammaṃ karoti, ayaṃ ^b^attano subharo^eb^. Yo pana paresampi appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā dānaṃ ahīḷetvā attamano vippasannamukho hutvā etesaṃ sammukhāva paribhuñjitvā yāti, ayaṃ ^b^upaṭṭhākānaṃ subharo^eb^. Etaṃ disvā manussā ativiya vissatthā honti, ‘‘amhākaṃ bhadanto subharo, thokathokenapi tussati, mayameva naṃ posessāmā’’ti paṭiññaṃ katvā posenti. ^b^Appicchata^eb^nti icchāvirahitattaṃ. Ettha hi byañjanaṃ sāvasesaṃ viya, attho pana niravaseso. Appa-saddo hettha abhāvatthoti sakkā viññātuṃ ‘‘appābādhatañca sañjānāmī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.225) viya. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘nittaṇhabhāva’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tippabhedāya santuṭṭhiyā^eb^ti yathālābhādisantosasāmaññena vuttaṃ, catūsu pana paccayesu tayo tayo santosāti dvādasavidho hoti santoso. Kathaṃ? Cīvare yathālābhasantoso yathābalasantoso yathāsāruppasantosoti tividho hoti santoso. Evaṃ piṇḍapātādīsu. Tassāyaṃ pabhedasaṃvaṇṇanā (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.252; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 2.2.144; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.65) – idha bhikkhu cīvaraṃ labhati sundaraṃ vā asundaraṃ vā, so teneva yāpeti aññaṃ na pattheti, labhantopi na gaṇhāti. Ayamassa ^b^cīvare yathālābhasantoso^eb^. Atha pana pakatidubbalo vā hoti ābādhajarābhibhūto vā, garucīvaraṃ pārupanto kilamati, so sabhāgena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ taṃ parivattetvā lahukena yāpentopi santuṭṭhoyeva hoti. Ayamassa ^b^cīvare yathābalasantoso^eb^. Pakatidubbalādīnañhi garucīvarāni na phāsubhāvāvahāni sarīrakhedāvahāni ca hontīti payojanavasena anatricchatādivasena tāni parivattetvā lahukacīvaraparibhogo na santosavirodhīti. Aparo ^a^M2.0027^ea^ paṇītapaccayalābhī hoti, so paṭṭacīvarādīnaṃ aññataraṃ mahagghacīvaraṃ bahūni vā pana cīvarāni labhitvā ‘‘idaṃ therānaṃ cirapabbajitānaṃ, idaṃ bahussutānaṃ anurūpaṃ, idaṃ gilānānaṃ, idaṃ appalābhānaṃ hotū’’ti datvā tesaṃ purāṇacīvaraṃ vā saṅkārakūṭādito vā nantakāni uccinitvā tehi saṅghāṭiṃ katvā dhārentopi santuṭṭhova hoti. Ayamassa ^b^cīvare yathāsāruppasantoso^eb^. Mahagghañhi cīvaraṃ bahūni vā ^a^V2.0024^ea^ cīvarāni labhitvāpi tāni vissajjetvā tadaññassa gahaṇaṃ yathāsāruppanaye ṭhitattā na santosavirodhīti.<br/><br/>[03]Idha pana bhikkhu piṇḍapātaṃ labhati lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā, so teneva yāpeti aññaṃ na pattheti, labhantopi na gaṇhāti. Ayamassa ^b^piṇḍapāte yathālābhasantoso^eb^. Yo pana attano pakativiruddhaṃ vā byādhiviruddhaṃ vā piṇḍapātaṃ labhati, yenassa paribhuttena aphāsu hoti, so sabhāgassa bhikkhuno taṃ datvā tassa hatthato sappāyabhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā samaṇadhammaṃ karontopi santuṭṭhova hoti. Ayamassa ^b^piṇḍapāte yathābalasantoso^eb^. Aparo bahuṃ paṇītaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ labhati, so taṃ cīvaraṃ viya cirapabbajitabahussutāppalābhagilānānaṃ datvā tesaṃ vā sesakaṃ piṇḍāya vā caritvā missakāhāraṃ bhuñjantopi santuṭṭhova hoti. Ayamassa ^b^piṇḍapāte yathāsāruppasantoso^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Idha pana bhikkhu senāsanaṃ labhati manāpaṃ vā amanāpaṃ vā, so tena neva somanassaṃ, na paṭighaṃ uppādeti, antamaso tiṇasantharakenapi yathāladdheneva tussati. Ayamassa ^b^senāsane yathālābhasantoso^eb^. Yo pana attano pakativiruddhaṃ vā byādhiviruddhaṃ vā senāsanaṃ labhati, yatthassa vasato aphāsu hoti, so taṃ sabhāgassa bhikkhuno datvā tassa santake sappāyasenāsane vasantopi santuṭṭhova hoti. Ayamassa ^b^senāsane yathābalasantoso^eb^. Aparo mahāpuñño leṇamaṇḍapakūṭāgārādīni bahūni paṇītasenāsanāni labhati, so tāni cīvarādīni viya cirapabbajitabahussutāppalābhagilānānaṃ datvā yattha katthaci vasantopi santuṭṭhova hoti. Ayamassa ^b^senāsane yathāsāruppasantoso^eb^. Yopi ‘‘uttamasenāsanaṃ nāma pamādaṭṭhānaṃ, tattha nisinnassa thinamiddhaṃ okkamati, niddābhibhūtassa puna paṭibujjhato pāpavitakkā pātubhavantī’’ti paṭisañcikkhitvā tādisaṃ senāsanaṃ ^a^M2.0028^ea^ pattampi na sampaṭicchati, so taṃ paṭikkhipitvā abbhokāsarukkhamūlādīsu vasantopi santuṭṭhova hoti. Ayampissa ^b^senāsane yathāsāruppasantoso^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Idha pana bhikkhu bhesajjaṃ labhati lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā, so yaṃ labhati, teneva tussati aññaṃ na pattheti, labhantopi na gaṇhāti. Ayamassa ^b^gilānapaccaye yathālābhasantoso^eb^. Yo pana telena atthiko phāṇitaṃ labhati, so taṃ sabhāgassa bhikkhuno datvā tassa hatthato telaṃ gahetvā aññadeva vā pariyesitvā bhesajjaṃ karontopi santuṭṭhova hoti. Ayamassa ^b^gilānapaccaye yathābalasantoso^eb^. Aparo mahāpuñño bahuṃ telamadhuphāṇitādipaṇītabhesajjaṃ ^a^V2.0025^ea^ labhati, so taṃ cīvaraṃ viya cirapabbajitabahussutāppalābhagilānānaṃ datvā tesaṃ ābhatena yena kenaci yāpentopi santuṭṭhova hoti. Yo pana ekasmiṃ bhājane muttaharītakaṃ ṭhapetvā ekasmiṃ catumadhuraṃ ‘‘gaṇha, bhante, yadicchasī’’ti vuccamāno sacassa tesu aññatarenapi rogo vūpasammati, atha ‘‘muttaharītakaṃ nāma buddhādīhi vaṇṇita’’nti catumadhuraṃ paṭikkhipitvā muttaharītakeneva bhesajjaṃ karonto paramasantuṭṭhova hoti. Ayamassa ^b^gilānapaccaye yathāsāruppasantoso^eb^. Evaṃ yathālābhādivasena tippabhedo santoso catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ vasena dvādasavidho hotīti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmavitakkabyāpādavitakkavihiṃsāvitakkānaṃ vasena ^b^akusalavitakkattayaṃ^eb^. Nekkhammavitakkābyāpādavitakkāvihiṃ sāvitakkānaṃ vasena ^b^kusalavitakkattayaṃ^eb^. ^b^Sabbakilesāpacayabhūtāya vivaṭṭāyā^eb^ti rāgādisabbakilesānaṃ apacayahetubhūtāya nibbānadhātuyā. ^b^Aṭṭhavīriyārambhavatthupāripūriyā^eb^ti aṭṭhannaṃ vīriyārambhakāraṇānaṃ pāripūriyā. Yathā tathā paṭhamaṃ pavattābbhussahanañhi upari vīriyārambhassa kāraṇaṃ hoti. Anurūpapaccavekkhaṇāsahitāni hi abbhussahanāni tammūlakāni vā paccavekkhaṇāni aṭṭha vīriyārambhavatthūnīti veditabbāni. Tathā hi –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Kammaṃ kho me kattabbaṃ bhavissati, kammaṃ kho pana me karontena na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Ahaṃ kho kammaṃ akāsiṃ, kammaṃ kho panāhaṃ karonto ^a^M2.0029^ea^ nāsakkhiṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… maggo kho me gantabbo bhavissati, maggaṃ kho pana me gacchantena na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… ahaṃ kho maggaṃ agamāsiṃ, maggaṃ kho panāhaṃ gacchanto nāsakkhiṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto nālatthaṃ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, tassa me kāyo lahuko kammañño, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṃ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, tassa me kāyo balavā kammañño, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… uppanno kho me ayaṃ appamattako ābādho, ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ me ābādho pavaḍḍheyya, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… ahaṃ kho gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā, ṭhānaṃ ^a^V2.0026^ea^ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ me ābādho paccudāvatteyya, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’’ti (dī. ni. 3.335; a. ni. 8.80) –<br/><br/>[07]Evaṃ pavattānurūpapaccavekkhaṇāsahitāni abbhussahanāni tammūlakāni vā paccavekkhaṇāni aṭṭha vīriyārambhavatthūni nāma.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomika^eb^nti ettha ^b^ta^eb^-saddo vakkhamānāpekkho ca atītāpekkho ca hotīti āha ^b^‘‘yaṃ idāni sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessatī’’^eb^tiādi. Sabbanāmāni hi vakkhamānavacanānipi honti pakkantavacanānipi. ^b^Saṃvarappahānapaṭisaṃyutta^eb^nti pañcasaṃvarehi ceva pañcapahānehi ca paṭisaṃyuttaṃ. Pañcavidho hi saṃvaro sīlasaṃvaro satisaṃvaro ñāṇasaṃvaro khantisaṃvaro vīriyasaṃvaroti. Pahānampi pañcavidhaṃ tadaṅgappahānaṃ vikkhambhanappahānaṃ samucchedappahānaṃ paṭippassaddhippahānaṃ nissaraṇappahānanti.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ‘‘iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena upeto hoti samupeto’’ti (vibha. 511) evamāgato pātimokkhasaṃvaro ^b^sīlasaṃvaro^eb^ nāma, so ca atthato ^a^M2.0030^ea^ kāyikavācasiko avītikkamo. ‘‘Rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.213; ma. ni. 1.295; saṃ. ni. 4.239; a. ni. 3.16) evamāgatā indriyārakkhā ^b^satisaṃvaro,^eb^ sā ca atthato tathāpavattā sati eva. ‘‘Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti (su. ni. 1041; netti. 11) evamāgato ^b^ñāṇasaṃvaro^eb^. Ettha hi ‘‘sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmī’’ti vatvā ‘‘paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti vacanato sotasaṅkhātānaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhiduccaritāvijjādikilesānaṃ samucchedakañāṇaṃ pidahanaṭṭhena saṃvaroti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassā’’tievamāgatā (ma. ni. 1.24; ma. ni. 3.159; a. ni. 4.114) adhivāsanā ^b^khantisaṃvaro,^eb^ sā ca atthato tathāpavattā khandhā adoso vā. Paññāti eke, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāsetī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.26) evamāgataṃ kāmavitakkādīnaṃ vinodanavasena pavattaṃ vīriyameva ^b^vīriyasaṃvaro^eb^. Sabbo cāyaṃ saṃvaro yathāsakaṃ saṃvaritabbānaṃ dussīlyasaṅkhātānaṃ kāyavacīduccaritānaṃ muṭṭhassaccasaṅkhātassa pamādassa abhijjhādīnaṃ vā akkhanti aññāṇakosajjānañca saṃvaraṇato pidahanato chādanato ‘‘saṃvaro’’ti vuccati. Saṃvaratīti saṃvaro, pidahati nivāreti pavattituṃ na ^a^V2.0027^ea^ detīti attho. Paccayasamavāye uppajjanārahānaṃ kāyaduccaritādīnaṃ tathā tathā anuppādanameva hi idha saṃvaraṇaṃ nāma. Evaṃ tāva pañcavidho saṃvaro veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Tena tena guṇaṅgena tassa tassa aguṇaṅgassa pahānaṃ ^b^tadaṅgappahānaṃ^eb^. Nāmarūpaparicchedādīsu hi vipassanāñāṇesu paṭipakkhabhāvato dīpālokeneva tamassa nāmarūpavavatthānena sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā, paccayapariggahena ahetuvisamahetudiṭṭhīnaṃ, tasseva aparabhāge uppannena kaṅkhāvitaraṇena kathaṃkathībhāvassa, kalāpasammasanena ‘‘ahaṃ mamā’’ti gāhassa, maggāmaggavavatthānena amagge maggasaññāya, udayadassanena ucchedadiṭṭhiyā, vayadassanena sassatadiṭṭhiyā, bhayadassanena sabhaye abhayasaññāyātiādinā nayena tena tena vipassanāñāṇena tassa tassa aguṇaṅgassa pahānaṃ ^b^tadaṅgappahāna^eb^nti veditabbaṃ. Yaṃ pana upacārappanābhedena samādhinā pavattinivāraṇato ghaṭappahāreneva udakapiṭṭhe sevālassa tesaṃ tesaṃ nīvaraṇādidhammānaṃ pahānaṃ, etaṃ ^b^vikkhambhanappahānaṃ^eb^ nāma. Vikkhambhanameva pahānaṃ vikkhambhanappahānaṃ. Yaṃ catunnaṃ ariyamaggānaṃ bhāvitattā taṃtaṃmaggavato ^a^M2.0031^ea^ attano santāne ‘‘diṭṭhigatānaṃ pahānāyā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 277) nayena vuttassa samudayapakkhiyassa kilesagaṇassa accantaṃ appavattibhāvena pahānaṃ, idaṃ ^b^samucchedappahānaṃ^eb^ nāma. Yaṃ pana phalakkhaṇe paṭippassaddhattaṃ vūpasantatā kilesānaṃ, etaṃ ^b^paṭippassaddhippahānaṃ^eb^ nāma. Yaṃ sabbasaṅkhatanissaṭattā pahīnasabbasaṅkhataṃ nibbānaṃ, etaṃ ^b^nissaraṇappahānaṃ^eb^ nāma. Sabbampi cetaṃ cāgaṭṭhena pahānanti vuccati. Evamimehi yathāvuttasaṃvarehi ceva pahānehi ca paṭisaṃyuttā dhammadesanā ‘‘saṃvarappahānapaṭisaṃyuttā’’ti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Asuttantavinibaddha^eb^nti suttantesu anibaddhaṃ, pāḷianāruḷhanti attho. Pakiṇṇakadhammadesanā hi saṅgahaṃ na ārohati. Vuttamevatthaṃ pakāsento āha ^b^‘‘pāḷivinimutta’’^eb^nti. Atha vā ^b^asuttantavinibaddha^eb^nti suttābhidhammapāḷiṃ anāruḷhabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, ^b^pāḷivinimutta^eb^nti vinayapāḷiṃ anāruḷhabhāvaṃ sandhāya. ^b^Okkantikadhammadesanā^eb^ nāma ñāṇena anupavisitvā antarā kathiyamānā dhammadesanā, ^b^paṭikkhipanādhippāyā^eb^ bhaddālittherasadisā. Samparetabbato pecca gantabbato samparāyo, paraloko. Tattha bhavaṃ ^b^samparāyikaṃ^eb^. ^b^Vaṭṭabhayena tajjento^eb^ti ‘‘evaṃ dussīlā nirayādīsu dukkhaṃ pāpuṇantī’’ti tajjento. ^b^Dīghanikāyappamāṇampi majjhimanikāyappamāṇampi dhammadesanaṃ karotī^eb^ti ‘‘tena khaṇena tena muhuttena kathaṃ bhagavā tāvamahantaṃ dhammadesanaṃ karotī’’ti na vattabbaṃ. Yāvatā hi lokiyamahājanā ekaṃ padaṃ kathenti, tāva ānandatthero aṭṭha padāni katheti. Ānandatthere pana ekaṃ ^a^V2.0028^ea^ padaṃ kathenteyeva bhagavā soḷasa padāni katheti. Iminā nayena lokiyajanassa ekapaduccāraṇakkhaṇe bhagavā aṭṭhavīsasataṃ padāni katheti. Kasmā? Bhagavato hi jivhā mudu, dantāvaraṇaṃ suphusitaṃ, vacanaṃ agaḷitaṃ, bhavaṅgaparivāso lahuko, tasmā sace eko bhikkhu kāyānupassanaṃ pucchati, añño vedanānupassanaṃ, añño cittānupassanaṃ, añño dhammānupassanaṃ, ‘‘iminā puṭṭhe ahaṃ pucchissāmī’’ti eko ekaṃ na oloketi, evaṃ santepi tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ paṭhamaṃ pucchi, ayaṃ dutiya’’ntiādinā pucchanavāro tādisassa paññavato paññāyati sukhumassa antarassa labbhanato. Buddhānaṃ pana desanāvāro aññesaṃ na paññāyateva ^a^M2.0032^ea^ accharāsaṅghātamatte khaṇe anekakoṭisahassacittappavattisambhavato. Daḷhadhammena dhanuggahena khittasarassa vidatthicaturaṅgulaṃ tālacchāyaṃ atikkamanato puretaraṃyeva bhagavā cuddasavidhena kāyānupassanaṃ, navavidhena vedanānupassanaṃ, soḷasavidhena cittānupassanaṃ, pañcavidhena dhammānupassanaṃ katheti. Tiṭṭhantu vā ete cattāro, sace hi aññe cattāro sammappadhānesu, aññe iddhipādesu, aññe pañcindriyesu, aññe pañcabalesu, aññe sattabojjhaṅgesu, aññe aṭṭhamaggaṅgesu pañhe puccheyyuṃ, tampi bhagavā katheyya. Tiṭṭhantu vā ete aṭṭha, sace aññe sattatiṃsa janā bodhipakkhiyesu pañhe puccheyyuṃ, tampi bhagavā tāvadeva katheyya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mūlaṃ nissayo patiṭṭhā^eb^ti pacchimaṃ pacchimaṃ paṭhamassa paṭhamassa vevacananti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tattha ^b^patiṭṭhā^eb^ti sampayogavasena upanissayavasena ca okāsabhāvo. Sikkhāsaṅkhātānañhi avasesakusaladhammānaṃ methunaviratisampayogavasena vā patiṭṭhā siyā upanissayabhāvena vā. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘methunasaṃvaro hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vuttatthavasenā^eb^ti patiṭṭhāadhigamūpāyavasena. Sikkhāpadavibhaṅge niddiṭṭhaviraticetanā taṃsampayuttadhammā ca sikkhāpadanti dassetukāmo āha – ^b^‘‘ayañca attho sikkhāpadavibhaṅge vuttanayena veditabbo’’^eb^ti. Sikkhāpadavibhaṅge hi viratiādayo dhammā nippariyāyato pariyāyato ca ‘‘sikkhāpada’’nti vuttā. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Tattha ^a^V2.0029^ea^ katamaṃ kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī sikkhāpadaṃ? Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti somanassasahagataṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ kāmesumicchācārā viramantassa, yā tasmiṃ samaye kāmesumicchācārā ārati virati paṭivirati veramaṇī akiriyā akaraṇaṃ anajjhāpatti velānatikkamo setughāto, idaṃ vuccati kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī sikkhāpadaṃ. Avasesā dhammā veramaṇiyā sampayuttā.<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Tattha katamaṃ kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī sikkhāpadaṃ? Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti somanassasahagataṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ kāmesumicchācārā viramantassa, yā tasmiṃ ^a^M2.0033^ea^ samaye cetanā sañcetanā cetayitattaṃ, idaṃ vuccati kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī sikkhāpadaṃ. Avasesā dhammā cetanāya sampayuttā.<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Tattha katamaṃ kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī sikkhāpadaṃ? Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti somanassasahagataṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ kāmesumicchācārā viramantassa, yo tasmiṃ samaye phasso…pe… paggāho avikkhepo, idaṃ vuccati kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī sikkhāpada’’nti (vibha. 706).<br/><br/>[03]Ettha hi yasmā na kevalaṃ viratiyeva sikkhāpadaṃ, cetanāpi sikkhāpadameva, tasmā taṃ dassetuṃ dutiyanayo vutto. Yasmā ca na kevalaṃ eteyeva dve dhammā sikkhāpadaṃ, cetanāsampayuttā pana paropaṇṇāsa dhammāpi sikkhitabbakoṭṭhāsato sikkhāpadameva, tasmā tatiyanayo dassito. Duvidhañhi sikkhāpadaṃ nippariyāyasikkhāpadaṃ pariyāyasikkhāpadanti. Tattha virati ^b^nippariyāyasikkhāpadaṃ^eb^. Sā hi ‘‘pāṇātipātā veramaṇī’’ti pāḷiyaṃ āgatā, no cetanā. Viramanto ca tāya eva tato tato viramati, na cetanāya, cetanampi pana āharitvā dasseti, tathā sesacetanāsampayuttadhamme. Tasmā cetanā ceva avasesasampayuttadhammā ca ^b^pariyāyasikkhāpada^eb^nti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni na kevalaṃ idha viratiādayo dhammāva sikkhāpadaṃ, atha kho tadatthajotikā paññattipīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^‘‘Yo tattha nāmakāyo padakāyo^eb^ti idaṃ mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vutta’’nti vadanti. ^b^Nāmakāyo^eb^ti nāmasamūho nāmapaṇṇattiyeva. Padaniruttibyañjanāni nāmavevacanāneva ‘‘nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāmaniruttī’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 1313-1315) viya. ^b^Sikkhākoṭṭhāso^eb^ti viratiādayova vuttā, tadatthajotakaṃ vacanampi sikkhāpadanti idampi ettha labbhateva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthavase^eb^ti vuddhivisese ānisaṃsavisese. Tesaṃ pana sikkhāpadapaññattikāraṇattā āha ^b^‘‘dasa kāraṇavase’’^eb^ti, dasa kāraṇaviseseti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘hitavisese’’^eb^ti. Atthoyeva vā ^b^atthavaso,^eb^ dasa atthe dasa kāraṇānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā attho ^a^M2.0034^ea^ phalaṃ tadadhīnavuttitāya vaso ^a^V2.0030^ea^ etassāti ^b^atthavaso,^eb^ hetūti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Suṭṭhu devā^eb^ti idaṃ ^b^rājantepurappavesanasikkhāpade^eb^ (pāci. 494 ādayo) vuttaṃ. ‘‘Ye mama sotabbaṃ saddahātabbaṃ maññissanti, tesaṃ taṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti vuttattā ^b^‘‘yo ca tathāgatassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchati, tassa taṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya hotī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Asampaṭicchane ādīnava^eb^nti ^b^bhaddālisutte^eb^ (ma. ni. 2.134 ādayo) viya asampaṭicchane ādīnavaṃ dassetvā. Sukhavihārābhāve sahajīvamānassa abhāvato sahajīvitāpi sukhavihārova vutto. Sukhavihāro nāma catunnaṃ iriyāpathavihārānaṃ phāsutā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maṅkuta^eb^nti nittejabhāvaṃ. ^b^Dhammenā^eb^tiādīsu ^b^dhammo^eb^ti bhūtaṃ vatthu. ^b^Vinayo^eb^ti codanā ceva sāraṇā ca. ^b^Satthusāsana^eb^nti ñattisampadā ceva anussāvanasampadā ca. ^b^Piyasīlāna^eb^nti sikkhākāmānaṃ. Tesañhi sīlaṃ piyaṃ hoti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘sikkhattayapāripūriyā ghaṭamānā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sandiṭṭhamānā^eb^ti saṃsayaṃ āpajjamānā. ^b^Ubbāḷhā hontī^eb^ti pīḷitā honti. ^b^Saṅghakammānī^eb^ti satipi uposathapavāraṇānaṃ saṅghakammabhāve gobalibaddañāyena uposathaṃ pavāraṇañca ṭhapetvā upasampadādisesasaṅghakammānaṃ gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Samaggānaṃ bhāvo ^b^sāmaggī^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Na vo ahaṃ, cunda, diṭṭhadhammikānaṃyeva āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya dhammaṃ desemī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.182) ettha vivādamūlabhūtā kilesā āsavāti āgatā.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yena devūpapatyassa, gandhabbo vā vihaṅgamo;<br/><br/>[27]Yakkhattaṃ yena gaccheyyaṃ, manussattañca abbaje;<br/><br/>[22]Te mayhaṃ āsavā khīṇā, viddhastā vinaḷīkatā’’ti. (a. ni. 4.36) –<br/><br/>[07]Ettha tebhūmakaṃ kammaṃ avasesā ca akusalā dhammā. Idha pana parūpavādavippaṭisāravadhabandhādayo ceva apāyadukkhabhūtā ca nānappakārā upaddavā ^b^āsavā^eb^ti āha – ^b^‘‘asaṃvare ṭhitena tasmiṃyeva attabhāve pattabbā’’^eb^tiādi. Yadi hi bhagavā sikkhāpadaṃ na paññapeyya, tato asaddhammapaṭisevanādinnādānapāṇātipātādihetu ye uppajjeyyuṃ parūpavādādayo diṭṭhadhammikā nānappakārā anatthā, ye ca taṃnimittameva nirayādīsu ^a^M2.0035^ea^ nibbattassa pañcavidhabandhanakammakāraṇādivasena mahādukkhānubhavananānappakārā anatthā, te sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāyā’’ti. Diṭṭhadhammo vuccati paccakkho attabhāvo ^a^V2.0031^ea^, tattha bhavā ^b^diṭṭhadhammikā^eb^. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tasmiṃyeva attabhāve pattabbā’’^eb^ti. Sammukhā garahaṇaṃ ^b^akitti,^eb^ parammukhā garahaṇaṃ ^b^ayaso^eb^. Atha vā sammukhā parammukhā ca garahaṇaṃ ^b^akitti,^eb^ parivārahāni ^b^ayaso^eb^ti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Āgamanamaggathakanāyā^eb^ti āgamanadvārapidahanatthāya. Samparetabbato pecca gantabbato ^b^samparāyo,^eb^ paralokoti āha ^b^‘‘samparāye narakādīsū’’^eb^ti. Methunādīni ^b^rajjanaṭṭhānāni,^eb^ pāṇātipātādīni ^b^dussanaṭṭhānāni^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cuddasa khandhakavattāni^eb^ nāma vattakkhandhake vuttāni āgantukavattaṃ āvāsikagamikānumodanabhattaggapiṇḍacārikāaraññikasenāsanajantāgharavaccakuṭiupajjhāyasaddhivihārikāacariyāntevāsikavattanti imāni cuddasa vattāni. Tato aññāni pana kadāci tajjanīyakammakatādikāleyeva caritabbāni ^b^dveasīti mahāvattāni,^eb^ na sabbāsu avatthāsu caritabbāni, tasmā cuddasakhandhakavattesu agaṇitāni, tāni pana ‘‘pārivāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vattaṃ paññapessāmī’’ti (cūḷava. 75 ādayo) ārabhitvā ‘‘na upasampādetabbaṃ…pe… na chamāyaṃ caṅkamante caṅkame caṅkamitabba’’nti (cūḷava. 76) vuttāvasānāni chasaṭṭhi, tato paraṃ ‘‘na, bhikkhave, pārivāsikena bhikkhunā pārivāsikavuḍḍhatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ, mūlāyapaṭikassanārahena, mānattārahena, mānattacārikena, abbhānārahena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ ekacchanne āvāse vatthabba’’ntiādinā (cūḷava. 82) vuttavattāni pakatattacaritabbehi anaññattā visuṃ agaṇetvā pārivāsikavuḍḍhatarādīsu puggalantaresu caritabbattā tesaṃ vasena sampiṇḍetvā ekekaṃ katvā gaṇitāni pañcāti ekasattati vattāni, ukkhepanīyakammakatavattesu vuttaṃ ‘‘na pakatattassa bhikkhuno abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ…pe… nahāne piṭṭhiparikammaṃ sāditabba’’nti (cūḷava. 75) idaṃ abhivādanādīnaṃ asādiyanaṃ ekaṃ, ‘‘na pakatatto bhikkhu sīlavipattiyā anuddhaṃsetabbo’’tiādīni (cūḷava. 51) dasāti evametāni dvāsīti vattāni. Etesveva pana kānici tajjanīyakammādivattāāni, kānici pārivāsikādivattānīti aggahitaggahaṇena dvāsīti eva, aññattha pana aṭṭhakathāpadese appakaṃ ^a^M2.0036^ea^ ūnamadhikaṃ vā gaṇanūpagaṃ na hotīti ‘‘asīti khandhakavattānī’’ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṃvaravinayo^eb^ti sīlasaṃvaro satisaṃvaro ñāṇasaṃvaro khantisaṃvaro vīriyasaṃvaroti pañcavidhopi saṃvaro yathāsakaṃ saṃvaritabbānaṃ vinetabbānañca kāyaduccaritādīnaṃ saṃvaraṇato saṃvaro, vinayanato vinayoti vuccati. ^b^Pahānavinayo^eb^ti tadaṅgappahānaṃ vikkhambhanappahānaṃ samucchedappahānaṃ paṭippassaddhippahānaṃ nissaraṇappahānanti pañcavidhampi pahānaṃ yasmā cāgaṭṭhena pahānaṃ ^a^V2.0032^ea^, vinayanaṭṭhena vinayo, tasmā pahānavinayoti vuccati. ^b^Samathavinayo^eb^ti satta adhikaraṇasamathā. ^b^Paññattivinayo^eb^ti sikkhāpadameva. Sikkhāpadapaññattiyā hi vijjamānāya eva sikkhāpadasambhavato paññattivinayopi sikkhāpadapaññattiyā anuggahito hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ saṅghaphāsu, yaṃ saṅghaphāsu, taṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāya, yaṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāya, taṃ pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihārāya, yaṃ pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihārāya, taṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya, yaṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya, taṃ samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāya, yaṃ samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāya, taṃ appasannānaṃ pasādāya, yaṃ appasannānaṃ pasādāya, taṃ pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya, yaṃ pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya, taṃ saddhammaṭṭhitiyā, yaṃ saddhammaṭṭhitiyā, taṃ vinayānuggahāya.<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ saṅghaphāsu, yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāya, yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihārāya, yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya, yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāya, yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ appasannānaṃ pasādāya, yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya, yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ saddhammaṭṭhitiyā, yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ vinayānuggahāya.<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Yaṃ ^a^M2.0037^ea^ saṅghaphāsu, taṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāya, yaṃ saṅghaphāsu, taṃ pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihārāya, yaṃ saṅghaphāsu, taṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya, yaṃ saṅghaphāsu, taṃ samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāya, yaṃ saṅghaphāsu, taṃ appasannānaṃ pasādāya, yaṃ saṅghaphāsu, taṃ pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya, yaṃ saṅghaphāsu, taṃ saddhammaṭṭhitiyā, yaṃ saṅghaphāsu, taṃ vinayānuggahāya, yaṃ saṅghaphāsu, taṃ saṅghasuṭṭhutāya.<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Yaṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāya…pe… yaṃ pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihārāya…pe… yaṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya…pe… yaṃ samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāya…pe… yaṃ appasannānaṃ pasādāya…pe… yaṃ pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya…pe… yaṃ saddhammaṭṭhitiyā…pe… yaṃ vinayānuggahāya, taṃ saṅghasuṭṭhutāya ^a^V2.0033^ea^, yaṃ vinayānuggahāya, taṃ saṅghaphāsutāya, yaṃ vinayānuggahāya, taṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāya, yaṃ vinayānuggahāya, taṃ pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihārāya, yaṃ vinayānuggahāya, taṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya, yaṃ vinayānuggahāya, taṃ samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāya, yaṃ vinayānuggahāya, taṃ appasannānaṃ pasādāya, yaṃ vinayānuggahāya, taṃ pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya, yaṃ vinayānuggahāya, taṃ saddhammaṭṭhitiyā (pari. 334).<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Atthasataṃ dhammasataṃ, dve ca niruttisatāni;<br/><br/>[22]Cattāri ñāṇasatāni, atthavase pakaraṇe’’ti (pari. 334) –<br/><br/>[07]Yaṃ vuttaṃ ^b^parivāre,^eb^ taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘apicetthā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ‘‘yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ saṅghaphāsu, yaṃ saṅghaphāsu, taṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāyā’’ti iminā anukkamena yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ sandhāya āsannāsannapadānaṃ uparūparipadehi saddhiṃ yojitattā saṅkhalikabandhanasadisattā ^b^‘‘saṅkhalikanaya’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Saṅkhalikanayaṃ katvāti sambandho. ‘‘Yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ saṅghaphāsu, yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāyā’’ti evamādinā dasasu padesu ekamekaṃ padaṃ tadavasesehi navanavapadehi yojetvā yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘ekekapadamūlikaṃ dasakkhattuṃ yojanaṃ katvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthasata^eb^ntiādīsu ^a^M2.0038^ea^ saṅkhalikanaye tāva purimapurimapadānaṃ vasena dhammasataṃ veditabbaṃ, pacchimapacchimānaṃ vasena atthasataṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Kiñcāpi ^b^parivāre^eb^ ‘‘yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ saṅghaphāsū’’tiādinā saṅkhalikanaye khaṇḍacakkameva vuttaṃ, tathāpi teneva nayena baddhacakkassapi nayo dinno, tasmā ‘‘yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ saṅghaphāsū’’tiādiṃ vatvā ‘‘yaṃ vinayānuggahāya, taṃ saṅghasuṭṭhū’’ti yojetvā baddhacakkaṃ kātabbaṃ. Evaṃ ‘‘yaṃ saṅghaphāsu, taṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāyā’’tiādiṃ vatvāpi ‘‘yaṃ vinayānuggahāya, taṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ saṅghaphāsū’’ti yojetvā baddhacakkaṃ kātabbaṃ. Iminā anukkamena sesapadesupi yojitesu saṅkhalikanayena dasa baddhacakkāni honti. Tesu ekekasmiṃ cakke purimapurimapadānaṃ vasena dasa dasa dhammā, pacchimapacchimapadānaṃ vasena dasa dasa atthāti saṅkhalikanaye atthasataṃ dhammasatañca sampajjati. Ekamūlakanaye pana ‘‘yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ saṅghaphāsu, yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāyā’’ti evamādinā ekameva padaṃ sesehi navahi padehi yojitanti purimapadassa ^a^V2.0034^ea^ ekattā ekameva dhammapadaṃ naveva atthapadāni honti, tasmā ekamūlakanaye dasasu padesu ekamekaṃ mūlaṃ katvā dasakkhattuṃ yojanāya katāya dhammapadānaṃ vasena dhammapadāni dasa, atthapadāni navutīti atthasataṃ dhammasatañca na sampajjati, tasmā ekamūlakanaye saṅkhalikanaye vuttanayena atthasataṃ dhammasatañca aggahetvā yaṃ tattha dasadhammapadānaṃ navutiatthapadānañca vasena padasataṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ dhammasatanti gahetvā tadatthajotanavasena aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttāni saṅghasuṭṭhubhāvādīni atthapadāni atthasatanti evaṃ gahite atthasataṃ dhammasatañca sampajjati. Evaṃ tāva atthasataṃ dhammasatañca veditabbaṃ. ^b^Dve ca niruttisatānī^eb^ti ettha pana atthajotikānaṃ niruttīnaṃ vasena niruttisataṃ, dhammabhūtānaṃ niruttīnaṃ vasena niruttisatanti dve niruttisatāni ca veditabbāni. ^b^Cattāri ñāṇasatānī^eb^ti atthasate ñāṇasataṃ, dhammasate ñāṇasataṃ, dvīsu niruttisatesu dve ñāṇasatānīti cattāri ñāṇasatāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evañca pana, bhikkhave^eb^ti ettha ^b^ca^eb^-saddo bhinnakkamena yojetabboti āha ^b^‘‘uddiseyyātha cā’’^eb^ti. Kathaṃ panettha ‘‘uddiseyyāthā’’ti vutte pariyāpuṇeyyāthātiādi atthasambhavoti āha ^b^‘‘atirekānayanattho hi ettha ca-saddo’’^eb^ti. Vuttatthato atirekassa atthassa ānayanaṃ atirekānayanaṃ, so attho etassāti ^b^atirekānayanattho,^eb^ avuttasamuccayatthoti ^a^M2.0039^ea^ vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Asaṃvāso’’ti vuttattā ^b^‘‘daḷhaṃ katvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Iti samantapāsādikāya vinayaṭṭhakathāya sāratthadīpaniyaṃ<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamapaññattikathā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sudinnabhāṇavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 27
title: paṭhamapārājikaṃ^sudinnabhāṇavāravaṇṇanā^makkaṭivatthukathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^40^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anuttānapadavaṇṇanā^eb^ti uttānaṃ vuccati pākaṭaṃ, tappaṭipakkhena anuttānaṃ apākaṭaṃ appacuraṃ duviññeyyañca, anuttānānaṃ padānaṃ vaṇṇanā anuttānapadavaṇṇanā. Uttānapadavaṇṇanāya payojanābhāvato anuttānaggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Pacurapaṭisevano hotī^eb^ti bahulapaṭisevano hoti, divase divase nirantaraṃ paṭisevatīti attho. ^b^Pacuratthe hi vattamānavacana^eb^nti sabbadā paṭisevanābhāvepi ‘‘iha ^a^V2.0035^ea^ mallā yujjhantī’’tiādīsu viya bāhullavuttiṃ upādāya vattamānavacanaṃ. ^b^Āhiṇḍantā^eb^ti vicarantā. ^b^Aññesupī^eb^ti aññesupi bhikkhūsu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^41^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sahoḍḍhaggahito^eb^ti saha bhaṇḍena gahito. Attano micchāgāhena lesaoḍḍanena vā paripuṇṇatthampi paṭhamapaññattiṃ aññathā karonto ‘‘tañca kho manussitthiyā, no tiracchānagatāyā’’ti āha. ^b^Dassana^eb^nti sānurāgadassanaṃ. ^b^Gahaṇa^eb^nti anurāgavaseneva hatthena gahaṇaṃ. ^b^Āmasanaṃ^eb^ attano sarīrena tassā sarīrassa upari āmasanamattaṃ, ^b^phusanaṃ^eb^ tato daḷhataraṃ katvā saṃphusanaṃ, ^b^ghaṭṭanaṃ^eb^ tatopi daḷhataraṃ katvā sarīrena sarīrassa ghaṭṭanaṃ. ^b^Taṃ sabbampī^eb^ti dassanādi sabbampi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^42^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Daḷhataraṃ sikkhāpadamakāsī^eb^ti imasmiṃ adhikāre anupaññattiyā sikkhāpadassa daḷhīkaraṇaṃ sithilakaraṇañca pasaṅgato āpannaṃ vibhajitvā dassetukāmo ^b^‘‘duvidhañhi sikkhāpada’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tattha yassa sacittakassa sikkhāpadassa cittaṃ akusalameva hoti, taṃ lokavajjaṃ. Yassa sacittakācittakapakkhasahitassa acittakassa ca sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalameva ^a^M2.0040^ea^ hoti, tampi surāpānādi lokavajjanti imamatthaṃ sampiṇḍetvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yassa sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalameva hoti, taṃ lokavajjaṃ nāmā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sacittakapakkhe’’ti hi idaṃ vacanaṃ acittakaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Na hi ekaṃsato sacittakassa ‘‘sacittakapakkhe’’ti visesane payojanaṃ atthi. Sacittakapakkheti ca vatthuvītikkamavijānanacittena ‘‘sacittakapakkhe’’ti gahetabbaṃ, na paṇṇattivijānanacittena. Yadi hi ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṇṇattivijānanacittenapi yassa sikkhāpadassa sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalameva, tampi lokavajjanti vadeyya, sabbesaṃ paṇṇattivajjasikkhāpadānampi lokavajjatā āpajjeyya paṇṇattivajjānampi ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti jānitvā vītikkame akusalacittasseva sambhavato. Na hi bhagavato āṇaṃ jānitvā maddantassa kusalacittaṃ uppajjati anādariyavasena paṭighacittasseva uppajjanato.<br/><br/>[03]Apicettha ‘‘sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalamevā’’ti vacanato acittakassa vatthuajānanavasena acittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalamevāti ayaṃ niyamo natthīti viññāyati. Yadi hi acittakassa acittakapakkhepi cittaṃ akusalameva siyā, ‘‘sacittakapakkhe’’ti idaṃ visesanaṃ niratthakaṃ siyā. ‘‘Yassa cittaṃ akusalameva hoti, taṃ lokavajja’’nti ettake vutte surāti ajānitvā pivantassa gandhavaṇṇakādibhāvaṃ ajānitvā tāni limpantīnaṃ bhikkhunīnañca ^a^V2.0036^ea^ vināpi akusalacittena āpattisambhavato ekantākusalaṃ sacittakasikkhāpadaṃ ṭhapetvā surāpānādiacittakasikkhāpadānaṃ lokavajjatā na siyāti tesampi saṅgaṇhatthaṃ ‘‘yassa sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalameva hoti, taṃ lokavajja’’nti vuttaṃ. Teneva ^b^cūḷagaṇṭhipade majjhimagaṇṭhipade^eb^ ca vuttaṃ ‘‘etaṃ sattaṃ māressāmīti tasmiṃyeva padese nipannaṃ aññaṃ mārentassa pāṇasāmaññassa atthitāya yathā pāṇātipāto hoti, evaṃ etaṃ majjaṃ pivissāmīti aññaṃ majjaṃ pivantassa majjasāmaññassa atthitāya akusalameva hoti. Yathā pana kaṭṭhasaññāya sappaṃ ghātentassa pāṇātipāto na hoti, evaṃ nāḷikerapānasaññāya majjaṃ pivantassa akusalaṃ na hotī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Keci pana vadanti ‘‘sāmaṇerassa surāti ajānitvā pivantassa pārājiko natthi, akusalaṃ pana hotī’’ti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattaṃ. ‘‘Bhikkhuno ajānitvāpi bījato paṭṭhāya majjaṃ pivantassa pācittiyaṃ, sāmaṇero jānitvā ^a^M2.0041^ea^ pivanto sīlabhedaṃ āpajjati, na ajānitvā’’ti ettakameva hi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ, ‘‘akusalaṃ pana hotī’’ti na vuttanti. Aparampi vadanti ‘‘ajānitvā pivantassapi sotāpannassa mukhaṃ surā na pavisati kammapathappattākusalacitteneva pātabbato’’ti, tampi na sundaraṃ. Bodhisatte kucchigate bodhisattamātu sīlaṃ viya hi idampi ariyasāvakānaṃ dhammatāsiddhanti veditabbaṃ. Teneva dīghanikāye ^b^kūṭadantasuttaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.352) vuttaṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Bhavantarepi hi ariyasāvako jīvitahetupi neva pāṇaṃ hanati, na suraṃ pivati. Sacepissa surañca khīrañca missetvā mukhe pakkhipanti, khīrameva pavisati, na surā. Yathā kiṃ? Yathā koñcasakuṇānaṃ khīramissake udake khīrameva pavisati, na udakaṃ. Idaṃ yonisiddhanti ce? Idampi dhammatāsiddhanti veditabba’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi evaṃ ^b^surāpānasikkhāpadaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (pāci. aṭṭha. 329) ‘‘vatthuajānanatāya cettha acittakatā veditabbā, akusaleneva pātabbatāya lokavajjatā’’ti kasmā vuttaṃ? Nāyaṃ doso. Ayañhettha adhippāyo – sacittakapakkhe akusalacitteneva pātabbatāya lokavajjatāti. Imināyeva hi adhippāyena aññesupi lokavajjesu acittakasikkhāpadesu akusalacittatāyeva vuttā, na pana sacittakatā. Teneva ^b^bhikkhunīvibhaṅgaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (pāci. aṭṭha. 1227) vuttaṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Giraggasamajjaṃ ^a^V2.0037^ea^ cittāgārasikkhāpadaṃ saṅghāṇi itthālaṅkāro gandhakavaṇṇako vāsitakapiññāko bhikkhunīādīhi ummaddanaparimaddanāti imāni dasa sikkhāpadāni acittakāni lokavajjāni akusalacittānī’’ti,<br/><br/>[07]Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo – vināpi cittena āpajjitabbattā acittakāni, citte pana sati akusaleneva āpajjitabbattā lokavajjāni ceva akusalacittāni cāti. Tasmā ^b^bhikkhuvibhaṅge^eb^ āgatāni surāpānauyyuttauyyodhikasikkhāpadāni tīṇi, ^b^bhikkhunīvibhaṅge^eb^ āgatāni giraggasamajjādīni dasāti imesaṃ terasannaṃ acittakasikkhāpadānaṃ lokavajjatādassanatthaṃ ‘‘sacittakapakkhe’’ti idaṃ visesanaṃ katanti niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ. Yasmā ^a^M2.0042^ea^ pana paṇṇattivajjassa vatthuvītikkamavijānanacittena sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ siyā kusalaṃ, siyā akusalaṃ, siyā abyākataṃ, tasmā tassa sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalamevāti ayaṃ niyamo natthīti sesaṃ paṇṇattivajjanti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Rundhantī^eb^ti vītikkamaṃ rundhantī. ^b^Dvāraṃ pidahantī^eb^ti vītikkamalesassa dvāraṃ pidahantī. ^b^Sotaṃ pacchindamānā^eb^ti uparūpari vītikkamasotaṃ pacchindamānā. Atha vā ^b^rundhantī^eb^ti anāpattilesaṃ rundhantī. ^b^Dvāraṃ pidahantī^eb^ti anāpattilesassa dvāraṃ pidahantī. ^b^Sotaṃ pacchindamānā^eb^ti anāpattisotaṃ pacchindamānā, āpattimeva kurumānāti vuttaṃ hoti. Nanu ca lokavajje kāci anupaññatti uppajjamānā sithilaṃ karontī uppajjati, tasmā ^b^‘‘lokavajje anupaññatti uppajjamānā…pe… gāḷhataraṃ karontī uppajjatī’’^eb^ti idaṃ kasmā vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘aññatra adhimānā aññatra supinantā’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Aññatra adhimānā’’ti imissā anupaññattiyā ‘‘vītikkamābhāvā’’ti kāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ, ‘‘aññatra supinantā’’ti imissā ‘‘abbohārikattā’’ti kāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^vītikkamābhāvā^eb^ti pāpiccho icchāpakatotiādivītikkamābhāvā. Uttarimanussadhamme hi ‘‘pāpiccho icchāpakato uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapatī’’ti (mahāva. 129) vacanato visaṃvādanādhippāyena musā bhaṇanto pārājiko hoti. Ayaṃ pana adhimānena adhigatasaññī hutvā ullapati, na sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamitukāmo, tasmā ‘‘aññatra adhimānā’’ti ayaṃ anupaññatti uppajjamānā vītikkamābhāvā anāpattikarā jātā. ^b^Abbohārikattā^eb^ti supinante vijjamānāyapi cetanāya vītikkamicchāya ca abbohārikattā. Kiñcāpi hi supinante mocanassādacetanā saṃvijjati, kadāci upakkamanampi hoti, tathāpi thinamiddhena abhibhūtattā taṃ cittaṃ abbohārikaṃ, cittassa abbohārikattā upakkamakiriyāsaṃvattanikāpi cetanā abbohārikā. Teneva ^a^V2.0038^ea^ ‘‘atthesā bhikkhave cetanā, sā ca kho abbohārikā’’ti (pārā. 235) bhagavatā vuttā, tasmā ‘‘aññatra supinantā’’ti ayaṃ anupaññatti abbohārikattā anāpattikarā jātā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Akate vītikkame^eb^ti ‘‘kukkuccāyantā na bhuñjiṃsū’’tiādīsu viya vītikkame akate. ^b^Sithilaṃ karontī^eb^ti paṭhamaṃ sāmaññato baddhasikkhāpadaṃ mocetvā ^a^M2.0043^ea^ attano attano visaye anāpattikaraṇavasena sithilaṃ karontī. ^b^Dvāraṃ dadamānā^eb^ti anāpattiyā dvāraṃ dadamānā. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘aparāparampi anāpattiṃ kurumānā’’^eb^ti. Nanu ca sañcarittasikkhāpade ‘‘antamaso taṅkhaṇikāyapī’’ti anupaññatti uppajjamānā āpattimeva karontī uppannā, atha kasmā ‘‘anāpattiṃ kurumānā uppajjatī’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘antamaso taṅkhaṇikāyapī’’^eb^tiādi. Udāyinā bhikkhunā taṅkhaṇikāya sañcarittaṃ āpannavatthusmiṃ paññattattā ^b^‘‘kate vītikkame’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Paññattigatikāva hotī^eb^ti mūlapaññattiyaṃyeva antogadhā hoti.<br/><br/>[06]Makkaṭivatthukathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 28
title: sudinnabhāṇavāravaṇṇanā^makkaṭivatthukathāvaṇṇanā^santhatabhāṇavāro vajjiputtakavatthuvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^43^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vesālī nivāso etesanti ^b^vesālikā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘vesālivāsino’’^eb^ti. Vajjīsu janapade vasantā vajjino, vajjīnaṃ puttakā ^b^vajjiputtakā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘vajjiraṭṭhe vesāliyaṃ kulānaṃ puttā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ñātīnaṃ byasana^eb^nti ñātīnaṃ vināso. So pana ñātīnaṃ vināso rājadaṇḍādikāraṇena hotīti āha ^b^‘‘rājadaṇḍabyādhimaraṇavippavāsanimittenā’’^eb^ti. Bhogānaṃ byasanaṃ vināso ^b^bhogabyasanaṃ^eb^. Tañca hiraññasuvaṇṇadāsidāsādīnaṃ upabhogaparibhogavatthūnaṃ rājadaṇḍādinā vināsoti āha ^b^‘‘esa nayo dutiyapadepī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Na buddhaṃ garahāmā^eb^ti ‘‘asabbaññu buddho’’tiādinā buddhaṃ na garahāma. ^b^Na dhammagarahino^eb^ti ‘‘aniyyāniko dhammo’’tiādinā dhammaṃ na garahāma. ^b^Na saṅghagarahino^eb^ti ‘‘duppaṭipanno saṅgho’’tiādinā saṅghaṃ na garahāma. ^b^Aṭṭhatiṃsārammaṇesū^eb^ti dasa kasiṇā dasa asubhā dasānussatiyo cattāro brahmavihārā cattāro āruppā catudhātuvavatthānaṃ āhāre paṭikūlasaññāti imesu cattālīsakammaṭṭhānesu pāḷiyaṃ anāgatattā ālokākāsakasiṇadvayaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesāni gahetvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Vibhattā kusalā^eb^^a^V2.0039^ea^^b^dhammā^eb^ti ‘‘imasmiṃ ārammaṇe idaṃ hotī’’ti evaṃ vibhattā upacārajjhānena saddhiṃ paṭhamajjhānādayo mahaggatakusalā dhammā ^a^M2.0044^ea^. ^b^Teva dhamme^eb^ti te eva kusale dhamme. Majjhimayāmo bhikkhūnaṃ niddākilamathavinodanokāsattā na gahitoti āha ^b^‘‘paṭhamayāmañca pacchimayāmañcā’’^eb^ti. Saccāni bujjhati paṭivijjhatīti bodhi, arahattamaggañāṇaṃ. Upakārakattena tassa pakkhe bhavā ^b^bodhipakkhiyā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘bodhissa pakkhe bhavānaṃ, arahattamaggañāṇassa upakārakāna’’^eb^nti. Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggoti ime sattatiṃsa bodhipakkhiyadhammā. ^b^‘‘Gihipalibodhaṃ āvāsapalibodhañca pahāyā’’^eb^ti imesaṃyeva dvinnaṃ palibodhānaṃ upacchedassa sudukkarabhāvato vuttaṃ. ^b^Yuttapayuttā^eb^ti sammadeva yuttā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āsaya^eb^nti ajjhāsayaṃ. Sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāya bhikkhubhāve ṭhatvā paṭisevitamethunānaṃ tesaṃ vajjiputtakānaṃ upasampadaṃ anujānanto bhagavā ‘‘pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso’’ti evaṃ paññattasikkhāpadaṃ samūhanati nāmāti āha – ^b^‘‘yadi hi bhagavā…pe… paññattaṃ samūhaneyyā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Yo pana bhikkhū’’ti vuttattā pana sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya paṭisevitamethunassa upasampadaṃ anujānanto na samūhanati nāma. Na hi so bhikkhu hutvā paṭisevati. ‘‘So āgato na upasampādetabbo’’ti vacanato sāmaṇerabhūmi anuññātāti āha ^b^‘‘sāmaṇerabhūmiyaṃ pana ṭhito’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Uttamattha^eb^nti arahattaṃ nibbānameva vā.<br/><br/>[06]Vajjiputtakavatthuvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 29
title:
  makkaṭivatthukathāvaṇṇanā^santhatabhāṇavāro vajjiputtakavatthuvaṇṇanā^catubbidhavinayakathāvaṇṇanā^^

content:
  [03]^b^45^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nīharitvā^eb^ti sāsanato nīharitvā. Tathā hi ‘‘pañcahupāli aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā nānuyuñjitabbaṃ. Katamehi pañcahi? Suttaṃ na jānāti, suttānulomaṃ na jānātī’’ti (pari. 442) evamādipariyattisāsanato suttaṃ suttānulomañca nīharitvā pakāsesuṃ, ‘‘anāpatti evaṃ amhākaṃ ācariyānaṃ uggaho paripucchāti gaṇhātī’’ti evamādipariyattisāsanato ācariyavādaṃ nīharitvā pakāsesuṃ, ^b^bhārukacchakavatthusmiṃ^eb^ (pārā. 78) ‘‘āyasmā ^a^M2.0045^ea^ upāli evamāha anāpatti āvuso supinantenā’’ti evamādipariyattisāsanato eva attanomatiṃ nīharitvā pakāsesuṃ. Tāya hi attanomatiyā thero etadaggaṭṭhānaṃ labhi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vutta^eb^nti ^a^V2.0040^ea^ nāgasenattherena vuttaṃ. Pajjate anena atthoti padaṃ, bhagavatā kaṇṭhādivaṇṇappavattiṭṭhānaṃ āhacca visesetvā bhāsitaṃ padaṃ ^b^āhaccapadaṃ,^eb^ bhagavatoyeva vacanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘āhaccapadanti suttaṃ adhippeta’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Idaṃ kappati, idaṃ na kappatī’’ti evaṃ avisesetvā ‘‘yaṃ, bhikkhave, mayā ‘idaṃ na kappatī’ti appaṭikkhittaṃ, tañce akappiyaṃ anulometi, kappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo na kappatī’’tiādinā (mahāva. 305) vuttaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ idha ‘‘raso’’ti adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘rasoti suttānuloma’’^eb^nti. Dhammasaṅgāhakappabhutiācariyaparamparato ānītā aṭṭhakathātanti idha ‘‘ācariyavaṃso’’ti adhippetāti āha ^b^‘‘ācariyavaṃsoti ācariyavādo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Idha vinayavinicchayassa adhikatattā tadanucchavikameva suttaṃ dassento āha – ^b^‘‘suttaṃ nāma sakale vinayapiṭake pāḷī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mahāpadesā^eb^ti mahāokāsā, mahantāni vinayassa patiṭṭhāpanaṭṭhānāni yesu patiṭṭhāpito vinayo vinicchayati asandehato. Mahantāni vā kāraṇāni ^b^mahāpadesā,^eb^ mahantāni vinayavinicchayakāraṇānīti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Atthato pana ‘yaṃ, bhikkhave’tiādinā vuttā sādhippāyā pāḷiyeva mahāpadesā’’ti vadanti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘ye bhagavatā evaṃ vuttā’’^eb^tiādi. Ime ca mahāpadesā khandhake āgatā, tasmā tesaṃ vinicchayakathā tattheva āvi bhavissatīti idha na vuccati. Yadipi tattha tattha bhagavatā pavattitā pakiṇṇakadesanāva aṭṭhakathā, sā pana dhammasaṅgāhakehi paṭhamaṃ tīṇi piṭakāni saṅgāyitvā tassa atthavaṇṇanānurūpeneva vācanāmaggaṃ āropitattā ‘‘ācariyavādo’’ti vuccati ācariyā vadanti saṃvaṇṇenti pāḷiṃ etenāti katvā. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘ācariyavādo nāma…pe… aṭṭhakathātantī’’^eb^ti. Tisso saṅgītiyo āruḷhoyeva ca buddhavacanassa atthasaṃvaṇṇanābhūto kathāmaggo mahāmahindattherena tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ ābhato, pacchā tambapaṇṇiyehi mahātherehi sīhaḷabhāsāya ṭhapito nikāyantaraladdhisaṅkarapariharaṇatthaṃ. Kiñcāpi attanomati suttādīhi saṃsanditvāva parikappīyati, tathāpi sā na suttādīsu visesato ^a^M2.0046^ea^ niddiṭṭhāti āha ^b^‘‘suttasuttānulomāacariyavāde muñcitvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anubuddhiyā^eb^ti suttādīniyeva anugatabuddhiyā. ^b^Nayaggāhenā^eb^ti suttādito labbhamānanayaggahaṇena.<br/><br/>[03]Attanomatiṃ sāmaññato paṭhamaṃ dassetvā idāni tameva visesetvā dassento ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Idāni tattha paṭipajjitabbākāraṃ dassento āha – ^b^‘‘taṃ pana attanomatiṃ gahetvā kathentenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Atthenā^eb^ti attanā sallakkhitena atthena. ^b^Ācariyavāde otāretabbā^eb^ti ācariyavāde ñāṇena anuppavesetabbā. ^b^Sabbadubbalā^eb^ti puggalassa sayaṃ ^a^V2.0041^ea^ paṭibhānabhāvato. Pamādapāṭhavasena ācariyavādassa kadāci suttānulomena asaṃsandanāpi siyā, so na gahetabboti dassento āha – ^b^‘‘ācariyavādopi…pe… samento eva gahetabbo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Samentameva gahetabba^eb^nti yathā suttena saṃsandati, evaṃ mahāpadesato atthā uddharitabbāti dasseti. Suttānulomassa suttekadesattepi sutte viya ‘‘idaṃ kappati, idaṃ na kappatī’’ti paricchinditvā āhaccabhāsitaṃ kiñci natthīti āha – ^b^‘‘suttānulomato hi suttameva balavatara’’^eb^nti. ^b^Appaṭivattiya^eb^nti appaṭibāhiyaṃ. ^b^Kārakasaṅghasadisa^eb^nti pamāṇattā saṅgītikārakasaṅghasadisaṃ. ^b^Buddhānaṃ ṭhitakālasadisa^eb^nti iminā buddheheva kathitattā dharamānabuddhasadisanti vuttaṃ hoti. Sutte hi paṭibāhite buddhova paṭibāhito hoti. ^b^Sakavādī suttaṃ gahetvā kathetī^eb^ti sakavādī attano suttaṃ gahetvā voharati. ^b^Paravādī suttānuloma^eb^nti aññanikāyavādī attano nikāye suttānulomaṃ gahetvā katheti. ^b^Khepaṃ vā garahaṃ vā akatvā^eb^ti ‘‘kiṃ iminā’’ti khepaṃ vā ‘‘kimesa bālo vadatī’’ti garahaṃ vā akatvā. ^b^Suttānuloma^eb^nti paravādinā vuttaṃ aññanikāye suttānulomaṃ. ^b^Sutte otāretabba^eb^nti sakavādinā attano sutte otāretabbaṃ. ^b^Suttasmiṃyeva ṭhātabba^eb^nti attano sutteyeva ṭhātabbaṃ. Evaṃ sesavāresupi atthayojanā kātabbā. ^b^Aya^eb^nti sakavādī. ^b^Paro^eb^ti aññanikāyavādī. Evaṃ sesesupi.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu ca ‘‘suttānulomato suttameva balavatara’’nti heṭṭhā vuttaṃ, idha pana ‘‘suttānulome suttaṃ otāretabba’’ntiādi kasmā vuttanti? Nāyaṃ virodho. ‘‘Suttānulomato suttameva balavatara’’nti hi idaṃ ^a^M2.0047^ea^ sakamateyeva suttaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tattha hi sakamatipariyāpannameva suttādiṃ sandhāya ‘‘attanomati sabbadubbalā, attanomatito ācariyavādo balavataro, ācariyavādato suttānulomaṃ balavataraṃ, suttānulomato suttameva balavatara’’nti ca vuttaṃ. Idha pana paravādinā ānītaṃ aññanikāye suttaṃ sandhāya ‘‘suttānulome suttaṃ otāretabba’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tasmā paravādinā ānītaṃ suttādiṃ attano suttānulomāacariyavādāttanomatīsu otāretvā samentaṃyeva gahetabbaṃ, itaraṃ na gahetabbanti ayaṃ nayo idha vuccatīti na koci pubbāparavirodho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bāhirakasutta^eb^nti tisso saṅgītiyo anāruḷhaguḷhavessantarādīni mahāsaṅghikanikāyavāsīnaṃ suttāni. ^b^Vedallādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena guḷhaummaggādiggahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ, itaraṃ gārayhasuttaṃ na gahetabbaṃ. ^b^Attanomatiyameva ṭhātabba^eb^nti iminā aññanikāyato ānītasuttatopi sakanikāye attanomatiyeva balavatarāti dasseti. Sakavādī suttaṃ gahetvā katheti, paravādīpi suttamevātievamādinā ^a^V2.0042^ea^ samānajātikānaṃ vasena vāro na vutto, suttassa sutteyeva otāraṇaṃ bhinnaṃ viya hutvā na paññāyati, vuttanayeneva ca sakkā yojetunti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni sakavādīparavādīnaṃ kappiyākappiyādibhāvaṃ sandhāya vivāde uppanne tattha paṭipajjitabbavidhiṃ dassento āha – ^b^‘‘atha panāyaṃ kappiyanti gahetvā kathetī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^sutte ca suttānulome ca otāretabba^eb^nti sakavādinā attanoyeva sutte ca suttānulome ca otāretabbaṃ. ^b^Paro kāraṇaṃ na vindatī^eb^ti paravādī kāraṇaṃ na labhati. ^b^Suttato bahuṃ kāraṇañca vinicchayañca dassetī^eb^ti paravādī attano suttato bahuṃ kāraṇaṃ vinicchayañca āharitvā dasseti. ^b^Sādhūti sampaṭicchitvā akappiyeva ṭhātabba^eb^nti iminā attano nikāye suttādīni alabhantena sakavādinā paravādīvacaneyeva ṭhātabbanti vadati. ^b^Dvinnampi kāraṇacchāyā dissatī^eb^ti sakavādīparavādīnaṃ ubhinnampi kappiyākappiyabhāvasādhakaṃ kāraṇapatirūpakaṃ dissati. Yadi dvinnampi kāraṇacchāyā dissati, kasmā ‘‘akappiyeva ṭhātabba’’nti āha ^b^‘‘vinayañhi patvā’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Vinayaṃ patvā’’ti vuttamevatthaṃ pākaṭataraṃ katvā dassento āha ^b^‘‘kappiyākappiyavicāraṇamāgammā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Rundhitabba^eb^ntiādīsu ^a^M2.0048^ea^ dubbiññeyyavinicchaye kappiyākappiyabhāve sati kappiyanti gahaṇaṃ rundhitabbaṃ, akappiyanti gahaṇaṃ ^b^gāḷhaṃ kātabbaṃ^eb^. Aparāparaṃ pavattakappiyagahaṇa^b^sotaṃ pacchinditabbaṃ,^eb^ garukabhāvasaṅkhāte akappiyabhāveyeva ṭhātabbanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bahūhi suttavinicchayakāraṇehī^eb^ti bahūhi suttehi ceva tato ānītavinicchayakāraṇehi ca. ^b^Attano gahaṇaṃ na vissajjetabba^eb^nti sakavādinā attano akappiyanti gahaṇaṃ na vissajjetabbaṃ. Idāni vuttamevatthaṃ nigamento ^b^‘‘eva’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tattha ^b^yo^eb^ti sakavādīparavādīsu yo koci. Keci pana ‘‘sakavādīsuyeva yo koci idhādhippeto’’ti vadanti, evaṃ sante ‘‘atha panāyaṃ kappiyanti gahetvā kathetī’’tiādīsu sabbattha ubhopi sakavādinoyeva siyuṃ heṭṭhā vuttasseva nigamanavasena ‘‘eva’’ntiādīnaṃ vuttattā, tasmā taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. ^b^Atirekakāraṇaṃ labhatī^eb^ti ettha suttādīsu purimaṃ purimaṃ atirekakāraṇaṃ nāma, yo vā suttādīsu catūsu bahutaraṃ kāraṇaṃ labhati, so atirekakāraṇaṃ labhati nāma.<br/><br/>[03]Suṭṭhu pavatti etassāti suppavatti, suṭṭhu pavattati sīlenāti vā suppavatti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘suppavattīti suṭṭhu pavatta’’^eb^nti. Vācāya uggataṃ ^b^vācuggataṃ,^eb^ vacasā suggahitanti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Suttato^eb^ti imassa vivaraṇaṃ ^b^‘‘pāḷito’’^eb^ti. Ettha ca ‘‘suttaṃ nāma sakalaṃ vinayapiṭaka’’nti vuttattā ^a^V2.0043^ea^^b^pāḷito^eb^ti tadatthadīpikā aññāyeva pāḷi veditabbā. ^b^Anubyañjanaso^eb^ti imassa vivaraṇaṃ ^b^‘‘paripucchato ca aṭṭhakathāto cā’’^eb^ti. Pāḷiṃ anugantvā atthassa byañjanato pakāsanato ^b^anubyañjana^eb^nti hi paripucchā aṭṭhakathā ca vuccati. Ettha ca aṭṭhakathāya visuṃ gahitattā ^b^paripucchā^eb^ti theravādo vutto. Saṅghabhedassa pubbabhāge pavattakalahassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ ^b^saṅgharājī^eb^ti. ^b^Kukkuccako^eb^ti aṇumattesupi vajjesu bhayadassanavasena kukkuccaṃ uppādento. ^b^Tantiṃ avisaṃvādetvā^eb^ti pāḷiṃ aññathā akatvā. ^b^Avokkamanto^eb^ti anatikkamanto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vitthunatī^eb^ti atthaṃ adisvā nitthunati. ^b^Vipphandatī^eb^ti kampati. ^b^Santiṭṭhituṃ na sakkotī^eb^ti ekasmiṃyeva atthe patiṭṭhātuṃ na sakkoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0049^ea^^b^yaṃ parena vuccati, taṃ taṃ anujānātī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paravādaṃ gaṇhātī^eb^ti ‘‘ucchumhi kasaṭaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ, raso sattāhakāliko, tadubhayavinimutto ca ucchu nāma visuṃ natthi, tasmā ucchupi vikāle vaṭṭatī’’ti paravādinā vutte tampi gaṇhāti. ^b^Ekekaloma^eb^nti palitaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Yamhī^eb^ti yasmiṃ puggale. ^b^Parikkhayaṃ pariyādāna^eb^nti atthato ekaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ācariyaparamparā kho panassa suggahitā hotī^eb^ti ettha ^b^ācariyaparamparā^eb^ti ācariyānaṃ vinicchayaparamparā. Teneva vakkhati ‘‘yathā ācariyo ca ācariyācariyo ca pāḷiñca paripucchañca vadanti, tathā ñātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. ^b^Pubbāparānusandhito^eb^ti ‘‘idaṃ pubbavacanaṃ, idaṃ paravacanaṃ, ayamanusandhī’’ti evaṃ pubbāparānusandhito. ^b^Ācariyaparampara^eb^nti imasseva vevacanaṃ ^b^theravādaṅga^eb^nti, therapaṭipāṭinti attho. ^b^Dve tayo parivaṭṭā^eb^ti dve tisso paramparā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Imehi ca pana tīhi lakkhaṇehī^eb^ti ‘‘suttamassa svāgataṃ hotī’’tiādinā heṭṭhā vuttehi tīhi lakkhaṇehi. Ettha ca paṭhamena lakkhaṇena vinayassa suṭṭhu uggahitabhāvo vutto, dutiyena uggahitena acalatā suppatiṭṭhitatā vuttā, tatiyena yaṃ pāḷiyā aṭṭhakathāya ca natthi, tampi ācariyavacanena vinicchinituṃ samatthatā vuttā. ^b^Otiṇṇe vatthusmi^eb^nti codanāsaṅkhāte vītikkamasaṅkhāte vā vatthusmiṃ saṅghamajjhe otiṇṇe, osaṭeti attho. Vuttameva vibhāvento ^b^‘‘codakena ca cuditakena ca vutte vattabbe’’^eb^ti āha. Keci pana ‘‘codakena otiṇṇe vatthusmiṃ cuditakena ca vutte vattabbe’’ti evaṃ yojenti. Apare pana ‘‘codakena ca cuditakena ca vutte vinayadharena ca vattabbe’’ti evampi yojenti. ‘‘Codakena ca cuditakena ca vutte vattabbe’’ti ayameva pana yojanā sundaratarāti veditabbā. ^b^Vatthu oloketabba^eb^nti tassa tassa sikkhāpadassa vatthu oloketabbaṃ. ‘‘Tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā…pe… yo āgaccheyya, āpatti ^a^V2.0044^ea^ dukkaṭassā’’ti (pārā. 517) hi idaṃ nissaggiye aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadassa vatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, thullaccayadubbhāsitāpattīnaṃ mātikāya anāgatattā ^b^‘‘pañcannaṃ āpattīnaṃ aññatara’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Aññataraṃ vā āpatti^eb^nti ‘‘kāle vikālasaññī āpatti dukkaṭassa, kāle vematiko āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti ^a^M2.0050^ea^ evamādinā (pāci. 250) āgataṃ dukkaṭaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Sikkhāpadantaresū^eb^ti vinītavatthuṃ antokatvā ekekasmiṃ sikkhāpadantare.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sukhumā^eb^ti attanopi duviññeyyasabhāvassa lahuparivattino cittassa sīghaparivattitāya vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cittalahukā’’^eb^ti. Cittaṃ lahu sīghaparivatti etesanti ^b^cittalahukā. Te^eb^ti te vītikkame. ^b^Taṃvatthuka^eb^nti te adinnādānamanussaviggahavītikkamā vatthu adhiṭṭhānaṃ kāraṇametassāti taṃvatthukaṃ. ^b^Sīlāni sodhetvā^eb^ti yaṃvatthukaṃ kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ, taṃ amanasikaritvā avasesasīlāni sodhetvā. Pākaṭabhāvato sukhavaḷañjanatāya ca ^b^‘‘dvattiṃsākāraṃ tāva manasi karohī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Aññasmiṃ pana kammaṭṭhāne kataparicayena tadeva manasi kātabbaṃ. ^b^Kammaṭṭhānaṃ ghaṭayatī^eb^ti antarantarā khaṇḍaṃ adassetvā cittena saddhiṃ ālambanabhāvena cirakālaṃ ghaṭayati. ^b^Saṅkhārā pākaṭā hutvā upaṭṭhahantī^eb^ti vipassanākammaṭṭhāniko ce, tassa saṅkhārā pākaṭā hutvā upaṭṭhahanti. Sace katapārājikavītikkamo bhaveyya, tassa satipi asaritukāmatāya vippaṭisāravatthuvasena punappunaṃ taṃ upaṭṭhahatīti cittekaggataṃ na vindati. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kammaṭṭhānaṃ na ghaṭayatī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Attanā jānātī^eb^ti sayameva jānāti. Paccatte cetaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ, attā jānātīti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Aññā ca devatā jānantī^eb^ti ārakkhadevatāhi aññā paracittaviduniyo devatā ca jānanti.<br/><br/>[06]Niṭṭhitā catubbidhavinayakathāvaṇṇanā<br/><br/>[06]Vinayadharassa ca lakkhaṇādikathāvaṇṇanā.


volume: 2
item: 30
title:
  santhatabhāṇavāro vajjiputtakavatthuvaṇṇanā^catubbidhavinayakathāvaṇṇanā^bhikkhupadabhājanīyavaṇṇanā^^

content:
  [03]^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā pana-saddaṃ apanetvā aniyamena puggaladīpakaṃ yo-saddameva āha, tasmā. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti imasmiṃ yo-sadde. Pana-saddassa nipātamattattā yo-saddasseva atthaṃ pakāsento ^b^‘‘yo kocīti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Yo koci nāmā^eb^ti yo vā so vā yo kocīti vutto. ^b^Vāsadhurayutto vā^eb^ti vipassanādhurayutto vā. ^b^Sīlesū^eb^ti pakatīsu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhikkhatī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0051^ea^^a^V2.0045^ea^ yācati. ^b^Labhanto vā alabhanto vā^eb^ti yo koci bhikkhati bhikkhaṃ esati gavesati, so taṃ labhatu vā mā vā, tathāpi bhikkhatīti bhikkhūti ayamettha adhippāyo. ^b^Ariyāya yācanāyā^eb^ti ‘‘uddissa ariyā tiṭṭhanti, esā ariyāna yācanā’’ti evaṃ vuttāya ariyayācanāya, na kapaṇaddhikavaṇibbakayācakānaṃ viya ‘‘dehi dehī’’ti evaṃ pavattayācanāya. ^b^Bhikkhācariya^eb^nti uñchācariyaṃ. ^b^Ajjhupagatattā^eb^ti anuṭṭhitattā. ^b^Kājabhatta^eb^nti kājehi ānītaṃ bhattaṃ. ^b^Agghaphassavaṇṇabhedenā^eb^ti agghādīnaṃ purimapakativijahena. Purimapakativijahanañhettha bhedoti adhippetaṃ. Dhovitvā apanetuṃ asakkuṇeyyasabhāvaṃ ^b^malaṃ,^eb^ tathā apanetuṃ sakkuṇeyyasabhāvā ^b^jallikā^eb^. ^b^Bhinnapaṭadharo^eb^ti nibbacanaṃ bhinnapaṭadhare bhikkhu-saddassa niruḷhattā kataṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upanissayasampanna^eb^nti pubbe aṭṭhaparikkhāradānūpanissayasampannaṃ. Yo hi cīvarādike aṭṭha parikkhāre pattacīvarameva vā sotāpannādiariyassa puthujjanasseva vā sīlasampannassa datvā ‘‘idaṃ parikkhāradānaṃ anāgate ehibhikkhubhāvāya paccayo hotū’’ti patthanaṃ paṭṭhapesi, tassa taṃ sati adhikārasampattiyaṃ buddhānaṃ sammukhībhāve iddhimayaparikkhāralābhāya saṃvattatīti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Brahmaghosa^eb^nti uttamaghosaṃ, brahmuno ghosasadisaṃ vā ghosaṃ. ^b^Brahmacariya^eb^nti sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ maggabrahmacariyañca. Dukkhassa sammā antakiriyāyāti yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Bhaṇḍū^eb^ti muṇḍo. ^b^Vāsī^eb^ti dantakaṭṭhacchedanavāsi. ^b^Bandhana^eb^nti kāyabandhanaṃ. Yutto bhāvanānuyogo assāti ^b^yuttayogo,^eb^ tassa yuttayogassa, bhāvanānuyogamanuyuttassāti vuttaṃ hoti. Iriyāpathasampannatāvibhāvanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘saṭṭhivassikatthero viyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Buddhova pabbajjācariyo upasampadācariyo ca assāti ^b^buddhācariyako^eb^. Paṭhamabodhiyampi paṭhamakāleyeva sesaupasampadānaṃ abhāvoti āha ^b^‘‘paṭhamabodhiyaṃ ekasmiṃ kāle’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pañca pañcavaggiyattherā^eb^ti pañcavaggiyattherā pañca. ^b^Tīṇi sata^eb^nti tīṇi satāni, gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ vacanavipallāso kato. ^b^Eko ca thero^eb^ti aṅgulimālattheraṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Na vuttā^eb^ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ na vuttā. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti vinayapāḷiyaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Veḷuvanamahāvihāre ^a^M2.0052^ea^ gandhakuṭiyaṃ nisinnoyeva bhagavā mahākassapattherassa attānaṃ uddissa pabbajitabhāvaṃ viditvā tassa paccuggamanaṃ karonto tigāvutaṃ maggaṃ ekakova gantvā bahuputtanigrodhamūle pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisinno attano santikaṃ āgantvā paramanipaccakāraṃ dassetvā ‘‘satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmi, satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī’’ti tikkhattuṃ attano sāvakattaṃ sāvetvā ṭhitassa mahākassapattherassa nipaccakāramahattataṃ ^a^V2.0046^ea^ attano ca mahānubhāvataṃ dīpetuṃ yassa aññassa ajānaṃyeva ‘‘jānāmī’’ti paṭiññassa bāhirakassa satthuno evaṃ sabbacetasā samannāgato pasannacitto sāvako evarūpaṃ paramanipaccakāraṃ kareyya, tassa vaṇṭacchinnatālapakkaṃ viya gīvato muddhāpi vipateyya, sattadhā vā phaleyyāti dassento ‘‘yo kho, kassapa, evaṃ sabbacetasā samannāgataṃ sāvakaṃ ajānaṃyeva vadeyya ‘jānāmī’ti, apassaṃyeva vadeyya ‘passāmī’ti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyya, sattadhā vā phaleyya, ahaṃ kho, kassapa, jānaṃyeva vadāmi ‘jānāmī’ti, passaṃyeva vadāmi ‘passāmī’’’ (saṃ. ni. 2.154) ti vatvā jātimadamānamadarūpamadappahānatthaṃ tīhi ovādehi mahākassapattheraṃ ovadanto ^b^‘‘tasmātiha te kassapā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha (saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 2.2.154) ^b^tasmātihā^eb^ti tasmā icceva vuttaṃ hoti, yasmā ahaṃ jānantova ‘‘jānāmī’’ti passanto eva ca ‘‘passāmī’’ti vadāmi, tasmāti attho. ^b^Ti^eb^-kāra ^b^ha^eb^-kārā nipātā. ^b^Ihā^eb^ti vā imasmiṃ sāsane, ^b^ta^eb^-kāro padasandhivasena āgato. ^b^Evaṃ sikkhitabba^eb^nti idāni vuccamānākārena sikkhitabbaṃ. ^b^Tibba^eb^nti bahalaṃ mahantaṃ. ^b^Hirottappañcā^eb^ti hirī ca ottappañca. ^b^Paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavissatī^eb^ti upasaṅkamanato paṭhamatarameva upaṭṭhitaṃ bhavissati. Tathā hi sati tesaṃ purato assa sagāravasappatissavatā saṇṭhāti. Yo ca therādīsu hirottappaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā upasaṅkamati, therādayopi taṃ sahirikā saottappā ca hutvā upasaṅkamantīti ayamettha ānisaṃso. ^b^Kusalūpasaṃhita^eb^nti kusalanissitaṃ, anavajjadhammanissitanti attho. ^b^Aṭṭhiṃ katvā^eb^ti attānaṃ tena dhammena aṭṭhikaṃ katvā, taṃ vā dhammaṃ ‘‘esa mayhaṃ dhammo’’ti aṭṭhiṃ katvā. ^b^Manasi katvā^eb^ti citte ṭhapetvā. ^b^Sabbacetasā samannāharitvā^eb^ti cittassa thokampi bahi gantuṃ adento ^a^M2.0053^ea^ sabbena samannāhāracittena samannāharitvā. ^b^Ohitasoto^eb^ti ṭhapitasoto, dhamme nihitasototi attho. ^b^Evañhi te sikkhitabba^eb^nti ñāṇasotañca pasādasotañca odahitvā ‘‘mayā desitaṃ dhammaṃ sakkaccameva suṇissāmī’’ti evañhi te sikkhitabbaṃ. ^b^Sātasahagatā ca me kāyagatāsatī^eb^ti asubhesu ceva ānāpāne ca paṭhamajjhānavasena sukhasampayuttā kāyagatāsati. Yo ca panāyaṃ tividho ovādo, therassa ayameva pabbajjā ca upasampadā ca ahosi.<br/><br/>[03]Kasiṇārammaṇaṃ rūpāvacarajjhānaṃ rūpasaññā. Saññāsīsena hettha jhānaṃ vuttaṃ, tadeva ca uddhumātakapaṭibhāgārammaṇattā ^b^‘‘uddhumātakasaññā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sopākasāmaṇero bhagavatā puṭṭho ‘‘ete dve rūpāvacarabhāvena ekatthā, byañjanameva nāna’’nti āha. ^b^Āraddhacitto^eb^ti ārādhitacitto. Garudhammapaṭiggahaṇādiupasampadā upari vitthārato sayameva āvi bhavissati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kalyāṇaputhujjanādayo^eb^ti ^a^V2.0047^ea^ ettha bahūnaṃ nānappakārānaṃ sakkāyadiṭṭhiādīnaṃ avihatattā janeti, tāhi vā janitoti puthujjano, kalyāṇo ca so puthujjano cāti kalyāṇaputhujjano, so ādi yesaṃ sotāpannādīnaṃ te kalyāṇaputhujjanādayo. Kalyāṇaggahaṇena cettha andhaputhujjanaṃ nivatteti. Dvidhā hi puthujjanā andhaputhujjano kalyāṇaputhujjanoti. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Duve puthujjanā vuttā, buddhenādiccabandhunā;<br/><br/>[22]Andho puthujjano eko, kalyāṇeko puthujjano’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.7; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.2; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 2.2.61; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.51);<br/><br/>[03]Bhadrāya paññāya bhadrāya vimuttiyāti yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Sīlenā^eb^tiādīsu ^b^sīla^eb^nti catupārisuddhisīlaṃ. ^b^Samādhī^eb^ti vipassanāpādakā aṭṭha samāpattiyo. ^b^Paññā^eb^ti lokiyalokuttarañāṇaṃ. ^b^Vimuttī^eb^ti ariyaphalavimutti. ^b^Vimuttiñāṇadassana^eb^nti ekūnavīsatividhaṃ paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ. Yathāsambhavena cettha yojanā veditabbā. Kalyāṇaputhujjanassa hi sīlādayo tayo eva sambhavanti, ariyānaṃ pana sabbepi sīlādayo. Sāro bhikkhūtipi kalyāṇaputhujjanādayova vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘tehiyeva sīlasārādīhī’’^eb^tiādi. Atha vā nippariyāyato khīṇāsavova sāro ^a^M2.0054^ea^ bhikkhu nāmāti āha ^b^‘‘vigatakilesapheggubhāvato vā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Yopi kalyāṇaputhujjano anulomapaṭipadāya paripūrakārī sīlasampanno indriyesu guttadvāro bhojane mattaññū jāgariyānuyogamanuyutto pubbarattāpararattaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanānuyogamanuyutto viharati ‘‘ajja vā sve vā aññataraṃ sāmaññaphalaṃ adhigamissāmī’’ti, sopi vuccati sikkhatīti sekhoti āha ^b^‘‘puthujjanakalyāṇakena saddhi’’^eb^nti. ^b^Satta ariyā^eb^ti cattāro maggaṭṭhā, heṭṭhimā ca tayo phalaṭṭhāti ime satta ariyā. ^b^Tisso sikkhā^eb^ti adhisīlādikā tisso sikkhā. Sikkhāsu jātoti vā ^b^sekho^eb^. Ariyapuggalo hi ariyāya jātiyā jāyamāno sikkhāsu jāyati, na yoniyaṃ. Sikkhanasīloti vā ^b^sekho,^eb^ puggalādhiṭṭhānāya vā kathāya sekhassa ayanti anaññasādhāraṇā maggaphalattayadhammā sekhapariyāyena vuttā. ^b^Asekho^eb^ti ca yattha sekhabhāvāsaṅkā atthi, tatthāyaṃ paṭisedhoti lokiyanibbānesu asekhabhāvānāpatti daṭṭhabbā. Sīlasamādhipaññāsaṅkhātā hi sikkhā attano paṭipakkhakilesehi vimuttattā parisuddhā, upakkilesānaṃ ārammaṇabhāvampi anupagamanato ^a^V2.0048^ea^ etā sikkhāti vattuṃ yuttā, aṭṭhasupi maggaphalesu vijjanti, tasmā catumaggaheṭṭhimaphalattayasamaṅgino viya arahattaphalasamaṅgīpi tāsu sikkhāsu jātoti taṃsamaṅgino arahato itaresaṃ viya sekhatte sati sekhassa ayanti, sikkhā sīlaṃ etassāti ca sekhoti vattabbo siyāti taṃ nivattanatthaṃ ‘‘asekho’’ti yathāvuttasekhabhāvapaṭisedho kato. Arahattaphalehi pavattamānā sikkhā pariniṭṭhitasikkhākiccattā na sikkhākiccaṃ karonti, kevalaṃ sikkhāphalabhāveneva pavattanti, tasmā tā na sikkhāvacanaṃ arahanti, nāpi taṃsamaṅgī sekhavacanaṃ, na ca sikkhanasīlo, sikkhāsu jātoti ca vattabbataṃ arahati, heṭṭhimaphalesu pana sikkhā sakadāgāmimaggavipassanādīnaṃ upanissayabhāvato sikkhākiccaṃ karontīti sikkhāvacanaṃ arahanti, taṃsamaṅgino ca sekhavacanaṃ sikkhanasīlā, sikkhāsu jātāti ca vattabbataṃ arahanti ‘‘sikkhantīti sekhā’’ti apariyositasikkhānaṃ dassitattā, ‘‘na sikkhatīti asekho’’ti iminā pariyositasikkho dassito, na sikkhāya rahitoti āha – ^b^‘‘sekkhadhamme atikkamma^eb^^a^M2.0055^ea^^b^…pe… khīṇāsavo asekhoti vuccatī’’^eb^ti. Vuddhippattasikkho vā asekhoti etasmiṃ atthe sekhadhammesu eva ṭhitassa kassaci ariyassa asekhabhāvāpattīti arahattamaggadhammā vuddhippattā ca yathāvuttehi atthehi sekhāti katvā taṃsamaṅgino aggamaggaṭṭhassa asekhabhāvo āpannoti? Na, taṃsadisesu tabbohārato. Arahattamaggato hi ninnānākaraṇaṃ arahattaphalaṃ ṭhapetvā pariññākiccakaraṇaṃ vipākabhāvañca, tasmā te eva sekhā aggaphaladhammabhāvaṃ āpannāti sakkā vattuṃ. Kusalasukhato ca vipākasukhaṃ santataratāya paṇītataranti vuddhippattā ca te dhammā hontīti taṃsamaṅgī asekhoti vuccatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbantimena pariyāyenā^eb^ti sabbantimena paricchedena. Upasampadākammassa adhikārattā ^b^‘‘pañcavaggakaraṇīye’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Pañcannaṃ vaggo samūhoti pañcavaggo, pañcaparimāṇayutto vā vaggo pañcavaggo, tena kattabbaṃ kammaṃ ^b^pañcavaggakaraṇīyaṃ. Yāvatikā bhikkhū^eb^ti yattakā bhikkhū. ^b^Kammappattā^eb^ti kammārahā pārājikaṃ anāpannā anukkhittā ca. Upasampadākammassa pañcavaggakaraṇīyattā pañceva bhikkhū kammappattā ettakehipi kammasiddhito, itare chandārahā. ^b^Ñatticatutthenā^eb^ti ettha kiñcāpi ñatti sabbapaṭhamaṃ vuccati, tissannaṃ pana anussāvanānaṃ atthabyañjanabhedābhāvato atthabyañjanabhinnā ñatti tāsaṃ catutthāti katvā ‘‘ñatticatuttha’’nti vuccati. Byañjanānurūpameva aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ^b^‘‘tīhi anussāvanāhi ekāya ca ñattiyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, atthappavattikkamena pana ‘‘ekāya ñattiyā tīhi anussāvanāhī’’ti vattabbaṃ. ^b^Vatthuñattianaussāvanasīmāparisasampattisampannattā^eb^ti ettha ^b^vatthū^eb^ti upasampadāpekkho puggalo, so ṭhapetvā ūnavīsativassaṃ ^a^V2.0049^ea^ antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannapubbaṃ paṇḍakādayo ca ekādasa abhabbapuggale veditabbo. Ūnavīsativassādayo hi terasa puggalā upasampadāya avatthu, ime pana ṭhapetvā aññasmiṃ upasampadāpekkhe sati upasampadākammaṃ ^b^vatthusampattisampannaṃ^eb^ nāma hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Vatthusaṅghapuggalañattīnaṃ aparāmasanāni pacchā ñattiṭṭhapanañcāti ime tāva pañca ñattidosā. Tattha ‘‘ayaṃ itthannāmo’’ti upasampadāpekkhassa akittanaṃ ^b^vatthuaparāmasanaṃ^eb^ nāma. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho’’ti ettha ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante’’ti vatvā ‘‘saṅgho’’ti abhaṇanaṃ ^b^saṅghāparāmasanaṃ^eb^ nāma. ‘‘Itthannāmassa upasampadāpekkho’’ti upajjhāyassa akittanaṃ ^b^puggalāparāmasanaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0056^ea^ nāma. Sabbena sabbaṃ ñattiyā anuccāraṇaṃ ^b^ñattiaparāmasanaṃ^eb^ nāma. Paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā ‘‘esā ñattī’’ti vatvā ‘‘khamati saṅghassā’’ti evaṃ ñattikittanaṃ ^b^pacchā ñattiṭṭhapanaṃ^eb^ nāma. Iti imehi dosehi vimuttāya ñattiyā sampannaṃ ^b^ñattisampattisampannaṃ^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]Vatthusaṅghapuggalānaṃ aparāmasanāni sāvanāya hāpanaṃ akāle sāvananti ime pañca anussāvanadosā. Tattha ^b^vatthā^eb^dīnaṃ aparāmasanāni ñattiyaṃ vuttasadisāneva. Tīsu pana anussāvanāsu yattha katthaci etesaṃ aparāmasanaṃ aparāmasanameva, sabbena sabbaṃ pana kammavācaṃ avatvā catukkhattuṃ ñattikittanameva. Atha vā pana kammavācabbhantare akkharassa vā padassa vā anuccāraṇaṃ vā duruccāraṇaṃ vā ^b^sāvanāya hāpanaṃ^eb^ nāma. Sāvanāya anokāse paṭhamaṃ ñattiṃ aṭṭhapetvā anussāvanakaraṇaṃ ^b^akāle sāvanaṃ^eb^ nāma. Iti imehi dosehi vimuttāya anussāvanāya sampannaṃ ^b^anussāvanasampattisampannaṃ^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]Vipattisīmālakkhaṇaṃ samatikkantāya pana sīmāya kataṃ ^b^sīmāsampattisampannaṃ^eb^ nāma. Yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā, tesaṃ anāgamanaṃ, chandārahānaṃ chandassa anāharaṇaṃ, sammukhībhūtānaṃ paṭikkosananti ime pana tayo parisadosā, tehi vimuttāya parisāya kataṃ ^b^parisasampattisampannaṃ^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]Upasampadākammavācāsaṅkhātaṃ bhagavato vacanaṃ upasampadākammakaraṇassa kāraṇattā ṭhānaṃ, yathā ca taṃ kattabbanti bhagavatā anusiṭṭhaṃ, tathā katattā tadanucchavikaṃ yathāvuttaṃ anūnaṃ ñattianussāvanaṃ uppaṭipāṭiyā ca avuttaṃ ^b^ṭhānārahaṃ^eb^. Yathā kattabbanti hi bhagavatā vuttaṃ, tathā akate upasampadākammassa kāraṇaṃ na hotīti na taṃ ṭhānārahaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kāraṇārahena satthusāsanārahenā’’^eb^ti. Iminā ñattianussāvanasampatti kathitāti veditabbā. ‘‘Samaggena saṅghenā’’ti ^a^V2.0050^ea^ iminā pana parisasampatti kathitāva. ‘‘Akuppenā’’ti iminā pārisesato vatthusīmāsampattiyo kathitāti veditabbā. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana akuppalakkhaṇaṃ ekattha sampiṇḍetvā dassetuṃ ^b^akuppenā^eb^ti imassa ‘‘vatthuñattianussāvanasīmāparisasampattisampannattā akopetabbataṃ appaṭikkositabbataṃ upagatenā’’ti attho vutto. Keci pana ‘‘ṭhānārahenātiettha ‘na hatthacchinno pabbājetabbo’tiādi (mahāva. 119) satthusāsanaṃ ṭhāna’’nti vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Ñatticatutthena ^a^M2.0057^ea^ kammenā’’ti imasmiṃ adhikāre pasaṅgato āharitvā yaṃ kammalakkhaṇaṃ sabbāṭṭhakathāsu papañcitaṃ, taṃ yathāāgataṭṭhāneyeva dassetukāmo idha tassa avacane tattha vacane ca payojanaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ṭhatvā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Aṭṭhasu upasampadāsu ehibhikkhūpasampadā saraṇagamanūpasampadā ovādapaṭiggahaṇūpasampadā pañhabyākaraṇūpasampadāti imāhi upasampadāhi upasampannānaṃ lokavajjasikkhāpadavītikkame abhabbattā garudhammapaṭiggahaṇūpasampadā dūtenūpasampadā aṭṭhavācikūpasampadāti imāsañca tissannaṃ upasampadānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃyeva anuññātattā ñatticatuttheneva kammena upasampanno gahitoti veditabbo. Tathā hi ehibhikkhūpasampadā antimabhavikānaṃyeva, saraṇagamanūpasampadā parisuddhānaṃ, ovādapaṭiggahaṇapañhabyākaraṇūpasampadā mahākassapasopākānaṃ, na ca te bhabbā pārājikādilokavajjaṃ āpajjituṃ, garudhammapaṭiggahaṇādayo ca bhikkhunīnaṃyeva anuññātā, ayañca bhikkhu, tasmā ettha ñatticatutthena upasampannova gahitoti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Paṇṇattivajjesu pana sikkhāpadesu aññepi ehibhikkhūpasampadāya upasampannādayo saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Tepi hi sahaseyyādipaṇṇattivajjaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjantiyeva. Yadi evaṃ paṇṇattivajjesupi sikkhāpadesu ‘‘ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū’’ti ñatticatuttheneva kammena upasampanno kasmā vuttoti? Sabbasikkhāpadavītikkamārahattā sabbakālikattā ca. Ehibhikkhūpasampadādayo hi na sabbasikkhāpadavītikkamārahā asabbakālikā ca. Tathā hi aṭṭhasu upasampadāsu ñatticatutthakammūpasampadā dūtenūpasampadā aṭṭhavācikūpasampadāti imā tissoyeva thāvarā, sesā buddhe dharamāneyeva ahesuṃ. Teneva ca ^b^bhikkhunīvibhaṅge^eb^pi (pāci. 658) ‘‘tatra yāyaṃ bhikkhunī samaggena ubhatosaṅghena ñatticatutthena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena upasampannā, ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunī’’ti dūtenūpasampadāya aṭṭhavācikūpasampadāya ca upasampannaṃ antokatvā ubhatosaṅghena ñatticatuttheneva kammena upasampannā bhikkhunī vuttā, na garudhammapaṭiggahaṇūpasampadāya upasampannā tassā upasampadāya pāṭipuggalikabhāvato ^a^V2.0051^ea^ asabbakālikattā. Garudhammapaṭiggahaṇūpasampadā hi mahāpajāpatiyā eva anuññātattā pāṭipuggalikāti, tasmā sabbasikkhāpadavītikkamārahaṃ ^a^M2.0058^ea^ sabbakālikāya ñatticatutthakammūpasampadāya upasampannameva gahetvā sabbasikkhāpadāni paññattānīti gahetabbaṃ. Yadi evaṃ paṇṇattivajjesu sikkhāpadesu ca ehibhikkhūpasampannādīnampi saṅgaho kathaṃ viññāyatīti? Atthato āpannattā. Tathā hi ‘‘dve puggalā abhabbā āpattiṃ āpajjituṃ buddhā ca paccekabuddhā ca, dve puggalā bhabbā āpattiṃ āpajjituṃ bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo cā’’ti (pari. 322) sāmaññato vuttattā ehibhikkhūpasampannādayopi asañcicca assatiyā acittakaṃ paṇṇattivajjaṃ sahaseyyādiāpattiṃ āpajjantīti atthato āpannanti ayamettha sāro. Yaṃ panettha ito aññathā ^b^kenaci^eb^ papañcitaṃ, na taṃ sārato paccetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Niruttivasenā^eb^ti nibbacanavasena. ^b^Abhilāpavasenā^eb^ti vohāravasena. ^b^Anuppannāya kammavācāyā^eb^ti anuppannāya ñatticatutthakammavācāya. ^b^Guṇavasenā^eb^ti sīlāditaṃtaṃguṇayogato. Ettha ca bhindati pāpake akusale dhammeti bhikkhūti nibbacanaṃ veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Bhikkhupadabhājanīyavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 31
title: catubbidhavinayakathāvaṇṇanā^bhikkhupadabhājanīyavaṇṇanā^sikkhāsājīvapadabhājanīyavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Sikkhitabbā^eb^ti āsevitabbā. ^b^Uttama^eb^nti visiṭṭhaṃ. Adhisīlādīsu vijjamānesu sīlādīhipi bhavitabbaṃ. Yathā hi omakatarappamāṇaṃ chattaṃ vā dhajaṃ vā upādāya atirekappamāṇaṃ ‘‘atichattaṃ atidhajo’’ti vuccati, evamihāpi ‘‘anukkaṭṭhasīlaṃ upādāya adhisīlena bhavitabbaṃ, tathā anukkaṭṭhaṃ cittaṃ paññañca upādāya adhicittena adhipaññāya ca bhavitabba’’nti manasi katvā sīlādiṃ sarūpato vibhāvetukāmo ^b^‘‘katamaṃ panettha sīla’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Aṭṭhaṅgasīlaṃ dasaṅgasīlesveva antogadhattā visuṃ aggahetvā ^b^‘‘pañcaṅgadasaṅgasīla’’^eb^nti ettakameva vuttaṃ. ^b^Pātimokkhasaṃvarasīla^eb^nti cārittavārittavasena duvidhaṃ vinayapiṭakapariyāpannaṃ sikkhāpadasīlaṃ. Tañhi yo naṃ pāti rakkhati, taṃ mokkheti moceti āpāyikādīhi dukkhehīti pātimokkhanti vuccati. Saṃvaraṇaṃ saṃvaro ^a^M2.0059^ea^, kāyavācāhi avītikkamo. Pātimokkhameva saṃvaro pātimokkhasaṃvaro. So eva sīlanaṭṭhena sīlanti pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Aparo ^a^V2.0052^ea^ nayo (udā. aṭṭha. 31; itivu. aṭṭha. 97) – kilesānaṃ balavabhāvato pāpakiriyāya sukarabhāvato puññakiriyāya ca dukkarabhāvato bahukkhattuṃ apāyesu patanasīloti pātī, puthujjano. Aniccatāya vā bhavābhavādīsu kammavegakkhitto ghaṭiyantaṃ viya anavaṭṭhānena paribbhamanato gamanasīloti pātī, maraṇavasena vā tamhi tamhi sattanikāye attabhāvassa patanasīloti pātī, sattasantāno, cittameva vā. Taṃ pātinaṃ saṃsāradukkhato mokkhetīti pātimokkhaṃ. Cittassa hi vimokkhena satto vimuttoti vuccati. Vuttañhi ‘‘cittavodānā visujjhantī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.100), ‘‘anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimutta’’nti (mahāva. 28) ca.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā avijjādinā hetunā saṃsāre patati gacchati pavattatīti pāti. ‘‘Avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarata’’nti (saṃ. ni. 2.124) hi vuttaṃ. Tassa pātino sattassa taṇhādisaṃkilesattayato mokkho etenāti pātimokkho. ‘‘Kaṇṭhekāḷo’’tiādīnaṃ viyassa samāsasiddhi veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā pāteti vinipāteti dukkhehīti pāti, cittaṃ. Vuttañhi ‘‘cittena nīyati loko, cittena parikassatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.62). Tassa pātino mokkho etenāti pātimokkho. Patati vā etena apāyadukkhe saṃsāradukkhe cāti pāti, taṇhāsaṃkileso. Vuttañhi ‘‘taṇhā janeti purisaṃ (saṃ. ni. 1.55-57), taṇhādutiyo puriso’’ti (a. ni. 4.9; itivu. 15, 105) ca ādi. Tato pātito mokkhoti pātimokkho.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā patati etthāti pāti, cha ajjhattikabāhirāni āyatanāni. Vuttañhi ‘‘chasu loko samuppanno, chasu kubbati santhava’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.70; su. ni. 171). Tato chājjhattikabāhirāyatanasaṅkhātato pātito mokkhoti pātimokkho.<br/><br/>[03]Atha ^a^M2.0060^ea^ vā pāto vinipāto assa atthīti pātī, saṃsāro. Tato mokkhoti pātimokkho.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā sabbalokādhipatibhāvato dhammissaro bhagavā patīti vuccati, muccati etenāti mokkho, patino mokkho tena paññattattāti patimokkho, patimokkho eva pātimokkho. Sabbaguṇānaṃ vā mūlabhāvato uttamaṭṭhena pati ca so yathāvuttena atthena mokkho cāti ^a^V2.0053^ea^ patimokkho, patimokkho eva pātimokkho. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘pātimokkhanti mukhametaṃ pamukhameta’’nti (mahāva. 135) vitthāro.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā pa-iti pakāre, ^b^atī^eb^ti accantatthe nipāto, tasmā pakārehi accantaṃ mokkhetīti pātimokkho. Idañhi sīlaṃ sayaṃ tadaṅgavasena samādhisahitaṃ paññāsahitañca vikkhambhanavasena samucchedavasena ca accantaṃ mokkheti mocetīti pātimokkho.<br/><br/>[03]Pati pati mokkhoti vā patimokkho, tamhā tamhā vītikkamadosato paccekaṃ mokkhetīti attho, patimokkho eva pātimokkho. Mokkho vā nibbānaṃ, tassa mokkhassa paṭibimbabhūtoti patimokkho. Sīlasaṃvaro hi sūriyassa aruṇuggamanaṃ viya nibbānassa udayabhūto tappaṭibhāgo ca yathārahaṃ kilesanibbāpanato, patimokkhoyeva pātimokkho. Pativattati mokkhābhimukhanti vā patimokkhaṃ, patimokkhameva pātimokkhanti evaṃ tāvettha pātimokkhasaddassa attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Saṃvarati pidahati etenāti saṃvaro, pātimokkhameva saṃvaro pātimokkhasaṃvaro. So eva sīlaṃ ^b^pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ,^eb^ atthato pana tato tato vītikkamitabbato viratiyo ceva cetanā ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhisīlanti vuccatī^eb^ti anavasesato kāyikavācasikasaṃvarabhāvato ca maggasīlassa padaṭṭhānabhāvato ca pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ adhikaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ sīlaṃ adhisīlanti vuccati. ^b^Pajjotāna^eb^nti ālokānaṃ. Nanu ca paccekabuddhāpi dhammatāvasena pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlena samannāgatāva honti, evaṃ sati kasmā ‘‘buddhuppādeyeva pavattati, na vinā buddhuppādā’’ti ^a^M2.0061^ea^ niyametvā vuttanti āha – ^b^‘‘na hi taṃ paññattiṃ uddharitvā’’^eb^tiādi. Kiñcāpi paccekabuddhā pātimokkhasaṃvarasampannāgatā honti, na pana tesaṃ vasena vitthāritaṃ hutvā pavattatīti adhippāyo. ‘‘Imasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ imasmiṃ vītikkame idaṃ nāma hotī’’ti paññapanaṃ aññesaṃ avisayo, buddhānaṃyeva esa visayo, buddhānaṃ balanti āha – ^b^‘‘buddhāyeva panā’’^eb^tiādi. Lokiyasīlassa adhisīlabhāvo pariyāyenāti nippariyāyameva taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘pātimokkhasaṃvaratopi ca maggaphalasampayuttameva sīlaṃ adhisīla’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Na hi taṃ samāpanno bhikkhū^eb^ti gahaṭṭhesu sotāpannānaṃ sadāravītikkamasambhavato vuttaṃ. Tathā hi te saputtadārā agāraṃ ajjhāvasanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samādāpanaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0054^ea^^b^samādānañcā^eb^ti aññesaṃ samādāpanaṃ sayaṃ samādānañca. ^b^Adhicittanti vuccatī^eb^ti maggasamādhissa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato adhicittanti vuccati. ^b^Na vinā buddhuppādā^eb^ti kiñcāpi paccekabuddhānaṃ vipassanāpādakaṃ aṭṭhasamāpatticittaṃ hotiyeva, na pana te tattha aññe samādāpetuṃ sakkontīti na tesaṃ vasena vitthāritaṃ hutvā pavattatīti adhippāyo. Vipassanāpaññāyapi adhipaññatāsādhane ‘‘na vinā buddhuppādā’’ti vacanaṃ imināva adhippāyena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Lokiyacittassa adhicittatā pariyāyenāti nippariyāyameva taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tatopi ca maggaphalacittameva adhicitta’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Taṃ pana idha anadhippeta^eb^nti iminā aṭṭhakathāvacanena lokiyacittassa vasena adhicittasikkhāpi idha adhippetāti viññāyati. ^b^Na hi taṃ samāpanno bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevatī^eb^ti ca iminā lokiyādhicittaṃ samāpanno methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevatīti āpannaṃ. Adhipaññāniddese ca ‘‘tatopi ca maggaphalapaññāva adhipaññā’’ti vatvā ‘‘sā pana idha anadhippetā. Na hi taṃ samāpanno bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevatī’’ti vuttattā lokiyapaññāvasena adhipaññāsikkhāyapi idhādhippetabhāvo taṃ samāpannassa methunadhammapaṭisevanañca aṭṭhakathāyaṃ anuññātanti viññāyati. Idañca sabbaṃ ‘‘tatra yāyaṃ adhisīlasikkhā, ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā sikkhā’’ti imāya pāḷiyā na sameti. Ayañhi pāḷi adhisīlasikkhāva idha adhippetā, na itarāti dīpeti, tasmā pāḷiyā aṭṭhakathāya ca evamadhippāyo veditabbo – lokiyādhicittādhipaññāsamāpannassa tathārūpapaccayaṃ paṭicca ‘‘methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevissāmī’’ti citte uppanne tato adhicittato ^a^M2.0062^ea^ adhipaññato ca parihāni sambhavatīti taṃ dvayaṃ samāpannena na sakkā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitunti pāḷiyaṃ adhisīlasikkhāva vuttā. Adhisīlasikkhañhi yāva vītikkamaṃ na karoti, tāva samāpannova hoti. Na hi cittuppādamattena pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ bhinnaṃ nāma hotīti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana lokiyādhicittato adhipaññato ca parihāyitvāpi bhikkhuno methunadhammapaṭisevanaṃ kadāci bhaveyyāti taṃ dvayaṃ appaṭikkhipitvā maggaphaladhammānaṃ akuppasabhāvattā taṃ samāpannassa bhikkhuno tato parihāyitvā methunadhammapaṭisevanaṃ nāma na kadāci sambhavatīti lokuttarādhicittādhipaññānaṃyeva paṭikkhepo katoti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthi dinnaṃ atthi yiṭṭhantiādinayappavatta^eb^nti iminā –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Tattha katamaṃ kammassakataññāṇaṃ? ‘Atthi dinnaṃ, atthi yiṭṭhaṃ, atthi hutaṃ, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, atthi ayaṃ loko, atthi paro loko, atthi mātā, atthi pitā, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammā ^a^V2.0055^ea^ paṭipannā, ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti yā evarūpā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi, idaṃ vuccati kammassakataññāṇaṃ. Ṭhapetvā saccānulomikaṃ ñāṇaṃ sabbāpi sāsavā kusalā paññā kammassakataññāṇa’’nti (vibha. 793) –<br/><br/>[07]Imaṃ vibhaṅgapāḷiṃ saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha (vibha. aṭṭha. 793) ^b^atthi dinna^eb^ntiādīsu dinnapaccayā phalaṃ atthīti iminā upāyena attho veditabbo. ^b^Dinna^eb^nti ca deyyadhammasīsena dānaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Yiṭṭha^eb^nti mahāyāgo, sabbasādhāraṇaṃ mahādānanti attho. ^b^Huta^eb^nti pahonakasakkāro adhippeto. ^b^Atthi mātā, atthi pitā^eb^ti mātāpitūsu sammāpaṭipattimicchāpaṭipattiādīnaṃ phalasambhavo vutto. ^b^Idaṃ vuccatī^eb^ti yaṃ ñāṇaṃ ‘‘idaṃ kammaṃ sakaṃ, idaṃ no saka’’nti jānāti, idaṃ kammassakataññāṇaṃ nāma vuccatīti attho. Tattha tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ tividhaṃ manoduccaritanti idaṃ ^b^na sakakammaṃ^eb^ nāma, tīsu dvāresu dasavidhampi sucaritaṃ ^b^sakakammaṃ^eb^ nāma. Attano vāpi hotu parassa vā, sabbampi akusalaṃ ^b^na sakakammaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0063^ea^ nāma. Kasmā? Atthabhañjanato anatthajananato ca. Attano vā hotu parassa vā, sabbampi kusalaṃ ^b^sakakammaṃ^eb^ nāma. Kasmā? Anatthabhañjanato atthajananato ca. Evaṃ jānanasamatthe imasmiṃ kammassakataññāṇe ṭhatvā bahuṃ dānaṃ datvā sīlaṃ pūretvā uposathaṃ samādiyitvā sukhena sukhaṃ sampattiyā sampattiṃ anubhavitvā nibbānaṃ pattānaṃ sattānaṃ gaṇanaparicchedo natthi. ^b^Ṭhapetvā saccānulomikaṃ ñāṇa^eb^nti maggasaccassa paramatthasaccassa ca anulomanato saccānulomikanti laddhanāmaṃ vipassanāñāṇaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesā sabbāpi sāsavā kusalā paññā kammassakataññāṇamevāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tilakkhaṇākāraparicchedaka^eb^nti aniccādilakkhaṇattayassa hutvā abhāvādiākārapācchindanakaṃ. ^b^Adhipaññāti vuccatī^eb^ti maggapaññāya adhiṭṭhānabhāvato vipassanāñāṇaṃ adhipaññāti vuccati.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Kalyāṇakārī kalyāṇaṃ, pāpakārī ca pāpakaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Anubhoti dvayametaṃ, anubandhati kāraka’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 1.256);<br/><br/>[07]Evaṃ ^a^V2.0056^ea^ atīte anāgate ca vaṭṭamūlakadukkhasallakkhaṇavasena saṃvegavatthutāya vimuttiākaṅkhāya paccayabhūtā kammassakatapaññā adhipaññātipi vadanti. Lokiyapaññāya adhipaññābhāvo pariyāyenāti nippariyāyameva taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tatopi ca maggaphalapaññāva adhipaññā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Saha ājīvanti etthāti ^b^sājīvo^eb^ti sabbasikkhāpadaṃ vuttanti āha – ^b^‘‘sabbampi…pe… tasmā sājīvanti vuccatī’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^sikkhāpada^eb^nti ‘‘nāmakāyo padakāyo niruttikāyo byañjanakāyo’’ti vuttaṃ bhagavato vacanasaṅkhātaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ. ^b^Sabhāgavuttino^eb^ti samānavuttikā, sadisappavattikāti attho. ^b^Tasmiṃ sikkhatī^eb^ti ettha ādheyyāpekkhattā adhikaraṇassa kimādheyyamapekkhitvā ‘‘tasmi’’nti adhikaraṇaṃ niddiṭṭhanti āha – ^b^‘‘taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ cittassa adhikaraṇaṃ katvā’’^eb^ti, taṃ sājīvasaṅkhātaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ ‘‘yathāsikkhāpadaṃ nu kho sikkhāmi, na sikkhāmī’’ti evaṃ pavattivasena sikkhāpadavisayattā tadādheyyabhūtassa cittassa adhikaraṇaṃ katvāti attho. Nanu ca ‘‘sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno’’ti imassa padabhājanaṃ karontena ‘‘yaṃ sikkhaṃ sājīvañca samāpanno, tadubhayaṃ dassetvā tesu sikkhati, tena ^a^M2.0064^ea^ vuccati sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā, evamavatvā ‘‘tasmiṃ sikkhati, tena vuccati sājīvasamāpanno’’ti ettakameva kasmā vuttanti antolīnacodanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘na kevalañcāyametasmi’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[06]^b^Tassā ca sikkhāyā^eb^ti tassā adhisīlasaṅkhātāya sikkhāya. ^b^Sikkhaṃ paripūrento^eb^ti<br/><br/>[03]Sīlasaṃvaraṃ paripūrento, vārittasīlavasena viratisampayuttaṃ cetanaṃ cārittasīlavasena virativippayuttaṃ cetanañca attani pavattentoti attho. ^b^Tasmiñca sikkhāpade avītikkamanto sikkhatī^eb^ti ‘‘nāmakāyo padakāyo niruttikāyo byañjanakāyo’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavato vacanasaṅkhātaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ avītikkamanto hutvā tasmiṃ yathāvuttasikkhāpade sikkhatīti attho. Sīlasaṃvarapūraṇaṃ sājīvānatikkamanañcāti idameva ca dvayaṃ idha sikkhanaṃ nāmāti adhippāyo. Tattha sājīvānatikkamo sikkhāpāripūriyā paccayo. Sājīvānatikkamato hi yāva maggā sikkhāpāripūrī hoti. Apicettha ‘‘sikkhaṃ paripūrento sikkhatī’’ti iminā viraticetanāsaṅkhātassa sīlasaṃvarassa visesato santāne pavattanakālova gahito, ‘‘avītikkamanto sikkhatī’’ti iminā pana appavattanakālopi. Sikkhañhi paripūraṇavasena attani pavattentopi niddādivasena appavattentopi vītikkamābhāvā ‘‘avītikkamanto sikkhatī’’ti vuccatīti.<br/><br/>[06]Sikkhāsājīvapadabhājanīyavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 32
title: bhikkhupadabhājanīyavaṇṇanā^sikkhāsājīvapadabhājanīyavaṇṇanā^sikkhāpaccakkhānavibhaṅgavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]‘‘Appaccakkhāya ^a^V2.0057^ea^ appaccakkhātāyā’’ti ubhayathāpi pāṭho tīsupi ^b^gaṇṭhipadesu^eb^ vutto. ^b^Dubbalye āvikatepī^eb^ti ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyya’’ntiādinā dubbalabhāve pakāsitepi. ^b^Sikkhāya pana paccakkhātāyā^eb^ti ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’tiādinā sikkhāya paccakkhātāya. Yasmā dirattavacane gahite tena purimapacchimapadāni saṃsiliṭṭhāni honti, na tasmiṃ aggahite, tasmā dirattavacanena byañjanasiliṭṭhatāmattameva payojananti āha ^b^‘‘byañjanasiliṭṭhatāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mukhāruḷhatāyā^eb^ti yasmā evarūpaṃ vacanaṃ lokassa mukhamāruḷhaṃ, tasmāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Byañjanaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0065^ea^^b^sampādetī^eb^ti tassa visuṃ atthābhāvato vuttamevatthaṃ aññapadena dīpento byañjanaṃ sampādeti. Vuttamevatthaṃ kāraṇena vibhāvento āha ^b^‘‘parivārakapadavirahitañhī’’^eb^tiādi. Atthadīpakaṃ padaṃ ^b^atthapadaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sikkhāpaccakkhānassā^eb^ti ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’tiādisikkhāpaccakkhānavacanassa. ‘‘Buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’tiādīsu ‘‘evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dubbalyāvikammañceva hoti sikkhā ca paccakkhātā’’ti vuttattā ubhayampi hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘ekaccaṃ dubbalyāvikammaṃ attho hotī’’^eb^ti. Kiñcāpi ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’tiādisikkhāpaccakkhānavacanassa dubbalyāvikammapadattho na hoti, tathāpi ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti vutte sikkhāparipūraṇe dubbalyāvibhāvassapi gamyamānattā ‘‘sikkhāpaccakkhānassa ekaccaṃ dubbalyāvikammaṃ attho hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Naṃ sandhāyā^eb^ti naṃ atthabhūtaṃ dubbalyāvikammaṃ sandhāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Visesāvisesa^eb^nti ettha yena dubbalyāvikammameva hoti, na sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ, tattha sikkhāpaccakkhānadubbalyāvikammānaṃ atthi viseso. Yena pana sikkhāpaccakkhānañceva dubbalyāvikammañca hoti, tattha nevatthi visesoti veditabbaṃ. Kaṭhakicchajīvaneti dhātūsu paṭhitattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kicchajīvikappatto’’^eb^ti. Ukkaṇṭhanaṃ ukkaṇṭhā, kicchajīvikā, taṃ ito pattoti ^b^ukkaṇṭhito. Ito^eb^ti ito ṭhānato, ito vihārato vā. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti gantumicchitaṃ padesaṃ vadati. Anabhiratiyā pīḷito vikkhittacitto hutvā sīsaṃ ukkhipitvā uddhaṃmukho ito cito ca olokento āhiṇḍatīti āha ^b^‘‘uddhaṃ kaṇṭhaṃ katvā viharamāno’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aṭṭīyamāno^eb^ti ettha aṭṭamiva attānamācarati aṭṭīyatīti aṭṭīyasaddassa antogadhaupamānabhūtakammattā ^a^V2.0058^ea^ upameyyabhūtena attanāva sakammakattaṃ, na bhikkhubhāvenāti āha ^b^‘‘bhikkhubhāvanti bhikkhubhāvenā’’^eb^ti. Na hi so bhikkhubhāvaṃ aṭṭamiva ācarati, kiñcarahi attānaṃ tasmā bhikkhubhāvena karaṇabhūtena attānaṃ aṭṭīyamānoti evamettha attho daṭṭhabboti āha ^b^‘‘karaṇatthe upayogavacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭīyeyyā^eb^ti ettha pana karaṇattheyeva karaṇavacananti āha – ^b^‘‘yathālakkhaṇaṃ karaṇavacaneneva vutta’’^eb^nti. Kattuatthe vā upayogavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbanti āha – ^b^‘‘tena vā bhikkhubhāvenā’’^eb^tiādi, tena kattubhūtena bhikkhubhāvenāti attho. Imasmiṃ panatthe aṭṭaṃ karotīti aṭṭīyatīti ^a^M2.0066^ea^ aṭṭīya-saddaṃ nipphādetvā tato kammani māna-sadde kate ‘‘aṭṭīyamāno’’ti padasiddhi veditabbā. Tenevāha – ^b^‘‘aṭṭo kariyamāno pīḷiyamāno’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jigucchamāno^eb^ti iminā pana sambandhe kariyamāne bhikkhubhāvanti upayogatthe eva upayogavacananti āha – ^b^‘‘asuciṃ viya taṃ jigucchanto’’^eb^ti, taṃ bhikkhubhāvaṃ jigucchantoti attho. ^b^Sacāha^eb^nti sace ahaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paccakkhānākārena vuttānī^eb^ti ‘‘paccakkheyyaṃ paccakkheyya’’nti vuttattā paccakkhānākārasambandhena vuttāni. ^b^Bhāvavikappākārenā^eb^ti ‘‘assaṃ assa’’nti āgatattā yaṃ yaṃ bhavitukāmo, tassa tassa bhāvassa vikappākārena, bhikkhubhāvato aññabhāvavikappākārenāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^50^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Na ussahāmī^eb^ti attano tattha tattha ussahābhāvaṃ dasseti. ^b^Na visahāmī^eb^ti ekabhattādīnaṃ asayhabhāvaṃ dasseti. ^b^Na ramāmī^eb^ti ‘‘pabbajjāmūlakaṃ natthi me sukha’’nti dasseti. ^b^Nābhiramāmī^eb^ti pabbajjāya attano santosābhāvaṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni sikkhāpaccakkhānavāre ṭhatvā ayaṃ vinicchayo veditabbo – tattha ‘‘sāmaññā cavitukāmo’’tiādīhi padehi cittaniyamaṃ dasseti. ‘‘Buddhaṃ dhamma’’ntiādīhi padehi khettaniyamaṃ dasseti. Yathā hi loke sassānaṃ ruhanaṭṭhānaṃ ‘‘khetta’’nti vuccati, evamidampi sikkhāpaccakkhānassa ruhanaṭṭhānattā ‘‘khetta’’nti vuccati. ‘‘Paccakkhāmi dhārehī’’ti etena kālaniyamaṃ dasseti. ‘‘Vadatī’’ti iminā payoganiyamaṃ dasseti. ‘‘Alaṃ me buddhena, kinnu me buddhena, na mamattho buddhena, sumuttāhaṃ buddhenā’’tiādīhi anāmaṭṭhakālavasenapi paccakkhānaṃ hotīti dasseti. ‘‘Viññāpetī’’ti iminā vijānananiyamaṃ dasseti. ‘‘Ummattako sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti, ummattakassa santike sikkhaṃ paccakkhātī’’tiādīhi puggalaniyamaṃ dasseti. ‘‘Ariyakena milakkhassa santike sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti, so ca nappaṭivijānāti, appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā’’tiādīhi puggalādiniyame satipi vijānananiyamāsambhavaṃ dasseti ^a^V2.0059^ea^. ‘‘Davāya sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti, appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā’’tiādīhi khettādiniyame satipi cittaniyamābhāvena na ruhatīti dasseti. ‘‘Sāvetukāmo na sāveti, apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā’’ti iminā cittaniyamepi sati payoganiyamābhāvena na ruhatīti ^a^M2.0067^ea^ dasseti. ‘‘Aviññussa sāveti, viññussa na sāvetī’’ti etehi cittakhettakālapayogapuggalavijānananiyamepi sati yaṃ puggalaṃ uddissa sāveti, tasseva savanena ruhati, na aññassāti dasseti. ‘‘Sabbaso vā pana na sāveti, appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā’’ti idaṃ pana cittādiniyameneva sikkhā paccakkhātā hoti, na aññathāti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tasmā cittakhettakālapayogapuggalavijānananiyamavasena sikkhāya paccakkhānaṃ ñatvā tadabhāvena appaccakkhānaṃ veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ? Upasampannabhāvato cavitukāmatācitteneva hi sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti, na davā vā ravā vā bhaṇantassa. Evaṃ ^b^cittavasena^eb^ sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti, na tadabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]Tathā ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmi, dhammaṃ paccakkhāmi, saṅghaṃ paccakkhāmi, sikkhaṃ, vinayaṃ, pātimokkhaṃ, uddesaṃ, upajjhāyaṃ, ācariyaṃ, saddhivihārikaṃ, antevāsikaṃ, samānupajjhāyakaṃ, samānācariyakaṃ, sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti evaṃ vuttānaṃ buddhādīnaṃ catuddasannaṃ, ‘‘gihīti maṃ dhārehi, upāsako, ārāmiko, sāmaṇero, titthiyo, titthiyasāvako, assamaṇo, asakyaputtiyoti maṃ dhārehī’’ti evaṃ vuttānaṃ gihiādīnaṃ aṭṭhannañcāti imesaṃ dvāvīsatiyā khettapadānaṃ yassa kassaci savevacanassa vasena tesu ca yaṃkiñci vattukāmassa yaṃkiñci vadatopi sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti, na rukkhādīnaṃ aññatarassa nāmaṃ gahetvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhantassa. Evaṃ ^b^khettavasena^eb^ sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti, na tadabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha yadetaṃ ‘‘paccakkhāmī’’ti ca ‘‘maṃ dhārehī’’ti ca vuttaṃ vattamānakālavacanaṃ, yāni ca ‘‘alaṃ me buddhena, kinnu me buddhena, na mamattho buddhena, sumuttāhaṃ buddhenā’’tiādinā nayena ākhyātavasena kālaṃ anāmasitvā purimehi cuddasahi padehi saddhiṃ yojetvā vuttāni ‘‘alaṃ me’’tiādīni cattāri padāni, tesaṃyeva ca savevacanānaṃ vasena paccakkhānaṃ hoti, na ‘‘paccakkhāsi’’nti vā ‘‘paccakkhissa’’nti vā ‘‘maṃ dhāresī’’ti vā ‘‘dhāressasī’’ti vā ‘‘yanūnāhaṃ paccakkheyya’’nti vātiādīni atītānāgataparikappavacanāni bhaṇantassa. Evaṃ ^b^vattamānakālavasena^eb^ ceva ^b^anāmaṭṭhakālavasena^eb^ ca paccakkhānaṃ hoti, na tadabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]Payogo ^a^M2.0068^ea^^a^V2.0060^ea^ pana duvidho kāyiko vācasiko. Tattha ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’tiādinā nayena yāya kāyaci bhāsāya vacībhedaṃ katvā vācasikapayogeneva paccakkhānaṃ hoti, na akkharalikhanaṃ vā hatthamuddādidassanaṃ vā kāyapayogaṃ karontassa. Evaṃ ^b^vācasikapayogeneva^eb^ paccakkhānaṃ hoti, na tadabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]Puggalo pana duvidho yo ca paccakkhāti, yassa ca paccakkhāti. Tattha yo paccakkhāti, so sace ummattakakhittacittavedanāṭṭānaṃ aññataro na hoti. Yassa pana paccakkhāti, so sace manussajātiko hoti, na ca ummattakādīnaṃ aññataro, sammukhībhūto ca sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. Na hi asammukhībhūtassa dūtena vā paṇṇena vā ārocanaṃ ruhati. Evaṃ ^b^yathāvuttapuggalavasena^eb^ paccakkhānaṃ hoti, na tadabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]Vijānanampi niyamitāniyamitavasena duvidhaṃ. Tattha yassa yesaṃ vā niyametvā ‘‘imassa imesaṃ vā ārocemī’’ti vadati, sace te yathā pakatiyā loke manussā vacanaṃ sutvā āvajjanasamaye jānanti, evaṃ tassa vacanānantarameva tassa ‘‘ayaṃ ukkaṇṭhito’’ti vā ‘‘gihibhāvaṃ patthayatī’’ti vā yena kenaci ākārena sikkhāpaccakkhānabhāvaṃ jānanti, paccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Atha aparabhāge ‘‘kiṃ iminā vutta’’nti cintetvā jānanti, aññe vā jānanti, appaccakkhātāva hoti sikkhā. Aniyametvā ārocentassa pana sace vuttanayena yo koci manussajātiko vacanatthaṃ jānāti, paccakkhātāva hoti sikkhā. Evaṃ ^b^vijānanavasena^eb^ paccakkhānaṃ hoti, na tadabhāvena. Iti imesaṃ vuttappakārānaṃ cittādīnaṃ vaseneva sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti, na aññathāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^51^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Vadatī’’ti vacībhedappayogaṃ dassetvā tadanantaraṃ ‘‘viññāpetī’’ti vuttattā teneva vacībhedena adhippāyaviññāpanaṃ idhādhippetaṃ, na yena kenaci upāyenāti āha ^b^‘‘teneva vacībhedenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Padapaccābhaṭṭhaṃ katvā^eb^ti padaviparāvuttiṃ katvā. Idañca padappayogassa aniyamitattā vuttaṃ. Yathā hi loke ‘‘āhara pattaṃ, pattaṃ āharā’’ti aniyamitena padappayogena tadatthaviññāpanaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, evamidhāpi ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmi, paccakkhāmi buddha’’nti aniyamitena padappayogena tadatthaviññāpanaṃ hotiyevāti adhippāyo. Buddhaṃ paccakkhāmīti atthappadhāno ayaṃ ^a^M2.0069^ea^ niddeso, na saddappadhānoti āha ^b^‘‘milakkhabhāsāsu vā aññatarabhāsāya tamatthaṃ vadeyyā’’^eb^ti. Māgadhabhāsato avasiṭṭhā sabbāpi andhadamiḷādibhāsā milakkhabhāsāti veditabbā. Khettapadesu ekaṃ vattukāmo sacepi aññaṃ vadeyya, khettapadantogadhattā paccakkhātāva ^a^V2.0061^ea^ hoti sikkhāti dassento āha ^b^‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmīti vattukāmo’’^eb^tiādi. Yadipi ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti vattuṃ anicchanto cittena taṃ paṭikkhipitvā aññaṃ vattukāmo puna virajjhitvā tameva vadeyya, tathāpi sāsanato cavitukāmatācitte sati khettapadasseva vuttattā aṅgapāripūrisambhavato hotveva sikkhāpaccakkhānanti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Khettameva otiṇṇa^eb^nti sikkhāpaccakkhānassa ruhanaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ khettameva otiṇṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Paccakkhāmi dhārehī’’ti vattamānakālassa padhānabhāvena vattumicchitattā atītānāgataparikappavacanehi nevatthi sikkhāpaccakkhānanti dassento āha ^b^‘‘sace pana buddhaṃ paccakkhinti vā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vadati viññāpetī^eb^ti ettha ^b^vadatī^eb^ti iminā payogassa niyamitattā ekassa santike attano vacībhedappayogeneva sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti, na dūtasāsanādippayogenāti dassento āha ^b^‘‘dūtaṃ vā pahiṇātī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ‘‘mama sikkhāpaccakkhānabhāvaṃ kathehī’’ti mukhasāsanavasena ‘‘dūtaṃ vā pahiṇātī’’ti vuttaṃ. Paṇṇe likhitvā pahiṇanavasena ^b^‘‘sāsanaṃ vā pesetī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Rukkhādīsu akkharāni likhitvā dassanavasena ^b^‘‘akkharaṃ vā chindatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Hatthamuddāya vā tamatthaṃ ārocetī^eb^ti hatthena adhippāyaviññāpanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Adhippāyaviññāpako hi hatthavikāro hatthamuddā. Hattha-saddo cettha tadekadesesu aṅgulīsu daṭṭhabbo ‘‘na sabbaṃ hatthaṃ mukhe pakkhipissāmī’’tiādīsu (pāci. 618) viya. Tasmā adhippāyaviññāpakena aṅgulisaṅkocādinā hatthavikārena tamatthaṃ ārocetīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cittasampayutta^eb^nti paccakkhātukāmatācittasampayuttaṃ. Idāni vijānanavasena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ niyamitāniyamitavasena dvidhā veditabbanti dassento āha – ^b^‘‘yadi ayameva jānātū’’^eb^tiādi. Ayañca vibhāgo ‘‘vadati viññāpetīti ekavisayattā ^a^M2.0070^ea^ yassa vadati, tasseva vijānanaṃ adhippetaṃ, na aññassā’’ti iminā nayena laddhoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Na hi yassa vadati, tato aññaṃ viññāpetīti ayamattho sambhavati. ^b^Soyeva jānātī^eb^ti avadhāraṇena tasmiṃ avijānanteyeva aññassa jānanaṃ paṭikkhipati. Tenevāha – ^b^‘‘atha so na jānāti, añño samīpe ṭhito jānāti, apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā’’^eb^ti. Tasmā ‘‘ayameva jānātū’’ti ekaṃ niyametvā ārocite yadipi sopi jānāti aññopi, niyamitassa pana niyamitavasena vijānanasambhavato sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hotiyevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ ‘‘añño mā jānātū’’ti aniyamitattā. ^b^Dvinnampi niyametvā^eb^ti idaṃ ‘‘dve vā jānantu eko vā, imesaṃyeva dvinnaṃ ārocemī’’ti evaṃ niyametvā ārocanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tenevāha – ^b^‘‘ekasmiṃ^eb^^a^V2.0062^ea^^b^jānantepi dvīsu jānantesupī’’^eb^ti. Tasmā ‘‘dveyeva jānantu, eko mā jānātū’’ti evaṃ dvinnaṃ niyametvā ārocite dvīsuyeva jānantesu sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti, na ekasmiṃ jānanteti vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabhāge^eb^ti vissāsike. ^b^Parisaṅkamāno^eb^ti ‘‘sace te jāneyyuṃ, maṃ te vāressantī’’ti āsaṅkamāno. ^b^Samayaññū^eb^ti sāsanācārakusalo, idha pana tadadhippāyajānanamattenapi samayaññū nāma hoti. Teneva āha – ^b^‘‘ukkaṇṭhito ayaṃ…pe… sāsanato cutoti jānātī’’^eb^ti. Tasmā ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti imassa atthaṃ ñatvāpi sace ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhubhāvato cavitukāmo, gihī vā hotukāmo’’ti na jānāti, appaccakkhātāva hoti sikkhā. Sace pana ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti vacanassa atthaṃ ajānitvāpi ‘‘ukkaṇṭhito gihī hotukāmo’’ti adhippāyaṃ jānāti, paccakkhātāva hoti sikkhā. Aññasmiṃ khaṇe sotaviññāṇavīthiyā saddaggahaṇaṃ, aññasmiṃyeva ca manoviññāṇavīthiyā tadatthavijānananti āha – ^b^‘‘taṅkhaṇaññeva pana apubbaṃ acarimaṃ dujjāna’’^eb^nti. Na hi ekasmiṃyeva khaṇe saddasavanaṃ tadatthavijānanañca sambhavati. Tathā hi ‘‘ghaṭo’’ti vā ‘‘paṭo’’ti vā kenaci vutte tattha gha-saddaṃ paccuppannaṃ gahetvā ekā sotaviññāṇavīthi uppajjitvā nirujjhati, tadanantaraṃ ekā manoviññāṇavīthi tameva atītaṃ gahetvā uppajjati. Evaṃ tena vuttavacane yattakāni akkharāni honti, tesu ekamekaṃ akkharaṃ paccuppannamatītañca gahetvā sotaviññāṇavīthiyā manoviññāṇavīthiyā ca uppajjitvā niruddhāya avasāne ^a^M2.0071^ea^ tāni akkharāni sampiṇḍetvā akkharasamūhaṃ gahetvā ekā manoviññāṇavīthi uppajjitvā nirujjhati. Tadanantaraṃ ‘‘ayamakkharasamūho etassa nāma’’nti nāmapaññattiggahaṇavasena aparāya manoviññāṇavīthiyā uppajjitvā niruddhāya tadanantaraṃ uppannāya manoviññāṇavīthiyā ‘‘ayametassa attho’’ti pakatiyā tadatthavijānanaṃ sambhavati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āvajjanasamayenā^eb^ti bhummatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, atthābhogasamayeti attho. Idāni tameva āvajjanasamayaṃ vibhāvento āha – ^b^‘‘yathā pakatiyā…pe… jānantī’’^eb^ti. Teneva vacībhedena adhippāyaviññāpanassa idhādhippetattā aparabhāge ‘‘kiṃ iminā vutta’’nti taṃ kaṅkhantassa cirena adhippāyavijānanaṃ aññenapi kenaci upāyantarena sambhavati, na kevalaṃ vacībhedamattenāti āha – ^b^‘‘atha aparabhāge…pe… appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Gihī bhavissāmī’’ti vutte atthabhedo kālabhedo ca hotīti appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. ‘‘Dhārehī’’ti hi imassa yo attho kālo ca, na so ‘‘bhavissāmī’’ti etassa. ‘‘Gihī ^a^V2.0063^ea^ homī’’ti vutte pana atthabhedoyeva, na kālabhedo ‘‘homī’’ti vattamānakālasseva vuttattā. ‘‘Gihī jātomhi, gihīmhī’’ti etthāpi atthassa ceva kālassa ca bhinnattā appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. ‘‘Ajja paṭṭhāyā’’ti idaṃ tathā vuttepi dosabhāvato paripuṇṇaṃ katvā vuttaṃ. ‘‘Dhārehī’’ti atthappadhānattā niddesassa pariyāyavacanehipi sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hotiyevāti dassento āha ^b^‘‘jānāhī’’^eb^tiādi. Dhārehi jānāhi sañjānāhi manasi karohīti hi etāni padāni atthato kālato ca abhinnāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^52^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Purimāneva cuddasā^eb^ti buddhādisabrahmacārīpariyantāni. Hotu bhavatūti idampi paṭikkhepamattamevāti āha ^b^‘‘hotu, pariyattanti attho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^53^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vaṇṇapaṭṭhāna^eb^nti mahāsaṅghikānaṃ buddhaguṇaparidīpakaṃ ekaṃ suttanti vadanti. ^b^Upāligāthāsū^eb^ti (ma. ni. 2.76) –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Dhīrassa ^a^M2.0072^ea^ vigatamohassa,<br/><br/>[27]Pabhinnakhīlassa vijitavijayassa;<br/><br/>[26]Anīghassa susamacittassa;<br/><br/>[27]Vuddhasīlassa sādhupaññassa;<br/><br/>[26]Vesamantarassa vimalassa;<br/><br/>[22]Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Akathaṃkathissa tusitassa;<br/><br/>[27]Vantalokāmisassa muditassa;<br/><br/>[26]Katasamaṇassa manujassa;<br/><br/>[27]Antimasārīrassa narassa;<br/><br/>[26]Anopamassa virajassa;<br/><br/>[22]Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Asaṃsayassa kusalassa;<br/><br/>[27]Venayikassa sārathivarassa;<br/><br/>[26]Anuttarassa ^a^V2.0064^ea^ ruciradhammassa;<br/><br/>[27]Nikkaṅkhassa pabhāsakassa;<br/><br/>[26]Mānacchidassa vīrassa;<br/><br/>[22]Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Nisabhassa appameyyassa;<br/><br/>[27]Gambhīrassa monappattassa;<br/><br/>[26]Khemaṅkarassa vedassa;<br/><br/>[27]Dhammaṭṭhassa saṃvutattassa;<br/><br/>[26]Saṅgātigassa muttassa;<br/><br/>[22]Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Nāgassa pantasenassa;<br/><br/>[27]Khīṇasaṃyojanassa muttassa;<br/><br/>[26]Paṭimantakassa dhonassa;<br/><br/>[27]Pannaddhajassa vītarāgassa;<br/><br/>[26]Dantassa nippapañcassa;<br/><br/>[22]Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Isisattamassa ^a^M2.0073^ea^ akuhassa;<br/><br/>[27]Tevijjassa brahmappattassa;<br/><br/>[26]Nhātakassa padakassa;<br/><br/>[27]Passaddhassa viditavedassa;<br/><br/>[26]Purindadassa sakkassa;<br/><br/>[22]Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Ariyassa bhāvitattassa;<br/><br/>[27]Pattippattassa veyyākaraṇassa;<br/><br/>[26]Satimato vipassissa;<br/><br/>[27]Anabhinatassa no apanatassa;<br/><br/>[26]Anejassa ^a^V2.0065^ea^ vasippattassa;<br/><br/>[22]Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Samuggatassa jhāyissa;<br/><br/>[27]Ananugatantarassa suddhassa;<br/><br/>[26]Asitassa hitassa;<br/><br/>[27]Pavivittassa aggappattassa;<br/><br/>[26]Tiṇṇassa tārayantassa;<br/><br/>[22]Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Santassa bhūripaññassa;<br/><br/>[27]Mahāpaññassa vītalobhassa;<br/><br/>[26]Tathāgatassa sugatassa;<br/><br/>[27]Appaṭipuggalassa asamassa;<br/><br/>[26]Visāradassa nipuṇassa;<br/><br/>[22]Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Taṇhacchidassa ^a^M2.0074^ea^ buddhassa;<br/><br/>[27]Vītadhūmassa anupalittassa;<br/><br/>[26]Āhuneyyassa yakkhassa;<br/><br/>[27]Uttamapuggalassa atulassa;<br/><br/>[26]Mahato yasaggappattassa;<br/><br/>[22]Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmī’’ti. –<br/><br/>[07]Evaṃ upāligahapatinā vuttāsu upālisutte āgatagāthāsu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yathārutamevā^eb^ti yathāvuttameva, pāḷiyaṃ āgatamevāti adhippāyo. Yasmā ‘‘sammāsambuddhaṃ anantabuddhiṃ anomabuddhiṃ bodhipaññāṇa’’nti imāni vaṇṇapaṭṭhāne āgatanāmāni, ‘‘dhīra’’ntiādīni pana upāligāthāsu āgatanāmāni. Tattha bodhi vuccati sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, taṃ sañjānanahetuttā paññāṇaṃ etassāti ^b^bodhipaññāṇo,^eb^ bhagavā. Dhiyā paññāya rāti gaṇhāti ^a^V2.0066^ea^, sevatīti vā ^b^dhīro^eb^. Samucchinnasabbacetokhīlattā ^b^pabhinnakhīlo^eb^. Sabbaputhujjane vijiniṃsu vijayanti vijinissanti cāti vijayā. Ke te? Maccumārakilesamāradevaputtamārā. Te vijitā vijayā etenāti ^b^vijitavijayo,^eb^ bhagavā. Kilesamāramaccumāravijayeneva panettha abhisaṅkhārakkhandhamārāpi vijitāva hontīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Svākkhāta^eb^ntiādīsu (visuddhi. 1.147) sātthasabyañjanakevalaparipuṇṇaparisuddhabrahmacariyassa pakāsanato ^b^svākkhāto^eb^ dhammo, atthavipallāsābhāvato vā suṭṭhu akkhātoti ^b^svākkhāto^eb^. Yathā hi aññatitthiyānaṃ dhammassa attho vipallāsaṃ āpajjati ‘‘antarāyikā’’ti vuttadhammānaṃ antarāyikattābhāvato, ‘‘niyyānikā’’ti ca vuttadhammānaṃ niyyānikattābhāvato, tena te aññatitthiyā durakkhātadhammāyeva honti, na tathā bhagavato dhammassa attho vipallāsaṃ āpajjati ‘‘ime dhammā antarāyikā niyyānikā’’ti evaṃ vuttadhammānaṃ tathābhāvānatikkamanatoti. Evaṃ tāva pariyattidhammo svākkhāto dhammo.<br/><br/>[03]Lokuttaradhammo pana nibbānānurūpāya paṭipattiyā paṭipadānurūpassa ca nibbānassa akkhātattā svākkhāto. Yathāha –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Supaññattā ^a^M2.0075^ea^ kho pana tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā saṃsandati nibbānañca paṭipadā ca. Seyyathāpi nāma gaṅgodakaṃ yamunodakena saṃsandati sameti, evameva supaññattā tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā saṃsandati nibbānañca paṭipadā cā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.296).<br/><br/>[03]Ariyamaggo cettha antadvayaṃ anupagamma majjhimāpaṭipadābhūtova ‘‘majjhimā paṭipadā’’ti akkhātattā svākkhāto. Sāmaññaphalāni paṭippassaddhakilesāneva ‘‘paṭippassaddhakilesānī’’ti akkhātattā svākkhātāni. Nibbānaṃ sassatāmatatāṇaleṇādisabhāvameva sassatādisabhāvavasena akkhātattā svākkhātanti evaṃ lokuttaradhammopi svākkhāto.<br/><br/>[03]Ariyamaggo attano santāne rāgādīnaṃ abhāvaṃ karontena ariyapuggalena sāmaṃ daṭṭhabbo ‘‘ariyamaggena mama rāgādayo pahīnā’’ti sayaṃ attanā anaññaneyyena passitabboti sandiṭṭhi, sandiṭṭhi eva ^b^sandiṭṭhiko^eb^. Apica navavidho lokuttaradhammo yena yena adhigato hoti, tena tena ariyasāvakena parasaddhāya gantabbataṃ hitvā paccakkhañāṇena sayaṃ daṭṭhabboti ^b^sandiṭṭhiko^eb^. Atha vā pasatthā diṭṭhi sandiṭṭhi, sandiṭṭhiyā jayatīti ^b^sandiṭṭhiko^eb^. Tathā hettha ariyamaggo sampayuttāya, ariyaphalaṃ kāraṇabhūtāya, nibbānaṃ visayibhūtāya sandiṭṭhiyā kilese jayati, tasmā yathā rathena jayatīti rathiko, evaṃ navavidhopi lokuttaradhammo sandiṭṭhiyā jayatīti ^a^V2.0067^ea^ sandiṭṭhiko. Atha vā diṭṭhanti dassanaṃ vuccati, diṭṭhameva sandiṭṭhaṃ, sandassananti attho. Sandiṭṭhaṃ arahatīti ^b^sandiṭṭhiko^eb^. Lokuttaradhammo hi bhāvanābhisamayavasena sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena ca dissamānoyeva vaṭṭabhayaṃ nivatteti, tasmā yathā vatthamarahatīti vatthiko, evaṃ sandiṭṭhaṃ arahatīti sandiṭṭhiko.<br/><br/>[03]Attano phaladānaṃ sandhāya nāssa āgametabbo kālo atthīti akālo. Yathā hi lokiyakusalassa upapajjāparāpariyāyetiādinā phaladānaṃ pati āgametabbo kālo atthi, na evametassāti attho. Akāloyeva ^b^akāliko,^eb^ na pañcāhasattāhādibhedaṃ kālaṃ khepetvā phalaṃ deti, attano pana pavattisamanantarameva phaladoti ^a^M2.0076^ea^ vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā attano phalappadāne vippakaṭṭho dūro kālo patto upanīto assāti kāliko, kālantaraphaladāyī. Ko so? Lokiyo kusaladhammo. Ayaṃ pana samanantaraphaladāyakattā na kālikoti ^b^akāliko^eb^. Maggameva hi sandhāya ‘‘akāliko’’ti idaṃ vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Ehi passa imaṃ dhamma’’nti evaṃ pavattaṃ ehipassavidhiṃ arahatīti ^b^ehipassiko^eb^. Kasmā panesa taṃ vidhiṃ arahatīti? Paramatthato vijjamānattā parisuddhattā ca. Rittamuṭṭhiyañhi hiraññaṃ vā suvaṇṇaṃ vā atthīti vatvāpi ‘‘ehi passa ima’’nti na sakkā vattuṃ. Kasmā? Avijjamānattā. Vijjamānampi ca gūthaṃ vā muttaṃ vā manuññabhāvappakāsanena cittasampahaṃsanatthaṃ ‘‘ehi passa ima’’nti na sakkā vattuṃ, apica kho naṃ tiṇehi vā paṇṇehi vā paṭicchādetabbameva hoti. Kasmā? Aparisuddhattā. Ayaṃ pana navavidhopi lokuttaradhammo sabhāvato ca vijjamāno vigatavalāhake ca ākāse sampuṇṇacandamaṇḍalaṃ viya paṇḍukambale nikkhittajātimaṇi viya ca parisuddho, tasmā vijjamānattā parisuddhattā ca ehipassavidhiṃ arahatīti ehipassiko.<br/><br/>[03]Upanetabboti ^b^opaneyyiko^eb^. Ayaṃ panettha vinicchayo – upanayanaṃ upanayo, ādittaṃ celaṃ vā sīsaṃ vā ajjhupekkhitvāpi bhāvanāvasena attano citte upanayanaṃ uppādanaṃ arahatīti opaneyyiko. Idaṃ saṅkhate lokuttaradhamme yujjati, asaṅkhato pana attano citte ārammaṇabhāvena upanayanaṃ arahatīti opaneyyiko, sacchikiriyāvasena allīyanaṃ arahatīti attho ^a^V2.0068^ea^. Atha vā nibbānaṃ upaneti ariyapuggalanti ariyamaggo upaneyyo, sacchikātabbataṃ upanetabboti phalanibbānadhammo upaneyyo, upaneyyo eva ^b^opaneyyiko^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Sabbehi ugghaṭitaññūādīhi viññūhi ‘‘bhāvito me maggo, adhigataṃ phalaṃ, sacchikato nirodho’’ti attani attani veditabboti ^b^paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhi^eb^. Na hi upajjhāyena bhāvitena maggena saddhivihārikassa kilesā pahīyanti, na so tassa phalasamāpattiyā phāsu viharati, na tena sacchikataṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikaroti, tasmā na esa parassa sīse ābharaṇaṃ viya daṭṭhabbo, attano pana citteyeva daṭṭhabbo, anubhavitabbo viññūhīti vuttaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Asaṅkhata^eb^nti ^a^M2.0077^ea^ saṅgamma samāgamma paccayasamodhānalakkhaṇena saṅgamena sannipatitvā anurūpehi paccayehi akataṃ anibbattitanti asaṅkhataṃ. Natthi ettha matanti ^b^amataṃ,^eb^ etasmiṃ vā adhigate natthi puggalassa mataṃ maraṇanti amataṃ. Kiñcāpi ettha ‘‘svākkhātaṃ dhammaṃ paccakkhāmī’’tiādinā sabbattha dhamma-saddappayogo dassito, tathāpi dhamma-saddena ayojetvā vutte vevacane na paccakkhānaṃ nāma na hotīti ‘‘svākkhātaṃ paccakkhāmī’’tiādinā vuttepi sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hotiyevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Svākkhātaṃ dhamma’’ntiādinā pana dhamma-saddappayogo svākkhātā-disaddānaṃ dhamma-visesanabhāvadassanatthaṃ katoti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Ekadhammakkhandhassapi nāma^eb^nti ettha ‘‘paṭhamadhammakkhandhaṃ dutiyadhammakkhandhaṃ pucchādhammakkhandhaṃ vissajjanādhammakkhandha’’ntiādinā dhammakkhandhanāmāni veditabbāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Suppaṭipanna^eb^nti svākkhāte dhammavinaye yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipannattā suppaṭipannaṃ. Majjhimāya paṭipadāya antadvayaṃ anupagamma paṭipannattā kāyavacīmanovaṅkakuṭilajimhadosappahānāya paṭipannattā ca ^b^ujuppaṭipannaṃ^eb^. Ñāyo vuccati nibbānaṃ ariyamaggādīhi ñāyati paṭivijjhīyati sacchikarīyatīti katvā, tadatthāya paṭipannattā ^b^ñāyappaṭipannaṃ^eb^. Yathā paṭipannā guṇasambhāvanāya parehi kariyamānaṃ paccuṭṭhānādisāmīcikammaṃ arahanti, tathā paṭipannattā ^b^sāmīcippaṭipannaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Yugaḷavasena paṭhamamaggaṭṭho phalaṭṭhoti idamekaṃ yugaḷanti evaṃ cattāri purisayugāni honti. Ettha pana ‘‘catupurisayugaṃ saṅgha’’nti vattabbe ‘‘cattārī’’ti vibhattilopaṃ akatvā niddeso katoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Cattāri purisayugāni etthāti ^b^catupurisayugo^eb^ti hi saṅgho vuccati. ^b^Aṭṭhapurisapuggala^eb^nti ^a^V2.0069^ea^ purisapuggalavasena eko paṭhamamaggaṭṭho, eko phalaṭṭhoti iminā nayena aṭṭheva purisapuggalā honti. Aṭṭha purisapuggalā etthāti ^b^aṭṭhapurisapuggalo,^eb^ saṅgho. Ettha ca purisoti vā puggaloti vā ekatthānetāni padāni, veneyyavasena panetaṃ vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āhuneyya^eb^ntiādīsu (visuddhi. 1.156) ānetvā hunitabbanti āhunaṃ, dūratopi ānetvā sīlavantesu dātabbānaṃ catunnaṃ paccayānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Taṃ āhunaṃ paṭiggahetuṃ yutto tassa mahapphalabhāvakaraṇatoti ^b^āhuneyyo,^eb^ saṅgho. Atha vā dūratopi āgantvā sabbasāpateyyampi ettha hunitabbanti ^a^M2.0078^ea^ āhavanīyo, sakkādīnampi vā āhavanaṃ arahatīti āhavanīyo. Yo cāyaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ āhavanīyo aggi, yattha hutaṃ mahapphalanti tesaṃ laddhi. Sace hutassa mahapphalatāya āhavanīyo, saṅghova āhavanīyo. Saṅghe hutañhi mahapphalaṃ hoti. Yathāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yo ca vassasataṃ jantu, aggiṃ paricare vane;<br/><br/>[27]Ekañca bhāvitattānaṃ, muhuttamapi pūjaye;<br/><br/>[22]Sāyeva pūjanā seyyo, yañce vassasataṃ huta’’nti. (dha. pa. 107);<br/><br/>[03]Tadetaṃ nikāyantare ‘‘āhavanīyo’’ti padaṃ idha ‘‘āhuneyyo’’ti iminā padena atthato ekaṃ, byañjanato panettha kiñcimattameva nānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pāhuneyya^eb^nti ettha pana pāhunaṃ vuccati disāvidisato āgatānaṃ piyamanāpānaṃ ñātimittānaṃ atthāya sakkārena paṭiyattaṃ āgantukadānaṃ. Tampi ṭhapetvā te tathārūpe piyamittādike pāhunake saṅghasseva dātuṃ yuttaṃ, saṅghova taṃ paṭiggahetuṃ yutto. Saṅghasadiso hi pāhunako natthi. Tathā hesa ekabuddhantare vītivatteyeva dissati, abbokiṇṇañca piyamanāpattakarehi sīlādidhammehi samannāgatoti evaṃ pāhunamassa dātuṃ yuttaṃ, pāhunañca paṭiggahetuṃ yuttoti ^b^pāhuneyyo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Dakkhanti etāya sattā yathādhippetāhi sampattīhi vaḍḍhantīti dakkhiṇā, paralokaṃ saddahitvā dātabbadānaṃ. Taṃ dakkhiṇaṃ arahati, dakkhiṇāya vā hito yasmā naṃ mahapphalakaratāya visodhetīti ^b^dakkhiṇeyyo^eb^. Ubho hatthe sirasi patiṭṭhāpetvā sabbalokena kariyamānaṃ añjalikammaṃ arahatīti ^b^añjalikaraṇīyo. Anuttaraṃ puññakkhetta^eb^nti sabbalokassa asadisaṃ puññaviruhanaṭṭhānaṃ ^a^V2.0070^ea^. Yathā hi rañño vā amaccassa vā sālīnaṃ vā yavānaṃ vā viruhanaṭṭhānaṃ rañño sālikkhettaṃ yavakkhettanti vuccati, evaṃ saṅgho sabbalokassa puññānaṃ viruhanaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṅghaṃ nissāya hi lokassa nānappakārahitasukhasaṃvattanikāni puññāni viruhanti, tasmā saṅgho anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. Etthāpi ‘‘suppaṭipannaṃ saṅgha’’ntiādinā sabbattha saṅgha-saddappayogo suppaṭipannā-disaddānaṃ saṅghavisesanabhāvadassanatthaṃ kato, tasmā ‘‘suppaṭipannaṃ paccakkhāmī’’tiādinā vuttepi sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hotiyevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Sikkhāvevacanesu ^a^M2.0079^ea^ pana sikkhā-saddaṃ vinā kevalaṃ bhikkhu-saddo bhikkhunī-saddo ca sikkhāya adhivacanaṃ na hotīti ^b^‘‘bhikkhusikkhaṃ bhikkhunīsikkha’’^eb^nti vutteyeva sīsaṃ eti, adhisīlādayo pana sikkhā evāti ‘‘adhisīlaṃ paccakkhāmī’’tiādinā vuttepi sīsaṃ eti. ^b^Paṭhamaṃ pārājika^eb^ntiādinā sikkhāpadānaṃyeva gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ, na āpattīnaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Upajjhāyavevacanesu upajjhāyo hutvā yo pabbājesi ceva upasampādesi ca, taṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘yo maṃ pabbājesī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Yassa mūlenā^eb^ti yassa padhānabhāvena kāraṇabhāvena vā. Yassa mūlaṃ padhānabhāvo kāraṇabhāvo vā etissāti ^b^yassamūlikā,^eb^ pabbajjā upasampadā ca. Mūla-saddassa sāpekkhabhāvepi niccasāpekkhatāya gamakattā taddhitavutti daṭṭhabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Ācariyavevacanesu pana yo upajjhaṃ adatvā ācariyova hutvā pabbājesi, kammavācācariyo hutvā upasampādesi ca, taṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘yo maṃ pabbājesi, yo maṃ anusāvesī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Imehi dvīhi vacanehi pabbajjācariyo ca upasampadācariyo ca dassito. ^b^Yāhaṃ nissāya vasāmī^eb^ti nissayācariyaṃ dasseti. ^b^Yāhaṃ uddisāpemī^eb^tiādinā pana dhammācariyo vutto. Tattha ^b^uddisāpemī^eb^ti pāṭhaṃ uddisāpemi. ^b^Paripucchāmī^eb^ti uggahitapāṭhassa atthaṃ paripucchāmi. Saddhivihārikavevacanādīsu ca vuttānusāreneva attho veditabbo. ^b^Tassa mūle^eb^ti ettha pana tassa santiketi attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Okallako^eb^ti khuppipāsādidukkhaparetānaṃ khīṇasukhānaṃ nahānādisarīrapaṭijagganarahitānaṃ kapaṇamanussānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ^b^Moḷibaddho^eb^ti sikhābaddho omukkamakuṭo vā. Kiñcāpi dvevāciko upāsako paṭhamabodhiyaṃyeva sambhavati, tathāpi tadā labbhamānanāmaṃ gahetvā vuttepi sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hotiyevāti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘dvevāciko upāsako’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Dvevāciko’’ti idameva ^a^V2.0071^ea^ panettha vevacananti daṭṭhabbaṃ, tasmā ‘‘dvevācikoti maṃ dhārehī’’ti ettakepi vutte sīsaṃ eti. Evaṃ sesesupi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kumārako^eb^ti ^a^M2.0080^ea^ kumārāvattho ativiya daharasāmaṇero. ^b^Cellako^eb^ti tato mahantataro khuddakasāmaṇero. ^b^Ceṭako^eb^ti majjhimo. ^b^Moḷigallo^eb^ti mahāsāmaṇero. ^b^Samaṇuddeso^eb^ti pana avisesato sāmaṇerādhivacanaṃ. ^b^Nigaṇṭhupaṭṭhāko^eb^tiādīnipi titthiyasāvakavevacanānīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dussīlo^eb^ti nissīlo sīlavirahito. ^b^Pāpadhammo^eb^ti dussīlattā eva hīnajjhāsayatāya lāmakasabhāvo. ^b^Asucisaṅkassarasamācāro^eb^ti aparisuddhakāyakammāditāya asuci hutvā saṅkāya saritabbasamācāro. Dussīlo hi kiñcideva asāruppaṃ disvā ‘‘idaṃ asukena kataṃ bhavissatī’’ti paresaṃ āsaṅkanīyo hoti. Kenacideva karaṇīyena mantayante bhikkhū disvā ‘‘kacci nu kho ime mayā katakammaṃ jānitvā mantentī’’ti attanoyeva saṅkāya saritabbasamācāro. ^b^Paṭicchannakammanto^eb^ti lajjitabbatāya paṭicchādetabbakammanto. ^b^Assamaṇo^eb^ti na samaṇo. Salākaggahaṇādīsu ‘‘ahampi samaṇo’’ti micchāpaṭiññāya ^b^samaṇapaṭiñño,^eb^ aseṭṭhacāritāya ^b^abrahmacārī,^eb^ uposathādīsu ‘‘ahampi brahmacārī’’ti micchāpaṭiññāya ^b^brahmacāripaṭiñño,^eb^ pūtinā kammena sīlavipattiyā anto anupaviṭṭhattā ^b^antopūti,^eb^ chahi dvārehi rāgādikilesānussavanena tintattā ^b^avassuto,^eb^ sañjātarāgādikacavarattā sīlavantehi chaḍḍetabbattā ca ^b^kasambujāto. Koṇṭho^eb^ti dussīlādhivacanametaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Yāni vā panaññānipi atthi buddhavevacanāni vā’’tiādinā yaṃ-saddaparāmaṭṭhānaṃ buddhādivevacanānaṃyeva taṃ-saddena parāmasanaṃ hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘tehi ākārehi…pe… buddhādīnaṃ vevacanehī’’^eb^ti. Kathaṃ pana tāni ākārādisaddehi voharīyantīti āha ^b^‘‘vevacanāni hī’’^eb^tiādi. Saṇṭhānavantānaṃ buddhādīnaṃ saṇṭhānadīpanaṃ tāva hotu, saṇṭhānarahitānaṃ pana dhammasikkhādīnaṃ kathanti āha ^b^‘‘sikkhāpaccakkhānasaṇṭhānattā eva vā’’^eb^ti. Sikkhāpaccakkhānarūpāni hi vevacanāni ^b^‘‘sikkhāpaccakkhānasaṇṭhānānī’’^eb^ti vuccanti. ^b^Evaṃ kho^eb^ti ettha ^b^kho^eb^ti avadhāraṇatthe nipātoti āha ^b^‘‘evamevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^54^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mucchāpareto^eb^ti ^a^M2.0081^ea^ mucchāya abhibhūto. Vacanatthavijānanasamatthaṃ tiracchānagataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘nāgamāṇavakassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Tihetukapaṭisandhikā^eb^ti yebhuyyavasena vuttaṃ. Na hi sabbāpi devatā ^a^V2.0072^ea^ tihetukapaṭisandhikāva honti dvihetukānampi sambhavato. ^b^Atikhippaṃ jānantī^eb^ti devatānaṃ bhavaṅgaparivāsassa manussānaṃ viya adandhabhāvato vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabhāgassā^eb^ti purisassa. ^b^Visabhāgassā^eb^ti mātugāmassa. ^b^Anariyako^eb^ti māgadhavohārato añño. ^b^Davā^eb^ti sahasā. ^b^Ravā^eb^ti virajjhitvā. Aññaṃ bhaṇissāmīti aññaṃ bhaṇanto buddhaṃ paccakkhāmīti bhaṇatīti yojetabbaṃ. Akkharasamayānabhiññatāya vā karaṇasampattiyā abhāvato vā kathetabbaṃ kathetuṃ asakkonto hutvā aññaṃ kathento ravā bhaṇati nāma. Ubhayathāpi aññaṃ bhaṇitukāmassa aññabhaṇanaṃ samānanti āha ^b^‘‘purimena ko viseso’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vācetī^eb^ti pāḷiṃ kathento aññaṃ uggaṇhāpento vā vāceti. ^b^Paripucchatī^eb^ti pāḷiyā atthaṃ paripucchanto pāḷiṃ paripucchati. ^b^Uggaṇhātī^eb^ti aññassa santike pāḷiṃ uggaṇhāti. ^b^Sajjhāyaṃ karotī^eb^ti uggahitapāḷiṃ sajjhāyati. ^b^Vaṇṇetī^eb^ti pāḷiyā atthaṃ saṃvaṇṇento pāḷiṃ vaṇṇeti. Mahallakassa kiñci ajānanato aviditindriyatāya vā ^b^‘‘potthakarūpasadisassā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, mattikāya katarūpasadisassāti attho. ^b^Garumedhassā^eb^ti ārammaṇesu lahuppavattiyā abhāvato dandhagatikatāya garupaññassa, mandapaññassāti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Sabbaso vā^eb^ti iminā ‘‘idaṃ padaṃ sāvessāmi ‘sikkhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’’ti evaṃ pavattacittuppādassa abhāvaṃ dasseti. Yasmā pana asati evarūpe cittuppāde kenaci pariyāyena tathāvidhaṃ vacībhedaṃ katvā sāvanaṃ nāma neva sambhavati, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmītiādīsu…pe… vacībhedaṃ katvā na sāvetī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Sikkhāpaccakkhānavibhaṅgavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 33
title: sikkhāsājīvapadabhājanīyavaṇṇanā^sikkhāpaccakkhānavibhaṅgavaṇṇanā^mūlapaññattivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^55^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Niddisitabbassā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0082^ea^ vivaritabbassa pakāsetabbassa. ^b^Kilesehī^eb^ti ahirikādīhi kilesehi. ^b^Ito paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti duṭṭhulla-padato paṭṭhāya. ^b^Tassa kammassā^eb^ti methunadhammapaṭisevanasaṅkhātassa kammassa. ^b^Dassana^eb^ntiādi vuttanayameva. ^b^Assā^eb^ti methunadhammassa.<br/><br/>[03]Dvīhi dvīhi samāpajjitabbā ^b^dvayaṃdvayasamāpattī^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘dvayena dvayena samāpajjitabbato’’^eb^ti. Rāgapariyuṭṭhānena sadisabhāvappattiyā mithunānaṃ idaṃ methunaṃ, methunameva dhammo ^b^methunadhammo^eb^ti ^a^V2.0073^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘ubhinnaṃ rattāna’’^eb^ntiādi. Tattha ^b^rattāna^eb^nti methunarāgena rattānaṃ. ^b^Sārattāna^eb^nti teneva rāgena ativiya rattānaṃ. ^b^Avassutāna^eb^nti lokassādamittasanthavavasena uppannamethunarāgena tintānaṃ. ^b^Pariyuṭṭhitāna^eb^nti methunarāguppattiyā pariyonaddhacittānaṃ. ^b^Sadisāna^eb^nti rattatādīhi sadisānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā ‘‘paṭisevati nāmā’’ti padaṃ mātikāya natthi, tasmā ‘‘paṭisevati nāmāti kasmā uddhaṭa’’nti yo maññati, tassa kāraṇaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘paṭiseveyyāti ettha…pe… mātikāpada’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Itthiyā nimittenā^eb^ti idaṃ ‘‘maggena gacchatī’’tiādi viya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yathā hi ‘‘maggena gacchatī’’ti vutte ‘‘maggaṃ gacchati, magge vā gacchatī’’ti ayamattho labbhati, evaṃ ‘‘itthiyā nimittena pavesetī’’ti vutte ‘‘itthiyā nimittaṃ paveseti, nimitte vā pavesetī’’ti ayamattho labbhati. Idañca yebhuyyena purisapayogadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Nimittaṃ aṅgajāta^eb^nti atthato ekaṃ. Pavesanaṃ nāma na bahi chupanamattanti āha ^b^‘‘vātena asamphuṭṭhe allokāse’’^eb^ti. Abbhantarañhi pavesento ‘‘pavesetī’’ti vuccati, na bahi chupanto. ^b^Abbhantara^eb^nti ca pakatiyā sabbaso pihitassa nimittassa vātena asamphuṭṭhokāso vuccatīti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni sabbathā lesokāsapidahanatthaṃ itthinimitte purisanimitte ca labbhamānaṃ pavesakāle aññamaññaṃ phassārahaṃ padesavisesaṃ vibhajitvā dassento ^b^‘‘itthinimitte cattāri passānī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Vātena hi asamphuṭṭhe allokāse yattha katthaci ekenapi padesena chupitvā pavesento ‘‘pavesetī’’ti vuccati. ^b^Vemajjha^eb^nti yathā cattāri passāni asamphusanto paveseti, evaṃ katavivarassa itthinimittassa heṭṭhimatalaṃ vuccati ^a^M2.0083^ea^, purisanimitte pana ^b^majjha^eb^nti aggakoṭiṃ sandhāya vadati. ^b^Uparī^eb^ti aggakoṭito uparibhāgappadeso. Idañca majjhena samiñjitvā pavesentassa majjhimapabbasamiñjitaṅguliṃ katthaci pavesentassa aṅguliyā majjhimapabbapiṭṭhisadisaṃ aṅgajātassa uparibhāgavemajjhaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Heṭṭhā pavesento^eb^ti itthinimittassa heṭṭhimabhāgena chupantaṃ pavesento. ^b^Majjhena pavesento^eb^ti abbhantaratalaṃ chupitvā majjhena pavesento. Katthaci acchupantaṃ pavesetvā nīharantassa hi natthi pārājikaṃ, dukkaṭaṃ pana hoti chinnasīsavatthusmiṃ vaṭṭakate mukhe acchupantaṃ pavesetvā nīharantassa viya. ^b^Majjheneva chupantaṃ pavesento^eb^ti aggakoṭiyā chupantaṃ pavesento. Majjhimapabbapiṭṭhiyā samiñjitaṅgulinti sambandho. Atha vā samiñjitaṅguliṃ majjhimapabbapiṭṭhiyā pavesento viyāti yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Saṅkocetvā^eb^ti nimittamajjhena bhinditvā. ^b^Uparibhāgenā^eb^ti saṅkocitassa uparibhāgakoṭiyā. Idāni purisanimittassa heṭṭhā vuttesu chasu ṭhānesu uparīti vuttaṭṭhānantarassa vasena visuṃ cattāri ^a^V2.0074^ea^ passāni gahetvā purisanimitte dasadhā ṭhānabhedaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Heṭṭhā pana visuṃ tāni aggahetvā ‘‘cattāri passānī’’ti vacanasāmaññatopi visuṃ visuṃ labbhamānāni ekaccaṃ gahetvā cha ṭhānāni vuttāni. ^b^Tulādaṇḍasadisaṃ pavesentassā^eb^ti ujukaṃ pavesentassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nimitte jāta^eb^nti attano nimitte jātaṃ. ^b^Cammakhīla^eb^nti nimitte uṭṭhitaṃ cammameva. ‘‘Uṇṇigaṇḍo’’tipi vadanti. Nimitte jātampi cammakhīlādi nimittamevāti āha ^b^‘‘āpatti pārājikassā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Upahatakāyappasāda’’nti avatvā ^b^‘‘naṭṭhakāyappasāda’’^eb^nti vacanaṃ upādinnabhāvassa natthitādassanatthaṃ. Tenevāha – ^b^‘‘matacammaṃ vā sukkhapīḷakaṃ vā’’^eb^ti. Sati hi upādinnabhāve upahatepi kāyappasāde upahatindriyavatthusmiṃ viya pārājikāpattiyeva siyā, matacammaṃ pana sukkhapīḷakañca anupādinnakaṃ upādinnakeyeva ca pārājikāpatti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘āpatti dukkaṭassā’’^eb^ti. Na ca evaṃ karontassa anāpatti sakkā vattunti dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, itthinimittassa pana naṭṭhepi upādinnabhāve pārājikāpattiyeva. Mate akkhāyite yebhuyyena akkhāyite pārājikāpattivacanato ^b^methunassādenā^eb^ti iminā kāyasaṃsaggarāgaṃ nivatteti. Sati hi kāyasaṃsaggarāge saṅghādisesova siyā, bījānipi nimittasaṅkhyaṃ na gacchantīti dukkaṭameva vuttaṃ. ‘‘Nimittena nimittaṃ pavesetī’’ti hi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni ^a^M2.0084^ea^ imissā methunakathāya asabbhirūpattā ‘‘īdisaṃ ṭhānaṃ kathentehi suṇantehi ca evaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti anusāsanto ^b^‘‘ayañca methunakathā nāmā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Methunakathāya rāgavuddhihetuttā hāsavisayattā ca tadubhayanivattanatthaṃ paṭikūlamanasikārādīsu niyojeti. Paṭikūlamanasikārena hi rāgo nivattati, samaṇasaññādīsu paccupaṭṭhitesu hāso nivattati. ^b^Sattānuddayāyā^eb^ti sattānaṃ apāyadukkhādīhi anurakkhaṇatthaṃ. ^b^Lokānukampāyā^eb^ti sattalokavisayāya anukampāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mukhaṃ apidhāyā^eb^ti mukhaṃ apidahitvā, yena kenaci pamādena kadāci mandahāso bhaveyya, tadā garuttaṃ kuppeyya, tasmā tādise kāle garubhāvassa avikopanatthaṃ bījakena mukhaṃ paṭicchādetvā nisīditabbanti adhippāyo. Atha vā ^b^mukhaṃ apidhāyā^eb^ti mukhaṃ pidahitvāti attho. Bījakena mukhaṃ paṭicchādetvā hasamānena na nisīditabbanti ayamettha adhippāyo. ^b^Dantavidaṃsaka^eb^nti dante dassetvā vivaritvā cāti attho. ^b^Gabbhitenā^eb^ti saṅkocaṃ anāpajjantena, ussāhajātenāti attho. Yadi hi ‘‘īdisaṃ nāma asabbhiṃ kathemī’’ti saṅkocaṃ ^a^V2.0075^ea^ āpajjeyya, atthavibhāvanaṃ na siyā, tasmā ‘‘tādisena sammāsambuddhenapi tāva īdisaṃ kathitaṃ, kimaṅgaṃ panāhaṃ kathemī’’ti evaṃ ussāhajātena kathetabbanti adhippāyo. ^b^Satthupaṭibhāgenā^eb^ti satthukappena, satthusadisenāti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Mūlapaññattivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 34
title: sikkhāpaccakkhānavibhaṅgavaṇṇanā^mūlapaññattivaṇṇanā^anupaññattivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Tiracchānesu gatāyā^eb^ti tiracchānesu uppannāya. Yasmā tiracchānagatā nāma atikhuddakāpi honti, yesaṃ maggesu tilaphalamattampi pavesanaṃ nappahoti, tasmā na sabbāva tiracchānagatitthiyo pārājikavatthubhūtāti pavesanappahonakavasena labbhamānakatiracchānagatitthiyo paricchinditvā dassento ^b^‘‘pārājikavatthubhūtā eva cetthā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Apadānaṃ ahimacchā^eb^tiādigāthā pārājikavatthūnaṃ heṭṭhimaparicchedadassanatthaṃ porāṇehi ṭhapitā. Tattha ^b^ahī^eb^ti jātiniddesena sabbāpi ^a^M2.0085^ea^ sappajāti saṅgahitāti āha – ^b^‘‘ahiggahaṇena…pe… dīghajāti saṅgahitā’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^gonasā^eb^ti sappavisesā, yesaṃ piṭṭhīsu mahantāni maṇḍalāni sandissanti. ^b^Maccha^eb^ggahaṇaṃ odakajātiyā upalakkhaṇapadanti āha – ^b^‘‘macchaggahaṇena…pe… odakajāti saṅgahitā’’^eb^ti. Teneva maṇḍūkakacchapānaṃ sapādakattepi odakajātikattā saṅgaho kato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mukhasaṇṭhāna^eb^nti oṭṭhacammasaṇṭhānaṃ. ^b^Vaṇasaṅkhepaṃ gacchatī^eb^ti vaṇasaṅgahaṃ gacchati navasu vaṇamukhesu saṅgahitattāti adhippāyo. Vaṇe thullaccayañca ‘‘amaggena amaggaṃ paveseti, āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti imassa vasena veditabbaṃ. Tasmiñhi sutte dvīsu sambhinnavaṇesu ekena vaṇena pavesetvā dutiyena nīharantassa thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ. Vakkhati ca ‘‘imassa suttassa anulomavasena sabbattha vaṇasaṅkhepe thullaccayaṃ veditabba’’nti (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.66). ^b^Kukkuṭi^eb^ggahaṇampi sabbāya pakkhijātiyā upalakkhaṇapadanti āha – ^b^‘‘kukkuṭiggahaṇena…pe… pakkhijāti saṅgahitā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Majjāri^eb^ggahaṇampi catuppadajātiyā upalakkhaṇapadanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘majjāriggahaṇena…pe… catuppadajāti saṅgahitā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Rukkhasunakhā^eb^ nāma kalandakātipi vadanti. ^b^Maṅgusā^eb^ti naṅgulā.<br/><br/>[03]Parājita-saddo upasaggassa vuddhiṃ katvā ta-kārassa ca ka-kāraṃ katvā ^b^pārājiko^eb^ti niddiṭṭhoti āha ^b^‘‘pārājikoti parājito’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Katthaci āpattī^eb^ti ‘pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃseyyā’tiādīsu ^a^V2.0076^ea^ (pārā. 384, 391), ^b^katthaci sikkhāpada^eb^nti idaṃ pana disvā jānitabba’’nti ^b^gaṇṭhipadesu^eb^ vuttaṃ. Parājayatīti pārājikaṃ, pārājikāti ca kattusādhanena pārājika-saddena sikkhāpadaṃ āpatti ca vuccatīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘yo taṃ atikkamatī’’^eb^tiādi. Puggalo pana kammasādhanena pārājika-saddena vuccatīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘puggalo yasmā parājito’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etameva hi atthaṃ sandhāyā^eb^ti ‘‘taṃ āpattiṃ āpanno puggalo parājito hoti parājayamāpanno’’ti etamatthaṃ sandhāya. ^b^Cuto paraddho^eb^tiādinā hi taṃ āpattiṃ āpannapuggalo cuto hoti parājito parājayaṃ āpannoti ayamattho viññāyati, na pana puggalo pārājiko nāma hotīti etamatthaṃ sandhāyāti evamattho gahetabbo. Na hi ^b^parivāre^eb^pi gāthā puggalavuttipārājikasaddanibbacanadassanatthaṃ vuttā ^a^M2.0086^ea^ āpattivuttīnaṃ pārājikā-disaddānaṃ nibbacanavibhāgappasaṅge vuttattā. Ayañhi parivāragāthāya attho (pari. aṭṭha. 339) – yadidaṃ puggalāpattisikkhāpadapārājikesu āpattipārājikaṃ nāma vuttaṃ, taṃ āpajjanto puggalo yasmā parājito parājayamāpanno saddhamā cuto paraddho bhaṭṭho niraṅkato ca hoti, anīhaṭe tasmiṃ puggale puna uposathapavāraṇādibhedo saṃvāso natthi, ^b^tenetaṃ iti vuccati^eb^ tena kāraṇena etaṃ āpattipārājikaṃ iti vuccatīti. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepattho – yasmā parājito hoti etena, tasmā etaṃ pārājikanti vuccatīti. ^b^Paribhaṭṭho^eb^ti sāsanato bhaṭṭho, parihīnoti attho. ^b^Chinno^eb^ti antarā khaṇḍito.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saddhiṃ yojanāyā^eb^ti padayojanāya saddhiṃ. ^b^Catubbidhaṃ saṅghakamma^eb^nti apalokanādivasena catubbidhaṃ kammaṃ. ^b^Sīmāparicchinnehī^eb^ti ekasīmāpariyāpannehi. ^b^Pakatattā^eb^ nāma pārājikaṃ anāpannā anukkhittā ca. ^b^Pañcavidhopī^eb^ti nidānuddesādivasena pañcavidhopi. Nahāpitapubbakānaṃ viya odhisānuññātaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ sabbampi sikkhāpadaṃ sabbehipi lajjīpuggalehi anatikkamanīyattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sabbehipi lajjīpuggalehi samaṃ sikkhitabbabhāvato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sama^eb^nti saddhiṃ, ekappahārena vā. ^b^Sikkhitabbabhāvato^eb^ti anatikkamanavasena uggahaparipucchādinā ca sikkhitabbabhāvato. Sāmaññasikkhāpadesu ‘‘idaṃ tayā na sikkhitabba’’nti evaṃ abahikātabbato ^b^‘‘na ekopi tato bahiddhā sandissatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yaṃ taṃ vuttanti sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^56^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Na kevalaṃ itthiyā eva nimittaṃ pārājikavatthū^eb^ti iminā kevalaṃ itthiyā eva nimittaṃ ^a^V2.0077^ea^ pārājikavatthu na hoti, atha kho ubhatobyañjanakapaṇḍakapurisānampi nimittaṃ pārājikavatthūti dasseti. ^b^Na ca manussitthiyā evā^eb^ti iminā pana manussitthiyā eva nimittaṃ pārājikavatthu na hoti, amanussitthitiracchānagatitthiamanussubhatobyañjanakādīnampi nimittaṃ pārājikavatthūti dasseti. ^b^‘‘Vatthumeva na hotī^eb^ti amanussitthipasaṅgena āgataṃ suvaṇṇarajatādimayaṃ paṭikkhipatī’’ti ^b^tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu^eb^ vuttaṃ, taṃ yuttaṃ viya na dissati. Na hi ito pubbe amanussitthiggahaṇaṃ kataṃ atthi, yena tappasaṅgo siyā. Idāneva hi ‘‘tisso itthiyo’’tiādinā amanussitthiggahaṇaṃ kataṃ, na ca amanussitthiggahaṇena suvaṇṇarajatādimayānaṃ ^a^M2.0087^ea^ pasaṅgo yutto. Manussāmanussatiracchānajātivasena tividhā katvā pārājikavatthubhūtasattānaṃ niddesena suvaṇṇarajatādimayānaṃ pasaṅgassa nivattitattā. Tathā hi itthipurisādīsu manussāmanussādīsu vā kañci anāmasitvā avisesena ‘‘methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyyā’’ti ettakameva mātikāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Tassa padabhājane ca ‘‘paṭisevati nāmā’’ti mātikaṃ padaṃ uddharitvā ‘‘yo nimittena nimittaṃ aṅgajātena aṅgajātaṃ antamaso tilaphalamattampi paveseti, eso paṭisevati nāmā’’ti paṭisevanākārova dassito, na pana pārājikavatthubhūtanimittanissayā manussāmanussatiracchānagatā itthipurisapaṇḍakaubhatobyañjanakā niyametvā dassitā, tasmā ‘‘itthiyā eva nu kho nimittaṃ pārājikavatthu, udāhu aññesampī’’ti evamādi sandeho siyā, nimittavohāro ca suvaṇṇarajatādimayarūpakesu ca labbhatiyeva. Teneva ^b^vinītavatthūsu^eb^ (pārā. 71) ‘‘lepacittassa nimittaṃ aṅgajātena chupi, dārudhītalikāya nimittaṃ aṅgajātena chupī’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā nimittasāmaññato ‘‘suvaṇṇarajatādimayānampi nimittaṃ pārājikavatthu hoti, na hotī’’ti kassaci āsaṅkā siyā. Teneva ‘‘lepacittādivatthūsu tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tasmā tadāsaṅkānivattanatthaṃ pārājikavatthubhūtasattaniyamanatthañca jātivasena manussāmanussādito tidhā katvā pārājikavatthubhūte satte bhagavā vibhajitvā dasseti, tasmā ‘‘vatthumeva na hotī’’ti nimittasāmaññato pasaṅgāgataṃ suvaṇṇarajatādimayānaṃ nimittaṃ paṭikkhipatīti vattabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tayo magge^eb^ti bhummatthe upayogavacananti āha ^b^‘‘tīsu maggesūti attho veditabbo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Evaṃ sabbatthā^eb^ti iminā ‘‘dve magge’’ti etthāpi dvīsu maggesūti attho veditabboti atidissati.<br/><br/>[06]Anupaññattivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 35
title: mūlapaññattivaṇṇanā^anupaññattivaṇṇanā^paṭhamacatukkakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^57^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Assā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0078^ea^ ākhyātikapadanti tassa atthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘hotī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Gaṇṭhipadesu^eb^ pana ‘‘assāti puggalaṃ parāmasitvā hotīti ^a^M2.0088^ea^ vacanaseso dassito’’tipi atthavikappo dassito, na so sundarataro. Yadi hi vacanaseso adhippeto siyā, ‘‘hotī’’ti vattabbaṃ, teneva aññasmiṃ atthavikappe hotīti vacanaseso kato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^58^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sādiyantassevā^eb^ti ettha sādiyanaṃ nāma sevetukāmatācittassa upaṭṭhāpananti āha ^b^‘‘paṭisevanacittasamaṅgissā’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Paṭipakkhaṃ atthayantī^eb^ti sikkhākāmānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭipakkhaṃ dussīlabhāvaṃ atthayantī’’ti ^b^gaṇṭhipadesu^eb^ vuttaṃ. Attano veripuggalassa pana paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ kañci amittaṃ atthayanti gavesantīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Paccatthikā hi attano veriṃ nāsetukāmā tassa paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ kañci amittaṃ attano sahāyabhāvamupagacchantaṃ icchanti. Rājapaccatthikādīnaṃ upari vakkhamānattā tadanurūpavasena atthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘bhikkhū eva paccatthikā bhikkhupaccatthikā’’^eb^ti āha. ‘‘Bhikkhussa paccatthikā bhikkhupaccatthikā’’ti evaṃ pana vuccamāne bhikkhussa paccatthikā rājādayopi ettheva saṅgayhantīti rājapaccatthikādayo visuṃ na vattabbā siyuṃ, aññattha pana bhikkhussa paccatthikā bhikkhupaccatthikāti ayamattho labbhateva ‘‘sāsanapaccatthikā’’ti yathā. ^b^Issāpakatā^eb^ti paresaṃ lābhasakkārādiasahanalakkhaṇāya issāya abhibhūtā. ^b^Nipparipphanda^eb^nti paripphandavirahitaṃ, yathā calituṃ parivattituṃ na sakkoti, tathā gahetvāti attho. ^b^Sampayojentī^eb^ti vaccamaggena saddhiṃ yojenti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmiṃ khaṇe^eb^ti tasmiṃ pavesanakkhaṇe, aggato yāva mūlā pavesanakālo ‘‘pavesanakkhaṇo’’ti vuccati. Sādiyanaṃ nāma sevanacittassa uppādananti āha ^b^‘‘sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paviṭṭhakāle^eb^ti aṅgajātassa yattakaṃ ṭhānaṃ pavesanārahaṃ, tattakaṃ anavasesato paviṭṭhakāle. Evaṃ paviṭṭhassa uddharaṇārambhato antarā ṭhitakālo ^b^ṭhitaṃ^eb^ nāma. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana mātugāmassa sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ patvā sabbathā vāyamato oramitvā ṭhitakālaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘sukkavissaṭṭhisamaye’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Uddharaṇaṃ^eb^ nāma yāva aggā nīharaṇakāloti āha – ^b^‘‘nīharaṇakāle paṭisevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aṅgārakāsu^eb^nti aṅgārarāsiṃ. Evarūpe kāle asādiyanaṃ nāma na sabbesaṃ visayoti āha ^b^‘‘imañhi evarūpaṃ āraddhavipassaka’’^eb^ntiādi ^a^M2.0089^ea^. ^b^Ekādasahi aggīhī^eb^ti rāgadosamohajātijarāmaraṇasokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsasaṅkhātehi ekādasahi aggīhi. Rāgādayo hi anuḍahanaṭṭhena ‘‘aggī’’ti vuccanti. Te hi yassa santi ^a^V2.0079^ea^, taṃ niḍahanti, mahāpariḷāhā ca honti dunnibbāpayā ca. Bhagavatā ca dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggaho icchitoyevāti āha – ^b^‘‘paccatthikānañcassa manorathavighātaṃ karonto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Assā^eb^ti asādiyantassa yathāvuttaguṇasamaṅgissa.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamacatukkakathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 2
item: 36
title: anupaññattivaṇṇanā^paṭhamacatukkakathāvaṇṇanā^ekūnasattatidvisatacatukkakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^59-60^eb^^b^.^eb^ Akkhāyitanimittā akkhāyita-saddena vuttā uttarapadalopenāti āha ^b^‘‘soṇasiṅgālādīhi akkhāyitanimitta’’^eb^nti. Akkhāyitaṃ nimittaṃ yassā sā ^b^akkhāyitanimittā^eb^. ‘‘Jāgaranti’’ntiādi visesanarahitattā ^b^‘‘suddhikacatukkānī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samānācariyakā therā^eb^ti ekācariyassa pāṭhakantevāsikā. ^b^Mahābhaye^eb^ti brāhmaṇatissabhaye. Gaṅgāya aparabhāgo ^b^aparagaṅgaṃ^eb^. ^b^Vata re^eb^ti garahatthe nipāto. Avissajjantena kiṃ kattabbanti āha ^b^‘‘niccakālaṃ sotabba’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Evaṃ vinayagarukāna^eb^nti iminā upari tehi vuccamānavinicchayassa garukaraṇīyatāya kāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Sabbaṃ pariyādiyitvā^eb^ti sabbaṃ pārājikakkhettaṃ anavasesato gahetvā. ^b^Sotaṃ chinditvā^eb^ti pārājikakkhette vītikkamasotaṃ chinditvā. Apaññattabhāvato yuttiabhāvato ca ^b^‘‘pārājikacchāyā panettha na dissatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘upaḍḍhakkhāyitabhāvassa dubbinicchayattā tattha pārājikaṃ na paññapesī’’ti vadanti, taṃ akāraṇaṃ, na ca dubbinicchayatā apaññattikāraṇaṃ yebhuyyakkhāyitādīsupi dubbinicchayabhāvassa samānattā. Upaḍḍhakkhāyitato hi kiñcideva adhikaṃ ūnaṃ vā yadi khāyitaṃ siyā, tampi yebhuyyena khāyitaṃ akkhāyitanti saṅkhyaṃ gacchatīti upaḍḍhakkhāyitamiva yebhuyyakkhāyitādīnipi dubbinicchayāneva. Apica upaḍḍhakkhāyitaṃ yadi sabhāvato ^a^M2.0090^ea^ pārājikakkhettaṃ siyā, na tattha bhagavā dubbinicchayanti pārājikaṃ na paññapeti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni therena katavinicchayameva upatthambhetvā aparampi tattha kāraṇaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Nimitte appamattikāpi maṃsarāji sace avasiṭṭhā hoti, taṃ ^b^yebhuyyakkhāyita^eb^meva hoti, tato paraṃ pana sabbaso khāyite nimitte dukkaṭamevāti dassento āha ^b^‘‘tato paraṃ thullaccayaṃ natthī’’^eb^ti. Atha vā ^b^yebhuyyena khāyitaṃ^eb^ nāma vaccamaggapassāvamaggamukhānaṃ catūsu koṭṭhāsesu dve koṭṭhāse atikkamma yāva tatiyakoṭṭhāsassa pariyosānā ^a^V2.0080^ea^ khāditaṃ, tato paraṃ pana tatiyakoṭṭhāsaṃ atikkamma yāva catutthakoṭṭhāsassa pariyosānā khāditaṃ dukkaṭavatthūti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Matasarīrasmiṃyeva veditabba^eb^nti ‘‘mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhāyita’’ntiādivacanato. ^b^‘‘Yadipi nimittaṃ sabbaso khāyita^eb^ntiādi sabbaṃ jīvamānakasarīrameva sandhāya vutta’’nti ^b^mahāgaṇṭhipade^eb^ vuttaṃ. ^b^Kenaci^eb^ pana ‘‘taṃ vīmaṃsitvā gahetabba’’nti likhitaṃ. Kimettha vīmaṃsitabbaṃ jīvamānakasarīrasseva adhikatattā matasarīre labbhamānassa vinicchayassa visuṃ vakkhamānattā ca. Teneva ^b^mātikāṭṭhakathāyampi^eb^ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. paṭhamapārājikavaṇṇanā) –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Jīvamānakasarīrassa vuttappakāre magge sacepi tacādīni anavasesetvā sabbaso chinne nimittasaṇṭhānamattaṃ paññāyati, tattha antamaso aṅgajāte uṭṭhikaṃ anaṭṭhakāyappasādaṃ pīḷakaṃ vā cammakhīlaṃ vā pavesentassapi sevanacitte sati pārājikaṃ, naṭṭhakāyappasādaṃ sukkhapīḷakaṃ vā matacammaṃ vā lomaṃ vā pavesentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Sace nimittasaṇṭhānamattampi anavasesetvā sabbaso maggo uppāṭito, tattha upakkamato vaṇasaṅkhepavasena thullaccaya’’nti –<br/><br/>[07]Jīvamānakasarīrasmiṃyeva yathāvuttavinicchayo dassito.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbaso khāyita^eb^nti nimittappadese bahiṭṭhitaṃ chavicammaṃ sabbaso chinditvā soṇasiṅgālādīhi khāyitasadisaṃ kataṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘chavicammaṃ natthī’’^eb^ti. Nimittamaṃsassa pana abbhantare chavicammassa ca vijjamānattā ^b^‘‘nimittasaṇṭhānaṃ paññāyatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘pavesanaṃ jāyatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nimittasaṇṭhānaṃ pana^eb^^a^M2.0091^ea^^b^anavasesetvā^eb^ti nimittākārena ṭhitaṃ chavicammamaṃsādiṃ anavasesetvā. Jīvamānakasarīre labbhamānavisesaṃ dassetvā idāni matasarīre labbhamānavisesaṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘matasarīre panā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Manussānaṃ jīvamānakasarīre^eb^tiādinā pana akkhiādayopi vaṇasaṅgahaṃ gacchantīti vaṇena ekaparicchedaṃ katvā akkhiādīsupi thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ. Tesañca vaṇasaṅgaho ‘‘navadvāro mahāvaṇo’’ti (mi. pa. 2.6.1) evamādisuttānusārena veditabbo. Tiracchānagatānaṃ akkhikaṇṇavaṇesu dukkaṭaṃ pana aṭṭhakathāppamāṇena gahetabbaṃ. Yathā hi manussāmanussatiracchānagatesu vaccamaggapassāvamaggamukhānaṃ pārājikavatthubhāve nānākaraṇaṃ natthi, evaṃ akkhiādīnampi thullaccayādivatthubhāve ninnānākaraṇena bhavitabbaṃ. Vaṇe thullaccayañca ‘‘amaggena ^a^V2.0081^ea^ amaggaṃ paveseti, āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti (pārā. 66) sāmaññato vuttaṃ, na pana ‘‘manussāna’’nti visesanaṃ atthi. Yadi ca tiracchānagatānaṃ vaṇesu thullaccayena na bhavitabbaṃ, pataṅgamukhamaṇḍūkassa mukhasaṇṭhāne vaṇasaṅkhepato thullaccayaṃ na vattabbaṃ, vuttañca, tasmā aṭṭhakathācariyā evettha pamāṇaṃ. Bhagavato adhippāyaññuno hi aṭṭhakathācariyā. Teneva vuttaṃ ‘‘buddhena dhammo vinayo ca vutto, yo tassa puttehi tatheva ñāto’’tiādi (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.). ^b^Manussāna^eb^nti itthipurisapaṇḍakaubhatobyañjanakānaṃ sāmaññato vuttaṃ. ^b^Vatthikosesū^eb^ti vatthipuṭesu purisānaṃ aṅgajātakosesu. Matasarīraṃ yāva uddhumātakādibhāvena kuthitaṃ na hoti, tāva allasarīranti veditabbaṃ. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘yadā pana sarīraṃ uddhumātakaṃ hotī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Pārājikavatthuñca thullaccayavatthuñca vijahatī^eb^ti ettha pārājikavatthubhāvaṃ thullaccayavatthubhāvañca vijahatīti attho veditabbo. Matānaṃ tiracchānagatānanti sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]Methunarāgena vatthikosaṃ pavesentassa thullaccayaṃ vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘patthikosaṃ appavesento’’^eb^ti. ^b^Itthiyā appavesento^eb^ti itthiyā nimittaṃ appavesento. ^b^Appavesento^eb^ti ca pavesanādhippāyassa abhāvaṃ dasseti. Pavesanādhippāyena bahi chupantassa pana methunassa pubbapayogattā dukkaṭeneva bhavitabbaṃ. ^b^Nimittena nimittaṃ chupati, thullaccaya^eb^nti idaṃ ‘‘na ca, bhikkhave, rattacittena aṅgajātaṃ chupitabbaṃ, yo chupeyya, āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti ^a^M2.0092^ea^ (mahāva. 252) imassa suttassa vasena vuttaṃ. Tattha ca kesañci aññathāpi atthavikappassa vidhiṃ dassento ^b^‘‘mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha kiñcāpi ‘‘katvā mahāaṭṭhakathaṃ sarīra’’nti (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.ganthārambhakathā) vuttaṃ, tathāpi sesāṭṭhakathāsu ‘‘methunarāgena mukhenā’’ti vacanassa abhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ panā’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Aṅgajātenā’’ti avuttattā ^b^‘‘avisesenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni mahāaṭṭhakathaṃ pāḷiyā saṃsanditvā dassento ^b^‘‘yaṃ tāva mahāaṭṭhakathāya’’^eb^ntiādimāha. ^b^Itarathā hi dukkaṭaṃ siyā^eb^ti pakatimukhena chupantassa visāṇādiggahaṇe viya dukkaṭaṃ siyā. Evaṃ mahāaṭṭhakathaṃ pāḷiyā saṃsanditvā idāni tattha kesañci aññathā atthavikappaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘keci panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Saṅghādiseso^eb^ti kāyasaṃsaggasikkhāpadena saṅghādiseso. ^b^Vuttanayenevā^eb^ti methunarāgeneva. ‘‘Nimittamukhenā’’ti vuttattā tiracchānagatitthiyā passāvamaggaṃ methunarāgena pakatimukhena chupantassa dukkaṭanti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Kāyasaṃsaggarāgena dukkaṭa^eb^nti nimittamukhena vā pakatimukhena vā kāyasaṃsaggarāgena chupantassa dukkaṭameva.<br/><br/>[06]Ekūnasattatidvisatacatukkakathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


